Standard Average Indo-European: Difference between revisions

From Linguifex
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(// via Wikitext Extension for VSCode)
(// via Wikitext Extension for VSCode)
 
(9 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
<div>
{{Infobox language
  |image            = SAvIE banner.png
  |imagesize        = 200px
  |imagecaption      = Banner of the Standard Average Indo-European language
  |name              = Standard Average Indo-European (SAvIE)
  |nativename        = sâ jéktis
  |pronunciation    = saː ˈjɛktis
  |created          = 10th June, 2024
  |familycolor      = Indo-European
  |fam2              = Proto-Indo-European
  |clcr              = qie
  |creator          = tradespin
  |script1          = Latn
  <!--|agency            = SAvIE Standardization Group-->
  |notice            = IPA
  }}


== 0 Introduction ==


'''sl̥Hwêje! ghr̥jé! némostoj! sr̥wós! priwójtos! sqéjttis! kl̥Hâjō! jánu!''' and finally, ''hello''!


</div>
<span class="c89 c143">Standard Average Indo-European</span>


<span class="c123 c127 c138">A constructed auxiliary language</span>


<span style="overflow: hidden; display: inline-block; margin: 0.00px 0.00px; border: 0.00px solid #000000; transform: rotate(0.00rad) translateZ(0px); -webkit-transform: rotate(0.00rad) translateZ(0px); width: 624.00px; height: 624.00px;">[[File:images/image1.png]]</span>
Thank you very much for your interest in Standard Average Indo-European. I began this project on June 10th, 2024, without the intention of taking it particularly seriously. A few months and much research later have transformed the project into something that has exceeded my expectations at every stage. So, it is with great pleasure that I present the following document for public viewing.


-----


<span id="h.33iu03e5lb90"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109"></span> =


<span id="h.a5yni85og49x"></span>
The major principle of SAvIE is its adherence to the features of Standard Average European as set out by Martin Haspelmath (2001). This essentially projects a set of features shared by many modern Indo-European languages onto Proto-Indo-European. The result is a language which appears and sounds as though it were a proto-language, but operates with much more modern features, especially those confined to western Indo-European.
= <span class="c89 c109">0                        Introduction</span> =


<span class="c27">sl̥Hwéje</span><sup>[[#cmnt1|[a]]]</sup><span class="c27">! </span><span class="c27">ghr̥jé</span><sup>[[#cmnt2|[b]]]</sup><span class="c27">! </span><span class="c27">némostoj</span><sup>[[#cmnt3|[c]]]</sup><span class="c27">! </span><span class="c27">sr̥wós</span><sup>[[#cmnt4|[d]]]</sup><span class="c27">! </span><span class="c27">priwójtos</span><sup>[[#cmnt5|[e]]]</sup><span class="c27">! </span><span class="c27">sqéjttis</span><sup>[[#cmnt6|[f]]]</sup><span class="c27">! </span><span class="c27">kl̥Hâjō</span><sup>[[#cmnt7|[g]]]</sup><span class="c27">! </span><span class="c27">jánu</span><sup>[[#cmnt8|[h]]]</sup><span class="c27">!</span><span> and finally, </span><span class="c20">hello</span><span class="c12">!</span>


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c12">Thank you very much for your interest in Standard Average Indo-European. I began this project on June 10th, 2024, without the intention of taking it particularly seriously. A few months and much research later have transformed the project into something that has exceeded my expectations at every stage. So, it is with great pleasure that I present the following document for public viewing.</span>
Given my choice to use Proto-Indo-European as the basis for this language, I have both had to make specific choices in reconstruction based on preexisting academic work (chiefly Leiden etymological dictionaries), and ensure a wide range of vocabulary within the language in order to be representative of vocabulary in modern languages. This becomes very clear with the examples above, which are remodeled from Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, and multiple Slavic and Germanic varieties, as well as examples of internally-constructed vocabulary.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c12">The major principle of SAvIE is its adherence to the features of Standard Average European as set out by Martin Haspelmath (2001). This essentially projects a set of features shared by many modern Indo-European languages onto Proto-Indo-European. The result is a language which appears and sounds as though it were a proto-language, but operates with much more modern features, especially those confined to western Indo-European.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
The result is an extraordinary and rich language with features and words that should fundamentally be instinctive or familiar to speakers of many families outlined in Haspelmath (2001). Ultimately, however, this was an artistic project above all, and has given me so much more pleasure than I ever expected.


<span class="c12">Given my choice to use Proto-Indo-European as the basis for this language, I have both had to make specific choices in reconstruction based on preexisting academic work (chiefly Leiden etymological dictionaries), and ensure a wide range of vocabulary within the language in order to be representative of vocabulary in modern languages. This becomes very clear with the examples above, which are remodeled from Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, and multiple Slavic and Germanic varieties, as well as examples of internally-constructed vocabulary.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c12">The result is an extraordinary and rich language with features and words that should fundamentally be instinctive or familiar to speakers of many families outlined in Haspelmath (2001). Ultimately, however, this was an artistic project above all, and has given me so much more pleasure than I ever expected.</span>
I would like to recognise the important work of Indo-Europeanists in making this project possible, and the contributions made by individuals in the ''Celtic Tearooms'' and ''IE Conlangs'' Discord servers.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span>I would like to recognise the important work of Indo-Europeanists in making this project possible, and the contributions made by individuals in the </span><span class="c20">Celtic Tearooms</span><span> and </span><span class="c20">IE Conlangs</span><span class="c12"> Discord servers.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
'''Hsubhrūgéte!''' Enjoy!


<span class="c27">Hsubhrūgéte!</span><span> Enjoy!</span>


== 1 Phonology ==


-----


<span id="h.89wjvws38x1p"></span>
=== 1.1 Consonants ===
= <span class="c89 c109">1                        Phonology</span> =


<span id="h.x09ampbnwi8d"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">1.1                        Consonants</span> ==


<span class="c12"></span>


<span id="h.pykgspg0xcze"></span>
=== <span class="c150">1.1.1                        *</span><span>m</span><span class="c63">, *n</span> ===


<span class="c12">These appear as ⟨m⟩ [m] and ⟨n⟩ [n].</span>
==== 1.1.1 *m, *n ====


<span class="c12">⟨n⟩ before velar consonants can be pronounced as [ŋ].</span>
These appear as ⟨m⟩ [m] and ⟨n⟩ [n].


<span class="c12">Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨m̥⟩ and ⟨n̥⟩ or ⟨ṃ⟩ and ⟨ṇ⟩.</span>
⟨n⟩ before velar consonants can be pronounced as [ŋ].


<span id="h.xnffu6necjm1"></span>
Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨m̥⟩ and ⟨n̥⟩ or ⟨ṃ⟩ and ⟨ṇ⟩.
=== <span class="c63">1.1.2                        *r, *l</span> ===


<span class="c12">⟨r⟩ can be pronounced as any rhotic sound, including but not limited to [ɾ], [r] and [ɹ].</span>


<span class="c12">⟨l⟩ is pronounced as [l].</span>
==== 1.1.2 *r, *l ====


<span class="c12">Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨l̥⟩ and ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ḷ⟩ and ⟨ṛ⟩. When ⟨r⟩ appears as the syllabic resonant ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ṛ⟩, it should avoid being pronounced as [ɾ], and a sonorant sound should be used instead.</span>
⟨r⟩ can be pronounced as any rhotic sound, including but not limited to [ɾ], [r] and [ɹ].


<span id="h.xelpsjf3soxx"></span>
⟨l⟩ is pronounced as [l].
=== <span class="c63">1.1.3                        *s</span> ===


<span>This appears as ⟨s⟩ [s], but following the evidence of daughter languages, it can be pronounced [z] in the cluster /sd/ or /sdʰ/, in which case it can optionally be written as ⟨z⟩ [z], such as </span><span class="c27">nizdós</span><span> &quot;nest&quot; for </span><span class="c20 c27">nisdós</span><span class="c27"> </span><span>or </span><span class="c27">sízdō</span><span> &quot;I am sitting&quot; for </span><span class="c20 c27">sísdō</span><span class="c12">. In addition to [s] it can be pronounced [s̱], [θ], or even [ɕ], [ʃ] when adjacent to the sounds ⟨y⟩ [j] or ⟨i⟩ [i].</span>
Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨l̥⟩ and ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ḷ⟩ and ⟨ṛ⟩. When ⟨r⟩ appears as the syllabic resonant ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ṛ⟩, it should avoid being pronounced as [ɾ], and a sonorant sound should be used instead.


<span>The </span><span class="c27">s-mobile</span><span> is written ⟨S⟩, such as in the word </span><span class="c27">Stégos</span><span class="c12"> &quot;roof&quot;, and may be pronounced [s] or be entirely silent.</span>


<span id="h.6b30ef8psgp0"></span>
==== 1.1.3 *s ====
=== <span class="c63">1.1.4                        *j, *w</span> ===


<span>These appear as ⟨j⟩ [j] and ⟨w⟩ [w].</span>
This appears as ⟨s⟩ [s], but following the evidence of daughter languages, it can be pronounced [z] in the cluster /sd/ or /sdʰ/, in which case it can optionally be written as ⟨z⟩ [z], such as '''nizdós''' &quot;nest&quot; for '''''nisdós'''''''' '''or '''sízdō''' &quot;I am sitting&quot; for '''''sísdō'''''. In addition to [s] it can be pronounced [s̱], [θ], or even [ɕ], [ʃ] when adjacent to the sounds ⟨y⟩ [j] or ⟨i⟩ [i].


The '''s-mobile''' is written ⟨S⟩, such as in the word '''Stégos''' &quot;roof&quot;, and may be pronounced [s] or be entirely silent.


-----


<span id="h.6i0zqqefnp80"></span>
==== 1.1.4 *j, *w ====
=== <span class="c63">1.1.5                        Dorsals</span> ===


<span class="c12">The realisation of dorsal consonants is very complex and hotly debated by Indo-Europeanists. This document will present the traditional reconstruction of these sounds, but the reader should feel free to apply any other realisations with which they agree more, if that should be the case.</span>
These appear as ⟨j⟩ [j] and ⟨w⟩ [w].


<span id="h.g60vhv1bewvc"></span>
==== <span class="c108">1.1.5.1                *k, *</span><span>g</span><span class="c77">, *gʰ</span> ====


<span class="c12">These appear as plain consonants, not labialised or palatalised, as ⟨k⟩ [k], ⟨g⟩ [g], and ⟨gh⟩ [gʰ]. In alternative reconstructions they may be pronounced as [q], [ɢ], and [ɢʰ] (per Kümmel); [k], [ˀk], and [kʰ] (per Beekes); and [kː], [k'], and [k] (per Kortlandt), among others.</span>
==== 1.1.5 Dorsals ====


<span id="h.55vz9oz89ct"></span>
The realisation of dorsal consonants is very complex and hotly debated by Indo-Europeanists. This document will present the traditional reconstruction of these sounds, but the reader should feel free to apply any other realisations with which they agree more, if that should be the case.
==== <span class="c77">1.1.5.2                *ḱ, , *ǵʰ</span> ====


<span class="c12">These are palatalised consonants, and appear as ⟨ḱ⟩ [kʲ], ⟨ǵ⟩ [gʲ], and ⟨ǵh⟩ [gʲʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding palatalised forms.</span>


<span id="h.m0m67cbmdomp"></span>
===== 1.1.5.1 *k, *g, *gʰ =====
==== <span class="c77">1.1.5.3                *, *, *gʷʰ</span> ====


<span class="c12">These are labialised versions of the plain velars. They appear as ⟨q⟩ [], ⟨c⟩ [], and ⟨ch⟩ [gʷʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding labialised forms.</span>
These appear as plain consonants, not labialised or palatalised, as ⟨k⟩ [k], ⟨g⟩ [g], and ⟨gh⟩ []. In alternative reconstructions they may be pronounced as [q], [ɢ], and [ɢʰ] (per Kümmel); [k], [ˀk], and [kʰ] (per Beekes); and [kː], [k'], and [k] (per Kortlandt), among others.


<span id="h.rnxkz063at22"></span>
=== <span class="c63">1.1.6                        *t, *d, *dʰ</span> ===


<span class="c12">These appear as ⟨t⟩ [t], ⟨d⟩ [d], and ⟨dh⟩ [dʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.</span>
===== 1.1.5.2 *ḱ, , *ǵʰ =====


<span class="c12"></span>
These are palatalised consonants, and appear as ⟨ḱ⟩ [kʲ], ⟨ǵ⟩ [gʲ], and ⟨ǵh⟩ [gʲʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding palatalised forms.


<span id="h.7x3qdz16ikzy"></span>
=== <span class="c63">1.1.7                        *p, *b, *bʰ</span> ===


<span>These appear as ⟨p⟩ [p], ⟨b⟩ [b], and ⟨bh⟩ [bʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.</span>
===== 1.1.5.3 *kʷ, *gʷ, *gʷʰ =====


These are labialised versions of the plain velars. They appear as ⟨q⟩ [kʷ], ⟨c⟩ [gʷ], and ⟨ch⟩ [gʷʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding labialised forms.


-----


<span id="h.bflz54bkv6at"></span>
==== 1.1.6 *t, *d, *dʰ ====
=== <span class="c63">1.1.8                        *h₁, *h₂, *h₃</span> ===


<span>Since the pronunciation of laryngeals is so uncertain, they either colour vowels or disappear entirely. </span><span>/*eh₁/ becomes [], /*eh₂/ becomes [], and /*eh₃/ becomes []. Similarly, </span><span class="c20">/*h₁e/</span><span> becomes [e], </span><span class="c20">/*h₂e/</span><span> becomes [a], and </span><span class="c20">/*h₃e/</span><span class="c12"> becomes [o]. Laryngeals do colour inherently long vowels as though they were short.</span>
These appear as ⟨t⟩ [t], ⟨d⟩ [d], and ⟨dh⟩ [], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.


<span class="c12">When any laryngeal begins a word before another consonant, it can become [a] or [ə]. Any laryngeal between consonants can also become [a ~ ə].</span>


<span class="c12">An alternative and fanciful pronunciation collapses all three laryngeals into one to allow them to be pronounced, as in Anatolian and Persian languages, in addition to being deleted entirely.  This can be written as ⟨H⟩ and pronounced [h], [ħ], or similar. This pronunciation must shorten long vowels.</span>


<span class="c12">For the laryngeal which does not colour a vowel, it can also be pronounced as a syllabic consonant, and be written as ⟨H⟩ as expected, or as ⟨H̥⟩ or ⟨Ḥ⟩ to make it absolutely clear that it is a syllabic consonant.</span>


<span id="h.7239rplje0z1"></span>
==== 1.1.7 *p, *b, *bʰ ====
=== <span class="c63">1.1.9                        *h₄, *hₐ, *H/*hₓ</span> ===


<span class="c20">*h₄</span><span> and </span><span class="c20">*hₐ</span><span> are not frequently included in this document as they appear only within certain analyses of Proto-Indo-European. However, if they should appear, or if speakers should choose to project words on to SAvIE using analyses where these laryngeal values are present, they should be treated exactly the same as </span><span class="c20">*</span><span class="c20">h₂</span><span class="c12">, including all the same vowel colouring of that laryngeal value.</span>
These appear as ⟨p⟩ [p], ⟨b⟩ [b], and ⟨bh⟩ [bʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.


<span class="c20">*H</span><span>, also notated </span><span class="c20">*hₓ</span><span>, indicates an unknown laryngeal. Often this is done because the actual value is contested, or possibly unknowable. SAvIE treats such a laryngeal as though it were </span><span class="c20">/*h₁/</span><span>. </span><span class="c20">/*eH/ </span><span>gives ⟨ē⟩, lengthening the vowel without colouring it, while </span><span class="c20">/*oH/</span><span> and </span><span class="c20">/*uH/</span><span> also lengthen the previous vowel giving ⟨ō⟩ and ⟨ū⟩. </span><span class="c20">/*He/</span><span class="c12"> does not colour /e/ at all, giving ⟨He⟩.</span>


<span id="h.lh7z0ixv4ak8"></span>
==== 1.1.8 *h₁, *h₂, *h₃ ====
=== <span class="c63">1.1.10                Laryngeals at morpheme boundaries</span> ===


<span>Using the rules defined above for the levelling of Proto-Indo-European laryngeals, the same phonological processes are expected to apply to laryngeals when they could colour vowels at morpheme boundaries. For example, given the root </span><span class="c27">céjHₒ-</span><span> (from </span><span class="c20">*gʷeyh₃-</span><span>) and its thematic suffix </span><span class="c27">-eti</span><span>, the original </span><span class="c27">-h₃-e-</span><span> crossing a morpheme boundary colours as expected, with the resulting verb being </span><span class="c27">céjHoti</span><span> “he/she/it lives”.</span>
Since the pronunciation of laryngeals is so uncertain, they either colour vowels or disappear entirely. /*eh₁/ becomes [eː], /*eh₂/ becomes [aː], and /*eh₃/ becomes [oː]. Similarly, ''/*h₁e/'' becomes [e], ''/*h₂e/'' becomes [a], and ''/*h₃e/'' becomes [o]. Laryngeals do colour inherently long vowels as though they were short.


When any laryngeal begins a word before another consonant, it can become [a] or [ə]. Any laryngeal between consonants can also become [a ~ ə].


-----
An alternative and fanciful pronunciation collapses all three laryngeals into one to allow them to be pronounced, as in Anatolian and Persian languages, in addition to being deleted entirely. This can be written as ⟨H⟩ and pronounced [h], [ħ], or similar. This pronunciation must shorten long vowels.


<span id="h.gkjmnquxlx5i"></span>
For the laryngeal which does not colour a vowel, it can also be pronounced as a syllabic consonant, and be written as ⟨H⟩ as expected, or as ⟨H̥⟩ or ⟨Ḥ⟩ to make it absolutely clear that it is a syllabic consonant.
=== <span class="c63">1.1.11                Alteration of aspirated stops</span> ===


<span class="c12">The aspirated stops ⟨bh⟩ ⟨dh⟩ ⟨gh⟩ ⟨ǵh⟩ ⟨ch⟩ can be devoiced to [pʰ] [tʰ] [kʰ] [kʲʰ] [kʷʰ] for one of two reasons.</span>


<span class="c12">Firstly a speaker may choose to pronounce unvoiced stops in order to match a neighbouring unvoiced stop, such as producing the opposite of Bartholomae's law: *bʰewdʰ → *bʰudʰ-tós → (with application of Grassmann's law) *bʰud-dʰós → SAvIE ⟨bhuddhós⟩ [pʰuˈtʰːos]. </span>
==== 1.1.9 *h₄, *hₐ, *H/*hₓ ====


<span>Otherwise, a speaker (such as an avid student of Ancient Greek, or perhaps Sanskrit) can choose to pronounce unvoiced stops throughout their speech simply because they wish to match pronunciations of their respective daughter languages of interest.</span>
''*h₄'' and ''*hₐ'' are not frequently included in this document as they appear only within certain analyses of Proto-Indo-European. However, if they should appear, or if speakers should choose to project words on to SAvIE using analyses where these laryngeal values are present, they should be treated exactly the same as ''*h₂'', including all the same vowel colouring of that laryngeal value.


''*H'', also notated ''*hₓ'', indicates an unknown laryngeal. Often this is done because the actual value is contested, or possibly unknowable. SAvIE treats such a laryngeal as though it were ''/*h₁/''. ''/*eH/ ''gives ⟨ē⟩, lengthening the vowel without colouring it, while ''/*oH/'' and ''/*uH/'' also lengthen the previous vowel giving ⟨ō⟩ and ⟨ū⟩. ''/*He/'' does not colour /e/ at all, giving ⟨He⟩.


-----


<span id="h.3mudqsqq1umz"></span>
==== 1.1.10 Laryngeals at morpheme boundaries ====
== <span class="c41 c16">1.2                        Vowels</span> ==


<span id="h.ae4glav47ro5"></span>
Using the rules defined above for the levelling of Proto-Indo-European laryngeals, the same phonological processes are expected to apply to laryngeals when they could colour vowels at morpheme boundaries. For example, given the root '''céjHₒ-''' (from ''*gʷeyh₃-'') and its thematic suffix '''-eti''', the original '''-h₃-e-''' crossing a morpheme boundary colours as expected, with the resulting verb being '''céjHoti''' “he/she/it lives”.
=== <span class="c63">1.2.1                        *e, *ē, *o, *ō</span> ===


<span class="c12">The basic short vowels of Proto-Indo-European appear as ⟨e⟩ and ⟨o⟩, and can be pronounced in a variety of ways, such as [e] and [o] or [ɛ] and [ɔ]. Their long counterparts appear as ⟨ē⟩ and ⟨ō⟩, and are pronounced as before, but audibly longer.</span>


<span class="c12">There is no real restriction on how they should be pronounced, but my personal preference is ⟨e⟩ as [ɛ], ⟨ē⟩ as [eː], ⟨o⟩ as [ɔ], and ⟨ō⟩ as [oː].</span>
==== 1.1.11 Alteration of aspirated stops ====


<span id="h.te0h5wlolx5v"></span>
The aspirated stops ⟨bh⟩ ⟨dh⟩ ⟨gh⟩ ⟨ǵh⟩ ⟨ch⟩ can be devoiced to [pʰ] [tʰ] [kʰ] [kʲʰ] [kʷʰ] for one of two reasons.
=== <span class="c63">1.2.2                        *a, *ā</span> ===


<span class="c12">These vowels appear as ⟨a⟩ [a] and ⟨ā⟩ [aː]. They are not basic vowels of Proto-Indo-European; ⟨a⟩ appears most often as a realisation of laryngeals between medial or before initial consonants, and ⟨ā⟩ appears as a contraction of /*eh₂/. Rarely /*a/ can appear in root words, but these reconstructions are often debated.</span>
Firstly a speaker may choose to pronounce unvoiced stops in order to match a neighbouring unvoiced stop, such as producing the opposite of Bartholomae's law: *bʰewdʰ → *bʰudʰ-tós → (with application of Grassmann's law) *bʰud-dʰós → SAvIE ⟨bhuddhós⟩ [pʰuˈtʰːos].  


<span id="h.1sk80yczinv3"></span>
Otherwise, a speaker (such as an avid student of Ancient Greek, or perhaps Sanskrit) can choose to pronounce unvoiced stops throughout their speech simply because they wish to match pronunciations of their respective daughter languages of interest.
=== <span class="c63">1.2.3                        *i, ⟨ī⟩, *u, ⟨ū⟩</span> ===


<span class="c12">Only ⟨i⟩ [i] and ⟨u⟩ [u] are inherited from Proto-Indo-European. ⟨ī⟩ [iː] and ⟨ū⟩ [uː] appear as contractions of /*iH/ and /*uH/.</span>


<span id="h.ne0xrt6jsbsy"></span>
=== 1.2 Vowels ===
=== <span class="c63">1.2.4                        [ə]</span> ===


<span class="c12">A final vowel [ə], the schwa, can be pronounced in SAvIE but ought not to be written. In cases where syllabic sonorants (l̥ r̥ m̥ n̥ H̥) form a cluster with another consonant (such as in the word wl̥qós which is expected to be pronounced [wl̩ˈkʷos]), an epenthetic schwa can be added before the syllabic consonant to aid in pronunciation, thus giving [wəlˈkʷos] for wl̥qós.</span>


<span class="c12">If somebody wants to write the pronounced schwa explicitly, they should use the letters ⟨y⟩, ⟨ə⟩, or the symbol ⟨°⟩, giving ⟨wylqós⟩, ⟨wəlqós⟩, or ⟨w°lqós⟩.</span>
==== 1.2.1 *e, , *o, *ō ====


<span id="h.7b1lvacq8dyd"></span>
The basic short vowels of Proto-Indo-European appear as ⟨e⟩ and ⟨o⟩, and can be pronounced in a variety of ways, such as [e] and [o] or [ɛ] and [ɔ]. Their long counterparts appear as ⟨ē⟩ and ⟨ō⟩, and are pronounced as before, but audibly longer.
== <span class="c41 c16">1.3                        Stress</span> ==


<span class="c12">SAvIE follows Proto-Indo-European stress rules and it is mandatory to mark stress with an acute accent (á é í ó ú ĺ̥ ŕ̥ ḿ̥ ń̥ H̥́) at all times. When writing using ⟨ə⟩, that letter receives the acute instead, giving ⟨ý ~ ə́⟩.</span>
There is no real restriction on how they should be pronounced, but my personal preference is ⟨e⟩ as [ɛ], ⟨ē⟩ as [eː], ⟨o⟩ as [ɔ], and ⟨ō⟩ as [oː].


<span>Long vowels, indicated with a macron, are instead written with a circumflex ⟨â ê î ô û⟩ when stressed.</span>


==== 1.2.2 *a, *ā ====


-----
These vowels appear as ⟨a⟩ [a] and ⟨ā⟩ [aː]. They are not basic vowels of Proto-Indo-European; ⟨a⟩ appears most often as a realisation of laryngeals between medial or before initial consonants, and ⟨ā⟩ appears as a contraction of /*eh₂/. Rarely /*a/ can appear in root words, but these reconstructions are often debated.


<span>In addition, SAvIE has rules relating to the stress of compounds. These can be either </span><span class="c20">close</span><span> or </span><span class="c20">loose</span><span class="c12">. Close compounds are written as one word, using a stem form of one word and a full form of another. Loose compounds are written as two separate words with the first word in the genitive case without displaying declension, and the second word being fully declinable.</span>


<span>In close compounds, often the first element is stressed, but the second may receive stress in some words, and receives the only stress in the word. In loose compounds, the second element is stressed, and the first can optionally be written without stress marking. Often, words can be written as either type of compound, but they usually appear as only one; for example, </span><span class="c27">ghóstipotis</span><span> “lord” is a close compound, and can be written, following the correct conventions of stress, as a loose compound </span><span class="c27">ghostejs pótis</span><span class="c12">, specifically avoiding stress marking on the first element.</span>
==== 1.2.3 *i, ⟨ī⟩, *u, ⟨ū⟩ ====


<span>Optionally, rather than refraining from marking stress entirely, a grave accent ⟨  ̀⟩ can be used on the first word to indicate secondary stress, such as </span><span class="c27">ghostèjs pótis</span><span>.</span>
Only ⟨i⟩ [i] and ⟨u⟩ [u] are inherited from Proto-Indo-European. ⟨ī⟩ [iː] and ⟨ū⟩ [uː] appear as contractions of /*iH/ and /*uH/.




-----
==== 1.2.4 [ə] ====


<span id="h.n8ma65fq4kqv"></span>
A final vowel [ə], the schwa, can be pronounced in SAvIE but ought not to be written. In cases where syllabic sonorants (l̥ r̥ m̥ n̥ H̥) form a cluster with another consonant (such as in the word wl̥qós which is expected to be pronounced [wl̩ˈkʷos]), an epenthetic schwa can be added before the syllabic consonant to aid in pronunciation, thus giving [wəlˈkʷos] for wl̥qós.
= <span class="c89 c109">2                        Major features of SAE</span> =


<span id="h.pyaazyjs8t8p"></span>
If somebody wants to write the pronounced schwa explicitly, they should use the letters ⟨y⟩, ⟨ə⟩, or the symbol ⟨°⟩, giving ⟨wylqós⟩, ⟨wəlqós⟩, or ⟨w°lqós⟩.
== <span>2</span><span class="c27">.1                        Definite </span><span>and </span><span class="c27">indefinite articles</span> ==


<span>The definite article is </span><span class="c27">so</span><span>. The indefinite article is </span><span class="c27">Hójwos</span><span>, a variant of </span><span class="c27">Hójnos</span><span> &quot;one&quot; (from </span><span class="c20">*h₁óynos)</span><span class="c12">.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
=== 1.3 Stress ===


<span id="h.2kj0ufj26kkt"></span>
SAvIE follows Proto-Indo-European stress rules and it is mandatory to mark stress with an acute accent (á é í ó ú ĺ̥ ŕ̥ ḿ̥ ń̥ H̥́) at all times. When writing using ⟨ə⟩, that letter receives the acute instead, giving ⟨ý ~ ə́⟩.
== <span>2</span><span>.2                        Relative clauses with relative pronouns</span> ==


<span>The pronoun </span><span class="c27">jos</span><span class="c12"> can be used to introduce relative clauses, but alternatively any correlative word can be used in a relative sense.</span>
Long vowels, indicated with a macron, are instead written with a circumflex ⟨â ê î ô û⟩ when stressed.


<span class="c12"></span>
In addition, SAvIE has rules relating to the stress of compounds. These can be either ''close'' or ''loose''. Close compounds are written as one word, using a stem form of one word and a full form of another. Loose compounds are written as two separate words with the first word in the genitive case without displaying declension, and the second word being fully declinable.


<span id="h.kbmbful0drti"></span>
In close compounds, often the first element is stressed, but the second may receive stress in some words, and receives the only stress in the word. In loose compounds, the second element is stressed, and the first can optionally be written without stress marking. Often, words can be written as either type of compound, but they usually appear as only one; for example, '''ghóstipotis''' “lord” is a close compound, and can be written, following the correct conventions of stress, as a loose compound '''ghostejs pótis''', specifically avoiding stress marking on the first element.
== <span class="c41 c16">2.3                        &quot;Have&quot;-perfect</span> ==


<span>SAvIE can use the word </span><span class="c27">kápes</span><span>, a derivative of</span><span class="c27"> </span><span class="c20">*kap-</span><span> &quot;to seize, hold&quot; (which gives Latin </span><span class="c20">capiō</span><span> and English </span><span class="c20">have</span><span>), to form a perfect tense with the participle </span><span class="c27">-tós</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-tâ</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-tóm</span><span class="c12"> of a verb.</span>
Optionally, rather than refraining from marking stress entirely, a grave accent ⟨ ̀⟩ can be used on the first word to indicate secondary stress, such as '''ghostèjs pótis'''.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span id="h.9de6b64m47pw"></span>
== 2 Major features of SAE ==
== <span class="c41 c16">2.4                        Nominative experiencers</span> ==


<span>Instead of using dative constructions, there can either be a nominative-active-accusative or nominative-deponent-ablative use of the word </span><span class="c27">bhrūgéti</span><span class="c20"> to enjoy, to like</span><span> (from </span><span class="c20">*bʰruHg-e-ti</span><span class="c12">) with a semantic patient.</span>


<span id="h.yjuncj3cd7ic"></span>
=== 2'''.1 Definite '''and '''indefinite articles''' ===
== <span class="c41 c16">2.5                        Participial passive</span> ==


<span>Instead of using a conjugated passive, the periphrastic passive is formed with the verb H</span><span class="c27">ésti</span><span> &quot;to be&quot; and a passive participle ending in </span><span class="c27">-(o)mHnos</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-(o)mHnā</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-(o)mHnom</span><span>.</span>
The definite article is '''so'''. The indefinite article is '''Hójwos''', a variant of '''Hójnos''' &quot;one&quot; (from ''*h₁óynos)''.




-----


<span id="h.xpl4w3rp6gaj"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">2.6                        Anticausative prominence</span> ==


<span>Verbs can be implicitly anticausative if a transitive verb is used in anF intransitive sense, with its patient as its subject; for example </span><span class="c27">éǵ bhrêgsm̥ íd </span><span>&quot;I broke it&quot;, but </span><span class="c27">íd bhrêgst</span><span> &quot;it broke&quot;. Optionally the reflexive particle can be used on either side of the salient verb, giving </span><span class="c27">íd bhrêgst s(w)é </span><span>or </span><span class="c27">íd s(w)é bhrêgst</span><span class="c12">.</span>
=== 2.2 Relative clauses with relative pronouns ===


<span id="h.or9fr0p9pai8"></span>
The pronoun '''jos''' can be used to introduce relative clauses, but alternatively any correlative word can be used in a relative sense.
== <span class="c41 c16">2.7                        Dative external possessors</span> ==


<span>The dative can be used to indicate the possessor of the object of an action instead of using a genitive phrase: </span><span class="c27">î léwHeti ésyās sūnéwej tód ǵónu </span><span>&quot;she washes her son's knee&quot;, though literally &quot;she washes </span><span class="c20">to her son</span><span class="c12"> the knee&quot;.</span>


<span id="h.rx85ai3kp8ts"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">2.8                        Negative pronouns and lack of negation</span> ==


<span>In phrasing e.g. &quot;nobody comes&quot;, English-like phraseology should be used: there should be a negative pronoun with no negation of the verb, giving </span><span class="c27">neqís cémt </span><span class="c12">&quot;nobody came&quot;.</span>


<span id="h.slozp63i4vt1"></span>
=== 2.3 &quot;Have&quot;-perfect ===
== <span class="c41 c16">2.9                        Particles in comparative constructions</span> ==


<span>Either of the particles </span><span class="c27">Hapó</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">Hánti</span><span> should be used to compare against a referent in the accusative: </span><span class="c27">ís Hesti mājoteros Hapó/Hánti (H)mé</span><span class="c12"> &quot;he is bigger than me&quot;.</span>
SAvIE can use the word '''kápes''', a derivative of''' '''''*kap-'' &quot;to seize, hold&quot; (which gives Latin ''capiō'' and English ''have''), to form a perfect tense with the participle '''-tós'''/'''-tâ'''/'''-tóm''' of a verb.


<span id="h.4c51oqnhjhsq"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">2.10                        Relative-based equative constructions</span> ==


<span>The adjective </span><span class="c27">sokós</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">sokâ</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">tokóm</span><span> is used for &quot;as&quot; or &quot;such&quot; (giving </span><span class="c27">sokós méǵHs</span><span> &quot;so large&quot;). The comparative element is introduced with </span><span class="c27">ḱom</span><span> &quot;with&quot; with the predicate in the accusative, resulting in </span><span class="c27">ís ésti sokós méǵHs ḱom îm̥</span><span class="c12"> &quot;he is as large as her&quot;.</span>


<span id="h.hdt0cyj1sj23"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">2.11                        Subject person affixes as strict agreement markers</span> ==


<span>This feature refers to obligatory subject-pronoun agreement with a conjugated verb. It is not widespread so it is unclear why this is included as a SAE feature. So, in SAvIE, this is an optional feature; both </span><span class="c27">Hésmi</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">éǵH Hésmi</span><span> are equivalent terms for &quot;I am&quot;.</span>
=== 2.4 Nominative experiencers ===


Instead of using dative constructions, there can either be a nominative-active-accusative or nominative-deponent-ablative use of the word '''bhrūgéti''''' to enjoy, to like'' (from ''*bʰruHg-e-ti'') with a semantic patient.


-----


<span id="h.2yponpa24cmy"></span>
=== 2.5 Participial passive ===
== <span class="c41 c16">2.12                        Intensifier-reflexive differentiation</span> ==


<span>SAvIE distinguishes between an intensifying adjectives </span><span class="c27">somHós</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-â</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-óm</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">sélbhos</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-â</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-óm</span><span>, and the true reflexive particle </span><span class="c27">s(w)é</span><span class="c12">; the former does not necessarily indicate reflexive action, but intensifies a previous nominal, while the latter is explicitly reflexive or reciprocal.</span>
Instead of using a conjugated passive, the periphrastic passive is formed with the verb H'''ésti''' &quot;to be&quot; and a passive participle ending in '''-(o)mHnos'''/'''-(o)mHnā'''/'''-(o)mHnom'''.


<span id="h.tmq8zrnfthnk"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">3                        Further SAE-aligned features</span> =


<span>The features below appear in some members of SAE, so can be used optionally in SAvIE too.</span>
=== 2.6 Anticausative prominence ===


<span id="h.w55u3od4ie17"></span>
Verbs can be implicitly anticausative if a transitive verb is used in anF intransitive sense, with its patient as its subject; for example '''éǵ bhrêgsm̥ íd '''&quot;I broke it&quot;, but '''íd bhrêgst''' &quot;it broke&quot;. Optionally the reflexive particle can be used on either side of the salient verb, giving '''íd bhrêgst s(w)é '''or '''íd s(w)é bhrêgst'''.
== <span class="c41 c16">3.1                        Verb fronting in polar interrogatives</span> ==


<span>SAvIE polar yes/no questions can front the questioning verb, so </span><span class="c27">éǵH Hésmi</span><span> can become </span><span class="c27">Hésmi éǵH?</span>


<span id="h.l0s5mylmfuqr"></span>
=== 2.7 Dative external possessors ===
== <span class="c41 c16">3.2                        Comparative marking of adjectives</span> ==


<span>As seen above in the comparative adjective </span><span class="c27">māyóteros</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-ā</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-om</span><span>, the suffix </span><span class="c27">-teros</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-ā</span><span>/</span><span class="c27">-om </span><span class="c12">is the comparative (as well as contrastive) adjectival suffix.</span>
The dative can be used to indicate the possessor of the object of an action instead of using a genitive phrase: '''î léwHeti ésyās sūnéwej tód ǵónu '''&quot;she washes her son's knee&quot;, though literally &quot;she washes ''to her son'' the knee&quot;.


<span id="h.q1vbzgzu4pp"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">3.3                        Comitative-instrumental syncretism</span> ==


<span>In this feature there is no difference between &quot;with&quot; in the comitative (&quot;in the company of&quot;) sense, and in the instrumental (&quot;using, by means of&quot;) sense. Both of the words </span><span class="c27">me</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">ḱóm</span><span> can be used to mean &quot;with&quot; in either sense.</span>
=== 2.8 Negative pronouns and lack of negation ===


In phrasing e.g. &quot;nobody comes&quot;, English-like phraseology should be used: there should be a negative pronoun with no negation of the verb, giving '''neqís cémt '''&quot;nobody came&quot;.


-----


<span id="h.l6hpotz4rjnm"></span>
=== 2.9 Particles in comparative constructions ===
= <span class="c89 c109">4                        Nominals</span> =


<span class="c12">This category includes nouns and pronouns, both of which are declined in much the same way.</span>
Either of the particles '''Hapó''' or '''Hánti''' should be used to compare against a referent in the accusative: '''ís Hesti mājoteros Hapó/Hánti (H)mé''' &quot;he is bigger than me&quot;.


<span>They are declined in two numbers, the </span><span class="c27">singular </span><span>and </span><span class="c27">plural</span><span>; six cases, the </span><span class="c27">nominative</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">vocative</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">accusative</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">genitive</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">dative</span><span>, and </span><span class="c27">locative</span><span>; and in one of three genders, </span><span class="c27">masculine</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">feminine</span><span>, or </span><span class="c27">neuter</span><span class="c12">.</span>


<span id="h.mpapi1a96ctb"></span>
=== 2.10 Relative-based equative constructions ===
== <span class="c41 c16">4.1                        Personal pronouns</span> ==


<span class="c12">These decline in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons singular and plural in all cases except the locative. They also have dedicated adjectival forms, which are used for the possessive.</span>
The adjective '''sokós'''/'''sokâ'''/'''tokóm''' is used for &quot;as&quot; or &quot;such&quot; (giving '''sokós méǵHs''' &quot;so large&quot;). The comparative element is introduced with '''ḱom''' &quot;with&quot; with the predicate in the accusative, resulting in '''ís ésti sokós méǵHs ḱom îm̥''' &quot;he is as large as her&quot;.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c12">Nominative</span>
=== 2.11 Subject person affixes as strict agreement markers ===


<span class="c122 c120">Accusative</span>
This feature refers to obligatory subject-pronoun agreement with a conjugated verb. It is not widespread so it is unclear why this is included as a SAE feature. So, in SAvIE, this is an optional feature; both '''Hésmi''' and '''éǵH Hésmi''' are equivalent terms for &quot;I am&quot;.


<span class="c22 c120">Genitive</span>


<span class="c102 c120">Dative</span>
=== 2.12 Intensifier-reflexive differentiation ===


<span class="c119 c142">Locative</span>
SAvIE distinguishes between an intensifying adjectives '''somHós'''/'''-â'''/'''-óm''' or '''sélbhos'''/'''-â'''/'''-óm''', and the true reflexive particle '''s(w)é'''; the former does not necessarily indicate reflexive action, but intensifies a previous nominal, while the latter is explicitly reflexive or reciprocal.


<span class="c123 c120 c99 c142">Adjective</span>


<span class="c15 c16">1st singular</span>
== 3 Further SAE-aligned features ==


<span class="c12">éǵ</span>
The features below appear in some members of SAE, so can be used optionally in SAvIE too.


<span class="c12">eǵóm</span>


<span class="c12">éǵō</span>
=== 3.1 Verb fronting in polar interrogatives ===


<span class="c12">mé</span>
SAvIE polar yes/no questions can front the questioning verb, so '''éǵH Hésmi''' can become '''Hésmi éǵH?'''


<span class="c12">méne</span>


<span class="c12">mój</span>
=== 3.2 Comparative marking of adjectives ===


<span class="c12">méǵhjo</span>
As seen above in the comparative adjective '''māyóteros'''/'''-ā'''/'''-om''', the suffix '''-teros'''/'''-ā'''/'''-om '''is the comparative (as well as contrastive) adjectival suffix.


<span class="c12">mój</span>


<span class="c12">(H)mós</span>
=== 3.3 Comitative-instrumental syncretism ===


<span class="c12">/-â</span>
In this feature there is no difference between &quot;with&quot; in the comitative (&quot;in the company of&quot;) sense, and in the instrumental (&quot;using, by means of&quot;) sense. Both of the words '''me''' and '''ḱóm''' can be used to mean &quot;with&quot; in either sense.


<span class="c12">/-óm</span>


<span class="c15 c16">2nd singular</span>
== 4 Nominals ==


<span class="c12">tû</span>
This category includes nouns and pronouns, both of which are declined in much the same way.


<span class="c12">twé</span>
They are declined in two numbers, the '''singular '''and '''plural'''; six cases, the '''nominative''', '''vocative''', '''accusative''', '''genitive''', '''dative''', and '''locative'''; and in one of three genders, '''masculine''', '''feminine''', or '''neuter'''.


<span class="c12">téwe</span>


<span class="c12">tój</span>
=== 4.1 Personal pronouns ===


<span class="c12">tébhi</span>
These decline in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons singular and plural in all cases except the locative. They also have dedicated adjectival forms, which are used for the possessive.


<span class="c12">tébhjo</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| 1st singular
| éǵ


<span class="c12">tój</span>
eǵóm


<span class="c12">twós</span>
éǵō


<span class="c12">/-â</span>
| mé
| méne


<span class="c12">/-óm</span>
mój


<span class="c15 c16">3rd singular</span>
| méǵhjo
| mój
| (H)mós


<span class="c15 c16">masculine</span>
/


<span class="c12">ís</span>
/-óm


<span class="c12">éj</span>
|-
| 2nd singular
| tû
| twé
| téwe


<span class="c12">Hé</span>
tój


<span class="c12">ím</span>
| tébhi


<span class="c12">ésjo</span>
tébhjo


<span class="c12">Héso</span>
| tój
| twós


<span class="c12">ésmej</span>
/


<span class="c12">Hésmōj</span>
/-óm


<span class="c12">(H)ésmi</span>
|-
| 3rd singular


<span class="c12">(</span>
masculine


<span class="c12">swós</span>
| ís


<span class="c12">/-â</span>
éj


<span class="c12">/-óm</span>


<span class="c12">)</span>
| ím
| ésjo


<span class="c15 c16">3rd singular neuter</span>
Héso


<span class="c12">íd</span>
| ésmej


<span class="c15 c16">3rd singular feminine</span>
Hésmōj


<span class="c12">î</span>
| (H)ésmi
| (


<span class="c12">îm̥</span>
swós


<span class="c12">ésjās</span>
/


<span class="c12"></span>
/-óm


<span class="c12">(H)ésjāi</span>
)


<span class="c12">(H)ésjā(i)</span>
|-
| 3rd singular neuter
| íd
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| 3rd singular feminine
| î
| îm̥
| ésjās


<span class="c15 c16">1st plural</span>


<span class="c12">wéj</span>


<span class="c12">n̥smé</span>
| (H)ésjāi
| (H)ésjā(i)
|
|-
| 1st plural
| wéj
| n̥smé
| nos
| n̥sméj


<span class="c12">nos</span>
n̥s


<span class="c12">n̥sméj</span>
| n̥smi
| n̥sós


<span class="c12">n̥s</span>
/


<span class="c12">n̥smi</span>
/-óm


<span class="c12">n̥sós</span>
|-
| 2nd plural
| jû
| usmé


<span class="c12">/-â</span>
wôs


<span class="c12">/-óm</span>
| wos
| usméj
| usmi
| usós


<span class="c15 c16">2nd plural</span>
/


<span class="c12">jû</span>
/-óm


<span class="c12">usmé</span>
|-
| 3rd plural masculine
| éjes
| íns
| éjsom


<span class="c12">wôs</span>
éjsōm


<span class="c12">wos</span>
Hésom


<span class="c12">usméj</span>
| (H)éjmos


<span class="c12">usmi</span>
éjbhos


<span class="c12">usós</span>
| (H)éjsu
|
|-
| 3rd plural neuter
| î
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| 3rd plural feminine
| îes
| îm̥s


<span class="c12">/-â</span>
în̥s


<span class="c12">/-óm</span>
| îsōm


<span class="c15 c16">3rd plural masculine</span>
éjsom


<span class="c12">éjes</span>
Hésom


<span class="c12">íns</span>
| îmos


<span class="c12">éjsom</span>
(H)éjmos


<span class="c12">éjsōm</span>
éjbhos


<span class="c12">Hésom</span>
| îsu


<span class="c12">(H)éjmos</span>
(H)éjsu


<span class="c12">éjbhos</span>
|
|}


<span class="c12">(H)éjsu</span>


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c15 c16">3rd plural neuter</span>
In addition to the above possessive adjectives '''mós''', '''tós''', etc. alternative forms from daughter languages can be used, including '''(H)méjnos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (as in Proto-Germanic ''*mīnaz''), '''mójos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (as Proto-Slavic ''*mojь''), and '''méjos ~ -ā ~ -om''' (assuming potentially that the Latin form ''meus'' represents the dative '''méj''' with adjectival ending). Internally constructed forms include '''méwos ~ -ā ~ -om''', formed using the oblique stem with adjectival ending, or the indeclinable genitive '''(H)méne'''.


<span class="c12">î</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
=== 4.2 Personal correlative and relative ===


<span class="c15 c16">3rd plural feminine</span>


<span class="c12">îes</span>


<span class="c12">îm̥s</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Nominative
| Accusative
| Genitive
| Dative
| Locative
|-
| masc. sg.
| qís
| qím
| qés(j)o
| qésmej
| qésmi
|-
| fem. sg.
| qís


<span class="c12">în̥s</span>


<span class="c12">îsōm</span>
|
|
|
|
|-
| neut. sg.
| qíd
|
|
|
|
|-
| masc. pl.
| qéjes
| qíms
| qéjsom
| qéjmos


<span class="c12">éjsom</span>
qéjbhos


<span class="c12">Hésom</span>
| qéjsu
|-
| fem. pl.
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| neut. pl.
| qî
|
|
|
|
|}


<span class="c12">îmos</span>


<span class="c12">(H)éjmos</span>


<span class="c12">éjbhos</span>
The above can be used as an independent pronoun, as in '''qís cémt? '''&quot;Who came?&quot;


<span class="c12">îsu</span>
In other contexts it can be used as a relative pronoun, such as in '''kápmi Hábōl qim bhrûghō '''&quot;I have an apple which I like&quot;.


<span class="c12">(H)éjsu</span>
The difference between the two is that the pronoun form is stressed, but the relative form is not.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c12"></span>
=== 4.3 Proximal pronoun and determiner, and article ===


<span>In addition to the above possessive adjectives </span><span class="c27">mós</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">tós</span><span>, etc. alternative forms from daughter languages can be used, including </span><span class="c27">(H)méjnos ~ -ā ~ -om</span><span> (as in Proto-Germanic </span><span class="c20">*mīnaz</span><span>), </span><span class="c27">mójos ~ -ā ~ -om</span><span> (as Proto-Slavic </span><span class="c20">*mojь</span><span>), and </span><span class="c27">méjos ~ -ā ~ -om</span><span> (assuming potentially that the Latin form </span><span class="c20">meus</span><span> represents the dative </span><span class="c27">méj</span><span> with adjectival ending). Internally constructed forms include </span><span class="c27">méwos ~ -ā ~ -om</span><span>, formed using the oblique stem with adjectival ending, or the indeclinable genitive </span><span class="c27">(H)méne</span><span>. </span>




-----
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Nominative
| Accusative
| Genitive
| Dative
| Locative
|-
| masc. sg.
| só
| tóm
| tósjo
| tósmej
| tósmi
|-
| neut. sg.
| tód
|
|
|
|
|-
| fem. sg.
| sā
| tâm
| tósjās
| tósjāj
| tósjā
|-
| masc. pl.
| tój
| tóms
| tójsōm
| tójmos


<span id="h.i1ldaces8rl6"></span>
tójbhos
== <span class="c41 c16">4.2                        Personal correlative and relative</span> ==


<span class="c12"></span>
| tójsu
|-
| neut. pl.
| tâ
|
|
|
|
|-
| fem. pl.
| tâs
| tâm̥s
| tâsōm
| tâmos


{| class="wikitable c11"
tâbhos
|- class="c14"
| class="c42"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative</span>
| tâsu
|}


| class="c42"| <span class="c122 c16">Accusative</span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive</span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c102 c16">Dative</span>
The above are used as both determiners for other nouns; when in need of a pronoun the form '''ḱíd''' is used instead: '''ḱíd Hésti Hwésu''' &quot;this is good&quot;, and '''só Hnêr Hésti Hwésus''' &quot;this man is good&quot;. '''só''' can also be used as an article, and so the latter sentence can be translated as &quot;''the'' man is good&quot;.


| class="c42"| <span class="c123 c135 c16">Locative</span>


|- class="c17"
=== 4.4 Distal pronoun and determiner ===
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">masc. sg.</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">qís</span>


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">qím</span>


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">qés(j)o</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Nominative
| Accusative
| Genitive
| Dative
| Locative
|-
| masc. sg.
| Hénos


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">qésmej</span>
Hónos


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">qésmi</span>
Hnós


|- class="c17"
| Hénom
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">fem. sg.</span>
| Hénosjo
| Hénosmej
| Hénosmi
|-
| neut. sg.
| Hénod
|
|
|
|
|-
| fem. sg.
| Hénā
| Hénām
| Hénosjās
| Hénosjāej
| Hénosjā
|-
| masc. pl.
| Hénoj
| Hénoms
| Hénojsōm
| Hénojmos


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">qís</span>
/-bhos


<span class="c12">qé</span>
| Hénojsu
|-
| neut. pl.
| Hénā
|
|
|
|
|-
| fem. pl.
| Hénās
| Hénām̥s
| Hénāsōm
| Hénāmos


|- class="c17"
/-bhos
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">neut. sg.</span>


| class="c111 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">qíd</span>
| Hénāsu
|}


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">masc. pl.</span>


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">qéjes</span>


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">qíms</span>
There are multiple forms given in the first cell because the root can be reconstructed in each of those forms, all of which can be used as the basis for this demonstrative.


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">qéjsom</span>
As with '''so''', '''Hénos''' is used as a determiner, with its independent pronominal form being '''ḱênos''': '''ḱênod Hésti Hwésu '''&quot;that is good&quot;, and '''Hénos Hnêr Hésti Hwésus''' &quot;that man is good&quot;.


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">qéjmos</span>


<span class="c12">qéjbhos</span>
=== 4.5 Nouns and noun declension ===


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">qéjsu</span>
Proto-Indo-European had somewhat complex noun declensions, which are carried over to SAvIE. As with pronouns, common nouns decline in the singular and plural, but also in the vocative to give six cases.


|- class="c17"
The pattern which is seen in many noun declensions is given below.
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">fem. pl.</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">neut. pl.</span>
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| Athematic
| Masculine sg.
| Neuter sg.
| Masculine pl.
| Neuter pl.
|-
| Nominative
| -s ~ -∅
| -∅
| -es
| *-h₂
|-
| Vocative
| -∅
|
|
|
|-
| Accusative
| -m̥
| -m̥s
|
|
|-
| Genitive
| -s ~ -(e/o)s
| -ōm
|
|
|-
| Dative
| -ej
| -bhos


| class="c0" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">qî</span>
-mos


|
|
|-
| Locative
| -i, -∅
| -su
|
|
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


<span>The above can be used as an independent pronoun, as in </span><span class="c27">qís cémt? </span><span class="c12">&quot;Who came?&quot;</span>


<span>In other contexts it can be used as a relative pronoun, such as in </span><span class="c27">kápmi Hábōl qim bhrûghō </span><span class="c12">&quot;I have an apple which I like&quot;.</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| Thematic
| Masculine sg.
| Neuter sg.
| Masculine pl.
| Neuter pl.
|-
| Nominative
| -os
| -om
| -ōs
| -ā
|-
| Vocative
| -e
|
|
|
|-
| Accusative
| -om
| -oms
|
|
|-
| Genitive
| -osjo


<span>The difference between the two is that the pronoun form is stressed, but the relative form is not.</span>
<sup><ref>-ī is seen in Italic and Celtic </ref></sup>


| -ōm
|
|
|-
| Dative
| -ōj (← -oej)
| -o(j)bhos


-----
-o(j)mos


<span id="h.rufo2immy9w"></span>
|
== <span class="c41 c16">4.3                        Proximal pronoun and determiner, and article</span> ==
|
|-
| Locative
| -oj ~ -ej
| -ojsu
|
|
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c42"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative</span>
This only applies to masculine and neuter nouns, as noted in the tables above. Feminine nouns usually conform to the following:


| class="c42"| <span class="c16 c122">Accusative</span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c16 c22">Genitive</span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c16 c102">Dative</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| Thematic
| -ā type
| -ī type
|
|
|-
| Feminine sg.
| Feminine pl.
| Feminine sg.
| Feminine pl.
|
|-
| Nominative
| -ā
| -ās (← -āes)
| (é)-ī
| (é)-īs (← -īes)
|-
| Vocative
|
|
|
|
|-
| Accusative
| -ām
| -ām̥s
| (é)-īm̥
| (é)-īm̥s
|-
| Genitive
| -ās
| -āōm
| (∅)-jâs
| (∅)-jâōm
|-
| Dative
| -āj (← -āej)
| -ābhos


| class="c42"| <span class="c123 c135 c16">Locative</span>
-āmos


|- class="c17"
| (∅)-jâj (← -jâej)
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">masc. sg.</span>
| (∅)-jâbhos


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">só</span>
(∅)-jâmos


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">tóm</span>
|-
| Locative
| -ā(i)
| -āsu
| (∅)-jâ(i)
| (∅)-jâsu
|}


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">tósjo</span>


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">tósmej</span>


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">tósmi</span>
ī-type nouns retain a fixed stress-ablaut pattern, whereas ā-type nouns are much more flexible; these can be o-grade with stress on the ending, e-grade with shifting stress, or zero-grade with stress on the ending.


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">neut. sg.</span>


| class="c111 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">tód</span>


|- class="c17"
Many noun declensions are a variation on the above patterns. Some common variations are as follows.
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">fem. sg.</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">sā</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">tâm</span>
==== 4.5.1 -mn̥, -mō, -mên ====


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">tósjās</span>
These endings all look very similar to each other, and fulfil relatively similar functions. '''-mn̥''' creates neuter result nouns, while '''-mō''' and '''-mên''' create masculine agent nouns. There is no appreciable difference in meaning between '''-mō''' and '''-mên'''; they are both included to use freely when they appear in cognates among daughter languages.


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">tósjāj</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">tósjā</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">masc. pl.</span>
|-
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| -mn̥
| -mō
| -mên
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (é)-mn̥
| (é)-mō
| (∅)-mên
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (∅)-méns
| (∅)-m̥nés
|
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (é)-mō
| (é)-mones
| (∅)-ménes
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-m̥nés
| (∅)-m̥nôm
|
|}


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">tój</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">tóms</span>


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">tójsōm</span>


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">tójmos</span>
==== 4.5.2 -tōr, -têr, -trī ====


<span class="c12">tójbhos</span>
These endings derived masculine, masculine, and feminine agent noun endings.


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">tójsu</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">neut. pl.</span>


| class="c0" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">tâ</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| -tōr
| -têr
| -trī
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (é)-tōr
| (∅)-têr
| (é)-trī
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (∅)-trés
| (∅)-tr̥jâs
|
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (é)-tores
| (∅)-téres
| (é)-trīs
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-trôm
| (∅)-tr̥jâōm
|
|}


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">fem. pl.</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">tâs</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">tâm̥s</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">tâsōm</span>
==== 4.5.3 -trom, -tlom, -dhrom, -dhlom ====


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">tâmos</span>
This is a variation of 4.5.2, all of which produce neuter nouns of tools or instruments. There is no difference between forms with '''-r-''' and forms with '''-l-'''; however, the forms beginning '''-dh-''' are used after roots ending in a laryngeal, whether deleted or not, and '''-t-''' is used otherwise. They are all conjugated in the exact same way, so only the conjugation for '''-trom''' is given below.


<span class="c12">tâbhos</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">tâsu</span>


|}
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
|-
|
| -trom
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (é)-trom
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (é)-trosyo


<span class="c12"></span>
(é)-trī


<span>The above are used as both determiners for other nouns; when in need of a pronoun the form </span><span class="c27">ḱíd</span><span> is used instead: </span><span class="c27">ḱíd Hésti Hwésu</span><span> &quot;this is good&quot;, and </span><span class="c27">só Hnêr Hésti Hwésus</span><span> &quot;this man is good&quot;. </span><span class="c27">só</span><span> can also be used as an article, and so the latter sentence can be translated as &quot;</span><span class="c20">the</span><span> man is good&quot;.</span>
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (é)-trā
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (é)-trōm
|}




-----


<span id="h.bf0thym6spy6"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">4.4                        Distal pronoun and determiner</span> ==


<span class="c12"></span>
==== 4.5.4 -ō, -Hₒō ====


{| class="wikitable c11"
These are called ''nasal'' suffixes, because in each case but the nominative, ⟨n⟩ appears in the suffix. '''-ō''' creates masculine ''participant'' nouns; these are ones which indicate a person or thing which does something, or exists as the result of an action, such as '''skérō '''&quot;meat&quot; from ''*(s)kér-'' &quot;to cut&quot;, with the resulting meaning being &quot;something cut&quot;. A derivative of those, '''-Honos / -ā / -om''', is used to create augmentative nouns.
|- class="c14"
| class="c42"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative</span>
-Hō is similar; it produces nouns and adjectives of all genders to create words which indicate possession of a certain quality, or a responsibility for carrying out or responsibility to carry out a certain action, like '''pl̥tHús''' &quot;wide, broad&quot; becoming '''Pĺ̥tHō '''&quot;Plato&quot;, originally meaning &quot;wide/broad one&quot;. It is assumed to be formed from Proto-Indo-European ''*-h₃en(h₂)-'', and colours vowels accordingly (by -h₃-).


| class="c42"| <span class="c122 c16">Accusative</span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive</span>


| class="c42"| <span class="c102 c16">Dative</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| ō masculine
| Hₒō masculine
| Hₒō neuter
| Hₒō feminine
|-
| -ō
| -Hₒō
| -Hₒon
| -Hₒónī
|
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (é)-ō
| ( ́)-Hō
| ( ́)-Hon
| (∅)-Hónī
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (∅)-nés
| (∅)-Hnés
| (∅)-Honjâs
|
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (é)-ones
| ( ́)-Hones
| ( ́)-Hō
| (∅)-Hónīs
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-nôm
| (∅)-Hnôm
| (∅)-Hn̥jâōm
|
|}


| class="c42"| <span class="c123 c135 c16">Locative</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">masc. sg.</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">Hénos</span>


<span class="c12">Hónos</span>
==== 4.5.5 -r̥, -mr̥, -sr̥, -tr̥, -wr̥ ====


<span class="c12">Hnós</span>
These all belong to and are declined exactly as the basic ending '''-r̥''', which is rare and unproductive. It produces very few basic neuter nouns.


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">Hénom</span>


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénosjo</span>


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénosmej</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
|-
|
| -r̥
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (ó)-r̥
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (é)-n̥s
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (ó)-r̥H
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (é)-nōm
|-
| Nominative coll.
| (é)-ōr
|-
| '''Genitive coll.'''
| (∅)-nés
|}


| class="c42 c50" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénosmi</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">neut. sg.</span>


| class="c111 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénod</span>
This ending is exceptional in having a collective number, which is grammatically plural. So, '''tâ wédōr '''means “the collective of all waters”, whereas '''tâ wódr̥H''' means “the (particular, definite, definable, countable) waters”.


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">fem. sg.</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">Hénā</span>
==== 4.5.6 -tus ====


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">Hénām</span>
This suffix produces masculine action nouns from verb roots.


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">Hénosjās</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">Hénosjāej</span>


| class="c42 c50"| <span class="c12">Hénosjā</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
|-
|
| -tus
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (é)-tus
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (∅)-téws
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (é)-tewes
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-téwōm
|}


|- class="c17"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">masc. pl.</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">Hénoj</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">Hénoms</span>


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénojsōm</span>
==== 4.5.7 -is, -tis ====


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénojmos</span>
'''-is''' produces ''common gender'' nouns, that is, those which can be either masculine or feminine. It is not shown with an ablaut pattern because it can be used with multiple, including '''(é)-is''' or '''(ó)-is'''. It also has the neuter form '''-i'''. '''-tis''' produces exclusively feminine action or abstract nouns.


<span class="c12">/-bhos</span>


| class="c42 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénojsu</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">neut. pl.</span>
|-
!
!
!
|-
|
| -is
| -tis
|-
| Nominative sg.
| -is, -i
| (é)-tis
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| -ejs
| (∅)-téjs
|-
| Nominative pl.
| -ejes, -ejH
| (é)-tejes
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| -ejōm
| (∅)-téjōm
|}


| class="c0" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">Hénā</span>


|- class="c17"
==== 4.5.8 Agentive and resultative -os ====
| class="c42"| <span class="c15 c16">fem. pl.</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">Hénās</span>
Nouns with the pattern (o)-ós create masculine agent nouns denoting someone or something which performs a related action, such as '''tomHós '''&quot;cutter, slicer&quot;, from the verb '''tm̥nês''' (← ''tm̥-né-h₁-es'') &quot;to slice, to section, to cut up&quot;. When the stress shifts on to the root vowel, this produces a related result noun, '''tómHos '''&quot;a cut, a slice&quot;. Both of these noun patterns do not shift stress or ablaut within their own paradigm (giving '''tomHósjo''' &quot;of a/the cutter&quot; and '''tómHosjo''' &quot;of a/the slice&quot;).


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">Hénām̥s</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">Hénāsōm</span>
==== 4.5.9 -snā ====


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">Hénāmos</span>
The ending '''-snā''' is attached usually to verb stems to indicate either a result noun or a noun indicating the a summary of a category, for example converting '''tétḱes''' &quot;to create, produce&quot; into '''tétḱsnā''' &quot;art, craft&quot;.


<span class="c12">/-bhos</span>


| class="c42 c46"| <span class="c12">Hénāsu</span>


{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
|-
|
| -snā
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (é)-snā
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (é)-snās
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (é)-snās
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (é)-snāōm
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c12">There are multiple forms given in the first cell because the root can be reconstructed in each of those forms, all of which can be used as the basis for this demonstrative.</span>
==== 4.5.10 -sōr ====


<span>As with </span><span class="c27">so</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">Hénos</span><span> is used as a determiner, with its independent pronominal form being </span><span class="c27">ḱênos</span><span>: </span><span class="c27">ḱênod Hésti Hwésu </span><span>&quot;that is good&quot;, and </span><span class="c27">Hénos Hnêr Hésti Hwésus</span><span> &quot;that man is good&quot;.</span>
'''-sōr''' is similar to '''-trī''' in that it produces feminine gender agentive nouns.




-----


<span id="h.m4gvyxozl951"></span>
{| class="wikitable"
== <span class="c41 c16">4.5                        Nouns and noun declension</span> ==
|-
!
!
|-
|
| -sōr
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (é)-sōr
|-
| '''Genitive sg.'''
| (∅)-srés
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (é)-sores
|-
| '''Genitive pl.'''
| (∅)-srôm
|}


<span class="c12">Proto-Indo-European had somewhat complex noun declensions, which are carried over to SAvIE. As with pronouns, common nouns decline in the singular and plural, but also in the vocative to give six cases.</span>


<span class="c12">The pattern which is seen in many noun declensions is given below.</span>
==== 4.5.11 -(n)â ====


{| class="wikitable c11"
The pattern '''(o)-â''' creates collective or mass nouns, or abstract or action nouns. This conjugates exactly as the thematic ''ā''-type is expected to. This can also appear as '''(∅)-â''', with the exact same meaning.
|- class="c14"
| class="c55"| <span class="c12">Athematic</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Masculine sg.</span>
A slight extension of this is the pattern '''(o)-nâ''' also creating a deverbal abstract noun.


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Neuter sg.</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Masculine pl.</span>
==== 4.5.12 -iā ====


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Neuter pl.</span>
This is a variation of the feminine ending -ā augmented with -i-, used to create feminine abstract nouns.


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-s ~ -∅</span>
==== 4.5.A Combination of suffixes ====


| class="c49" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">-∅</span>
Evidence suggests that some of the above suffixes were combined for various purposes. One example is 4.5.7 with 4.5.4: where '''-tis''' could be combined with '''-Hō''' to give '''-tīō''', giving Latin ''-tiō'' and Proto-Celtic ''-tiyū''; '''-tīō '''for example can be used to produce nouns of action or result.


| class="c55 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">-es</span>


| class="c55 c46" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">*-h₂</span>
=== 4.6 Adjectives ===


|- class="c17"
Adjectives decline in all three genders, two numbers, and six cases. Their deeclensions follow many of the same patterns that nouns do. In particular, they follow athematic ('''méǵHs ~ m̥ǵHés''', '''méǵHī ~ méǵHīs''', '''méǵH ~ méǵH''' &quot;great, large&quot;) or thematic ('''néwos ~ néwes''', '''néwā ~ néwās''',''' néwom ~ néwā''' &quot;new&quot;) paradigms using a mixture of the basic masculine-, feminine- and neuter-gender endings given above.
| class="c55"| <span class="c123 c130 c16">Vocative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-∅</span>
Other adjectival formations are as follows.


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c122 c16">Accusative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-m̥</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">-m̥s</span>


|- class="c17"
==== 4.6.1 Caland system: -onts, -us ====
| class="c55"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-s ~ -(e/o)s</span>
The Caland system defines reproducible adjectival paradigms and their root forms for creating basic adjectives. Two common endings are -onts and -us, which ablaut as follows.


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ōm</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c102 c16">Dative</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ej</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| -onts


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-bhos</span>
Nominative


<span class="c12">-mos</span>
| (é)-onts
| (é)-ont
| (∅)-éntī
| (é)-ontes
| (é)-ontH
| (∅)-éntīs
|-
| -onts


|- class="c17"
Genitive
| class="c55"| <span class="c123 c16 c135">Locative</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-i, -∅</span>
| (∅)-n̥tés
| (∅)-n̥tjâs
| (∅)-n̥tôm
| ()-n̥tjâōm
|
|
|-
| -us


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-su</span>
Nominative


|}
| (é)-us
| (é)-u
| (∅)-éwī
| (é)-ewes
| (é)-ū
| (∅)-éwīs
|-
| -us


<span class="c12"></span>
Genitive


{| class="wikitable c11"
| (∅)-éws
|- class="c14"
| (∅)-ujâs
| class="c55"| <span class="c12">Thematic</span>
| (∅)-éwōm
| (∅)-ujâōm
|
|
|}


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Masculine sg.</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Neuter sg.</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Masculine pl.</span>
Although displaying somewhat idiosyncratic ablaut, these declensions are identical to the athematic endings given in '''4.5'''.


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Neuter pl.</span>


|- class="c17"
==== 4.6.2 ''Bahuvrihis'': -ēs ====
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-os</span>
A ''bahuvrihi'' is a compound word formation indicating possession of a certain quality, or execution of a certain action. These can either be adjectives or nouns in all genders. Its underlying form is ''*-es-s'', due to which it also follows the athematic pattern.


| class="c49" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">-om</span>
The gendered forms are combined, giving a ''common-gender'' form.


| class="c55 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ōs</span>


| class="c55 c46" rowspan="3"| <span class="c12">-ā</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c55"| <span class="c123 c16 c130">Vocative</span>
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Cmn. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Cmn. pl.
| Neut. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (é)-ēs
| (é)-es
| (é)-eses
| (é)-ēs
|-
| Genitive
| (é)-esos
| (é)-esōm
|
|
|}


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-e</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c122 c16">Accusative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-om</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">-oms</span>
==== 4.6.3 Pertinence to a quality: -wénts ====


|- class="c17"
-wénts creates adjectives which indicate possession of a certain noun as a quality, or pertinence to that noun as a salient description, like '''Hn̥twént''' &quot;limited&quot;.
| class="c55"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-osjo</span>


<span>-ī</span><sup>[[#ftnt1|[1]]]</sup>


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ōm</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (∅)-wénts
| (∅)-wént
| (∅)-wéntī
| (∅)-wéntes
| (∅)-wéntH
| (∅)-wéntīs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-wn̥tés
| (∅)-wn̥tjâs
| (∅)-wn̥tôm
| (∅)-wn̥tjâōm
|
|
|}


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c102 c16">Dative</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ōj (← -oej)</span>


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-o(j)bhos</span>


<span class="c12">-o(j)mos</span>
==== 4.6.4 Characteristic or typical of: -ískos, -ānos ====


|- class="c17"
These suffixes are cognate with the English -ish and -(i)an, and fulfil the same function: they create adjectives meaning something that is characteristic or typical of a certain noun.
| class="c55"| <span class="c123 c135 c16">Locative</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-oj ~ -ej</span>


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ojsu</span>


{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (∅)-iskós
| (∅)-iskóm
| (∅)-iskâ
| (∅)-iskôs
| (∅)-iskâ
| (∅)-iskâs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-iskósjo
| (∅)-iskâs
| (∅)-iskôm
| (∅)-iskâōm
|
|
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


<span>This only applies to masculine and neuter nouns, as noted in the tables above. Feminine nouns usually conform to the following:</span>


'''-ānós''' conjugates as '''-nós''' does, in '''4.6.7'''.


-----


<span class="c12"></span>
==== 4.6.5 Possession of a thing or quality, or having undergone an action: -ātos ====


{| class="wikitable c11"
The stress pattern is more similar to regular nouns, with the zero or unstressed full grade throughout.
|- class="c17"
| class="c55" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Thematic</span>


| class="c136" colspan="2"| <span class="c15 c16">-ā type</span>


| class="c136" colspan="2"| <span class="c15 c16">-ī type</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Feminine sg.</span>
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (∅)-ātós
| (∅)-ātóm
| (∅)-ātâ
| (∅)-ātôs
| (∅)-ātâ
| (∅)-ātâs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-ātósjo
| (∅)-ātâs
| (∅)-ātôm
| (∅)-ātâōm
|
|
|}


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Feminine pl.</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Feminine sg.</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Feminine pl.</span>
Any zero-grade adjective extended with '''-ā-''' or '''-ī- '''are declined identically.


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative</span>


| class="c49" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ā</span>
==== 4.6.6 Material or consistency: -īnós ====


| class="c55 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">-ās (← -āes)</span>
-īnos creates adjectives generally related to a material of which something is made. Stress falls on the suffix at all times, but the root does not need to be zero-grade.


| class="c49" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">(é)-ī</span>


| class="c55 c46" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">(é)-īs (← -īes)</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c55"| <span class="c123 c130 c16">Vocative</span>
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| -īnós
| -īnóm
| -īnâ
| -īnôs
| -īnâ
| -īnâs
|-
| Genitive
| -īnósjo
| -īnâs
| -īnôm
| -īnâōm
|
|
|}


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c122 c16">Accusative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-ām</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">-ām̥s</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(é)-īm̥</span>
==== 4.6.7 Zero-grade adjectives ====


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-īm̥s</span>
All the adjectives of this class require a zero-grade root. They are all declined with the following pattern:


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-ās</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">-āōm</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (∅)-Cós
| (∅)-Cóm
| (∅)-Câ
| (∅)-Côs
| (∅)-Câ
| (∅)-Câs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-Cósjo
| (∅)-Câs
| (∅)-Côm
| (∅)-Câōm
|
|
|}


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(∅)-jâs</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-jâōm</span>


|- class="c17"
<ul>
| class="c55"| <span class="c102 c16">Dative</span>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-kós''' of or pertaining to something</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-lós''' diminutive adjective or noun</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-nós ''' capable of (a verb), tending to (verb)</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-rós''' basic adjectives in the Caland system</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-tós''' past participles</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-wós''' basic adjectives from verbs</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''(∅)-jós''' (athematic) basic adjectives from nouns</p></blockquote>
<ul>
<li><blockquote><p>this appears as '''(é)-jos ~ (é)-josjo''' if the noun is thematic</p></blockquote></li></ul>
</li></ul>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-āj (← -āej)</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">-ābhos</span>
==== 4.6.8 Contrastive adjective ====


<span class="c12">-āmos</span>
The contrastive adjective produces the slightly complex meaning of &quot;something which is X rather than anything else&quot;.


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(∅)-jâj (← -jâej)</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-jâbhos</span>


<span class="c12">()-jâmos</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (é)-teros
| (é)-terom
| (é)-terā
| (é)-terōs
| (é)-terā
| (é)-terās
|-
| Genitive
| (é)-terosjo
| (é)-terās
| (é)-terōm
| (é)-terāōm
|
|
|}


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c123 c135 c16">Locative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">-ā(i)</span>
==== 4.6.9 Elative adjective ====


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">-āsu</span>
The elative adjectives is one which describes the greatness of something, meaning &quot;very X&quot;.


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(∅)-jâ(i)</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-jâsu</span>


{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (é)-jōs
| (é)-jos
| (∅)-jésī
| (é)-joses
| (é)-jōs
| (∅)-jésīs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-isés
| (∅)-isjā́s
| (∅)-isôm
| (∅)-isjâōm
|
|
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


<span class="c12">ī-type nouns retain a fixed stress-ablaut pattern, whereas ā-type nouns are much more flexible; these can be o-grade with stress on the ending, e-grade with shifting stress, or zero-grade with stress on the ending.</span>
==== 4.6.10 Verbal participles ====


<span class="c12"></span>
These essentially function as adjectives. They use several special forms of the adjective endings listed above in limited functions.


<span class="c12">Many noun declensions are a variation on the above patterns. Some common variations are as follows.</span>


<span id="h.ocpcfe2xm46i"></span>
===== 4.6.10.1 Present participle =====
=== <span class="c63">4.5.1                        -mn̥, -mō, -mên</span> ===


<span>These endings all look very similar to each other, and fulfil relatively similar functions. </span><span class="c27">-mn̥</span><span> creates neuter result nouns, while </span><span class="c27">-mō</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">-mên</span><span> create masculine agent nouns. There is no appreciable difference in meaning between </span><span class="c27">-mō</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">-mên</span><span class="c12">; they are both included to use freely when they appear in cognates among daughter languages.</span>
The present participle uses the form '''(é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés''' in thematic verbs, as does the '''-onts''' form in the Caland system above, and '''(∅)-ónts ~ (∅)-n̥tés''' in athematic verbs. It is directly equivalent to the English &quot;-ing&quot;. It is used with '''Héses''' in any tense to indicate continuous tenses, such as '''Hésmi Hdónts '''&quot;I am eating&quot;.


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
===== 4.6.10.2 Past participle =====
|- class="c14"
| class="c28"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">-mn̥</span>
The past participle uses the form '''(∅)-tós ~ (∅)-tósjo'''. As a verbal adjective it essentially means &quot;X-ed&quot;. Although it can be used as an independent adjective, it is perhaps most commonly used in its neuter form with '''kápes''' &quot;to have, get&quot; in the perfect-tense construction, such as '''kápmi Hdtóm '''&quot;I have eaten&quot;.


| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">-mō</span>


| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">-mên</span>
===== 4.6.10.3 Passive participle =====


|- class="c14"
Unlike '''-tós''', which is active in meaning, the passive participle indicates something which &quot;has been X-ed&quot;. Its form is '''(é)-om(H)nos ~ (∅)-óm(H)nosjo''' in thematic verbs, an '''(∅)-m̥(H)nós ~ (∅)-m̥(H)nósjo''' in athematic verbs. It is also used with '''Héses''' to construct passive verb forms, such as '''Hésmi Hdm̥Hnós''' &quot;I am eaten, I have been eaten&quot;.
| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-mn̥</span>


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-mō</span>
===== 4.6.10.4 Stative-type past participle =====


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-mên</span>
This participle is a special type with optional initial reduplication: masculine '''(é)-(∅)-wōs ~ (é)-(∅)-usos''', feminine '''(é)-(∅)-usī ~ (e)-(∅)-usjâs''', neuter '''(é)-(∅)-wos ~ (é)-(∅)-usos'''.


|- class="c17"
| class="c28"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-méns</span>
===== 4.6.10.5 Perfect participle =====


| class="c44 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">(∅)-m̥nés</span>
Although Ancient Greek and Sanskrit had a perfect participle, such a formation would be against the spirit of SAE, which specifies a perfect-tense formation using the &quot;have&quot; verb. As such, there is no dedicated perfect participle; rather, a perfect participial formation involves the present participle of '''kápes''' and a past participle of another verb, such as '''kapónts wl̥tóm''' &quot;having seen&quot;.


|- class="c14"
| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-mō</span>
=== 4.7 Adjective comparison ===


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-mones</span>
Adjectives can be further declined in two degrees: the comparative and the superlative. The comparative produces adjectives meaning &quot;more X&quot;, while the superlative produces &quot;the most X&quot;.


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-ménes</span>


|- class="c17"
==== 4.7.1 Comparative adjective ====
| class="c28"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-m̥nés</span>
The comparative adjective degree can be expressed either with the contrastive '''-teros''' or elative '''-yōs''' ending. The comparative element translating to &quot;than&quot; is expressed with '''Hánti''' &quot;against&quot;, and the noun being compared against is placed in the dative, for example '''ís Hésti Hl̥tóteros ~ Hl̥tójōs Hánti méǵhjo''' &quot;he is taller than me&quot;.


| class="c44 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">(∅)-m̥nôm</span>


|}




-----
==== 4.7.2 Superlative adjective ====


<span class="c12"></span>
The superlative degree expresses &quot;the most X&quot;. As such, it is always used with the article '''só'''.


<span id="h.ge84nak814v2"></span>
For ease, I have opted to reduce the potential superlative adjective endings to two, discounting those reconstructions with a laryngeal. The adjective is formed in one of two ways: '''(∅)-otm̥mós''' or '''(∅)-istós'''. The former is used for thematic adjectives, whereas the latter is used for athematic adjectives.
=== <span class="c63">4.5.2                        -tōr, -têr, -trī</span> ===


<span class="c12">These endings derived masculine, masculine, and feminine agent noun endings.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
{| class="wikitable"
|- class="c14"
|-
| class="c28"| <span class="c12"></span>
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (∅)-otm̥mós
| (∅)-otm̥móm
| (∅)-otm̥mâ
| (∅)-otm̥môs
| (∅)-otm̥mâ
| (∅)-otm̥mâs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-otm̥mósjo
| (∅)-otm̥mâs
| (∅)-otm̥môm
| (∅)-otm̥mâōm
|
|
|-
| Nominative
| (∅)-istós
| (∅)-istóm
| (∅)-istâ
| (∅)-istôs
| (∅)-istâ
| (∅)-istâs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-istósjo
| (∅)-istâs
| (∅)-istôm
| (∅)-istâōm
|
|
|}


| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">-tōr</span>


| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">-têr</span>


| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">-trī</span>
Although this table describes each form as using a zero-grade root because the stress shifts to the ending, the root can also be made e-grade in all cases.


|- class="c14"
| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-tōr</span>
==== 4.7.3 Absolute superlative adjective ====


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-têr</span>
The superlative can be augmented further, in order to create the absolute superlative, which holds even more force than the superlative. It is a combination of both superlative adjective forms, giving '''(∅)-istm̥mós'''. It declines exactly as '''-otm̥mós''' does.


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-trī</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c28"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">(∅)-trés</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Masc. sg.
| Neut. sg.
| Fem. sg.
| Masc. pl.
| Neut. pl.
| Fem. pl.
|-
| Nominative
| (∅)-istm̥mós
| (∅)-istm̥móm
| (∅)-istm̥mâ
| (∅)-istm̥môs
| (∅)-istm̥mâ
| (∅)-istm̥mâs
|-
| Genitive
| (∅)-istm̥mósjo
| (∅)-istm̥mâs
| (∅)-istm̥môm
| (∅)-istm̥mâōm
|
|
|}


| class="c28 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-tr̥jâs</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c28"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-tores</span>


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-téres</span>
== 5 Verbs ==


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-trīs</span>
SAvIE verbs are complex, but with fewer irregularities than Proto-Indo-European's daughter languages. SAvIE in particular takes the feature of the &quot;have&quot;-perfect tense and expands the concept to include multiple periphrastic tenses and verb forms, including all continuous tenses, and all passive forms.


|- class="c17"
SAvIE verbs are divided into two kinds: ''conjugated'' and ''periphrastic''. Conjugated forms are ones to which a suffix is attached to form a directly usable tense. Periphrastic forms involve a conjugated form of one of a limited selection of verbs, along with a ''particle''. Particles themselves are one of four non-finite forms which indicate tense and aspect.
| class="c28"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">(∅)-trôm</span>


| class="c28 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-tr̥jâōm</span>
=== 5.1 Non-finite forms, and infinitive ===


|}
It should not be necessary to revise non-finite forms, as they are all described in '''4.6.8'''. Two forms not described there are the ''infinitive'', which is used simply to name the verb, the ''supine'', used only in special verb constructions, and the ''purportative'', used with verbs of wanting, owing, or intending.


<span class="c12"></span>
The infinitive takes the form '''(é)-es''', and is a shortened locative form of the purportative '''(é)-os''' and '''(é)-esos''', which creates result or action nouns. This makes it cognate with the Ancient Greek (-ειν) and Latin (-ere) infinitives.


<span id="h.usekf6fkb02b"></span>
For deponents, the infinitive is formed with '''(∅)-és''', and the purportatives '''(é)-osm̥''' and '''(∅)-sés'''.
=== <span class="c63">4.5.3                        -trom, -tlom, -dhrom, -dhlom</span> ===


<span>This is a variation of 4.5.2, all of which produce neuter nouns of tools or instruments. There is no difference between forms with </span><span class="c27">-r-</span><span> and forms with </span><span class="c27">-l-</span><span>; however, the forms beginning </span><span class="c27">-dh-</span><span> are used after roots ending in a laryngeal, whether deleted or not, and </span><span class="c27">-t-</span><span> is used otherwise. They are all conjugated in the exact same way, so only the conjugation for </span><span class="c27">-trom</span><span class="c12"> is given below.</span>
The supine takes the form '''(∅)-ént''', also a locative form, of the present participle '''-onts'''. For deponents, it is '''(∅)-tój'''. It is used in combination with verbs of motion in order to indicate purpose, such as '''ís cémt Had wl̥ént mé''' &quot;he came to see me&quot;.


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
=== 5.2 Conjugated forms ===
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">-trom</span>
Verbs each conjugate in multiple tenses, each of which has three persons (1st, 2nd, and 3rd), two numbers (singular and plural) and two moods (indicative and optative). In total there are four tenses: the ''nonpast'' (which encompasses the present and, optionally, future), the ''imperfect'' (semantically identical to the past continuous, but used especially in certain constructions), the ''aorist'' (or ''preterite'', or ''simple past''), and the ''habitual'' (which is technically tenseless).


|- class="c14"
All conjugated forms use one of two sets of endings, called the ''primary'' and ''secondary''. Primary endings indicate the nonpast tense, and secondary endings most others. Each set of endings can be either ''thematic'' or ''athematic''.
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-trom</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-trosyo</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Primary
| Secondary
|
|
|-
|
| Thematic
| Athematic
| Thematic
| Athematic
|-
| 1st person singular
| -ō
| -mi
| -om
| -m̥
|-
| 2nd person singular
| -esi
| -si
| -es
| -s
|-
| 3rd person singular
| -eti
| -ti
| -et
| -t
|-
| 1st person plural
| -omos
| -mós
| -ome
| -mé
|-
| 2nd person plural
| -ete
| -té
| -ete
| -té
|-
| 3rd person plural
| -onti
| -énti
| -ont
| -ént
|}


<span class="c12">(é)-trī</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-trā</span>
Whether a verb is thematic or not is unpredictable, and must be learnt on a case-by-case basis.


|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-trōm</span>
==== 5.2.1 Nonpast ====


|}
The nonpast combines both the present and future tenses. The simple future has an additional periphrastic tense, but the simple present does not. It is indicated by the primary endings.


<span class="c12"></span>
The first model is of '''bhéres''' &quot;to bear, carry&quot;. It is a root thematic verb.


<span id="h.y636ufvfv3ya"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.5.4                        -ō, -Hₒō</span> ===


<span>These are called </span><span class="c20">nasal</span><span> suffixes, because in each case but the nominative, ⟨n⟩ appears in the suffix. </span><span class="c27">-ō</span><span> creates masculine </span><span class="c20">participant</span><span> nouns; these are ones which indicate a person or thing which does something, or exists as the result of an action, such as </span><span class="c27">skérō </span><span>&quot;meat&quot; from </span><span class="c20">*(s)kér-</span><span> &quot;to cut&quot;, with the resulting meaning being &quot;something cut&quot;. A derivative of those, </span><span class="c27">-Honos / -ā / -om</span><span>, is used to create augmentative nouns.</span>


{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Thematic nonpast verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-ō
| '''bhérō '''''I bear''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-esi
| '''bhéresi '''''you bear''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-eti
| '''bhéreti '''''he/she/it bears''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (é)-omos
| '''bhéromos '''''we bear''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ete
| '''bhérete '''''you (pl.) bear''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-onti
| '''bhéronti '''''they bear''
|}


-----


<span>-Hō is similar; it produces nouns and adjectives of all genders to create words which indicate possession of a certain quality, or a responsibility for carrying out or responsibility to carry out a certain action, like </span><span class="c27">pl̥tHús</span><span> &quot;wide, broad&quot; becoming </span><span class="c27">Pĺ̥tHō </span><span>&quot;Plato&quot;, originally meaning &quot;wide/broad one&quot;. It is assumed to be formed from Proto-Indo-European </span><span class="c20">*-h₃en(h₂)-</span><span>, and colours vowels accordingly (by -h₃-).</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
This model is '''Hédes''' &quot;to eat&quot;. It is a root athematic verb.


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c17"
| class="c55" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">ō masculine</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Hₒō masculine</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Athematic nonpast verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-mi
| '''Hédmi '''''I eat''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-si
| '''Hédsi '''''you eat''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-ti
| '''Hédti '''''he/she/it eats''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (∅)-mós
| '''Hdmós'''''''' '''we eat''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (∅)-té
| '''Hdté '''''you (pl.) eat''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (∅)-énti
| '''Hdénti '''''they eat''
|}


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Hₒō neuter</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Hₒō feminine</span>


|- class="c17"
Since they can be used as a future tense too, a nonpast form '''bhérō''' can mean both &quot;I bear&quot; and &quot;I will bear&quot;, though for clarity the latter can be expressed with the periphrastic future tense, described later.
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">-ō</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">-Hₒō</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">-Hₒon</span>
==== 5.2.2 Imperfect ====


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">-Hₒónī</span>
The imperfect is indicated by the usage of secondary endings in place of primary ones. It signals a past continuous tense.


|- class="c14"
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(é)-ō</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(  ́)-Hō</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Thematic imperfect verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-om
| '''bhérom '''''I was bearing''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-es
| '''bhéres '''''you were bearing''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-et
| '''bhéret '''''he/she/it was bearing''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (é)-ome
| '''bhérome '''''we were bearing''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ete
| '''bhérete '''''you (pl.) were bearing''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-onti
| '''bhéronti '''''they were bearing''
|}


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(  ́)-Hon</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(∅)-Hónī</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c55"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(∅)-nés</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">(∅)-Hnés</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Athematic imperfect verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-m̥
| '''Hédm̥ '''''I was eating''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-s
| '''Héds '''''you were eating''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-t
| '''Hédt '''''he/she/it was eating''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (∅)-mé
| '''Hdmé '''''we were eating''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (∅)-té
| '''Hdté '''''you (pl.) were eating''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (∅)-énti
| '''Hdénti '''''they were eating''
|}
 
 


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(∅)-Honjâs</span>
The main difference of the imperfect conjugated form from the past continuous periphrastic form is the usage in formulaic constructions, shown later.


|- class="c14"
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ones</span>
==== 5.2.3 Aorist ====


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(  ́)-Hones</span>
The aorist forms a simple past. It also uses the secondary endings, but can be one of two further formations. The '''derived aorist''' is given for '''root present''' verbs, that is, ones which are not formed with secondary derivation such as the nasal infix. This forms as below.


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(  ́)-Hō</span>


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-Hónīs</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c55"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Aorist verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (ê)-sm̥
| '''bhêrsm̥ '''''I bore''


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-nôm</span>
'''Hêdsm̥ '''''I ate''


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">()-Hnôm</span>
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (ê)-s
| '''bhêrs '''''you bore''


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-Hn̥jâōm</span>
'''Hêds '''''you ate''


|}
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (ê)-st
| '''bhêrst '''''he/she/it bore''


<span class="c12"></span>
'''Hêdst '''''he/she/it ate''


<span id="h.d5xgomcush4k"></span>
|-
=== <span class="c63">4.5.5                        -r̥, -mr̥, -sr̥, -tr̥, -wr̥</span> ===
| 1st person plural
| (é)-sme
| '''bhérsme '''''we bore''


<span>These all belong to and are declined exactly as the basic ending </span><span class="c27">-r̥</span><span class="c12">, which is rare and unproductive. It produces very few basic neuter nouns.</span>
'''Hédsme '''''we ate''


<span class="c12"></span>
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ste
| '''bhérste '''''you (pl.) bore''


{| class="wikitable c11"
'''Hédste '''''you (pl.) ate''
|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">-r̥</span>
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-sn̥t
| '''bhérsn̥t '''''they bore''


|- class="c14"
'''Hédsn̥t '''''they ate''
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(ó)-r̥</span>
|}


|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-n̥s</span>


|- class="c17"
The second formation is the '''root aorist''', given for '''derived verbs''' that do not fit into the above category. It uses the secondary endings attached to a root with no intervening secondary derivations, and can be either thematic or athematic. As such, it is completely identical with the imperfect tense of root present verbs. It differs from the imperfect of derived verbs by dropping secondary derivation. For example, for '''léjqes''' &quot;to leave&quot; has the (derived) present '''linéqti''', (derived) imperfect '''linéqt''', and root aorist '''léjqt'''.
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(ó)-r̥H</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-nōm</span>


|- class="c14"
==== 5.2.4 Habitual ====
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative coll.</span>


| class="c25"| <span class="c12">(é)-ōr</span>
The habitual has no explicit tense – the position in time of the relevant action depends solely on the context of the sentence. The form of this is a thematic verb with secondary endings.


|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c27">coll</span><span class="c15 c16">.</span>


| class="c25"| <span class="c12">(∅)-nés</span>


{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Dynamic habitual verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (∅)-óm
| '''Hdóm '''''I used to eat''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (∅)-és
| '''Hdés '''''you used to eat''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (∅)-ét
| '''Hdét '''''he/she/it used to eat''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (∅)-óme
| '''Hdóme '''''we used to eat''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (∅)-éte
| '''Hdéte '''''you used to eat''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (∅)-ónt
| '''Hdónt '''''they used to eat''
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


<span>This ending is exceptional in having a collective number, which is grammatically plural. So, </span><span class="c27">tâ wédōr </span><span>means “the collective of all waters”, whereas </span><span class="c27">tâ wódr̥H</span><span> means “the (particular, definite, definable, countable) waters”.</span>
==== 5.2.5 Stative-type present ====


For very few verbs the present is formed using the Proto-Indo-European stative formation. These have no imperfect or aorist, and have special past participle forms built on '''-wōs ~ -usī ~ -wos'''.


-----


<span id="h.g25ex65959t4"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.5.6                        -tus</span> ===


<span class="c12">This suffix produces masculine action nouns from verb roots.</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Stative habitual verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (ó)-Ha
| '''móghHa '''''I can''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (ó)-tHa
| '''móghtHa '''''you can''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (ó)-e
| '''móghe '''''he/she/it knows''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (∅)-mé
| '''m̥ghmé '''''we can''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (∅)-é
| '''m̥ghé '''''you (pl.) know''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (∅)-êr
| '''m̥ghêr '''''they know''
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">-tus</span>


|- class="c14"
==== 5.2.6 Deponent ====
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-tus</span>
A very small number of verbs is a deponent: one which looks like an old mediopassive form, but acts as though it were active. This is not counted as a passive form. Deponent verbs have special forms in all tenses.


|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c27 c59">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-téws</span>


|- class="c14"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>
|-
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| Deponent verbs
| Nonpast
| Imperfect
| Aorist
| Habitual
|-
| 1st person singular
| <sup>athematic</sup>(∅)-Hár


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-tewes</span>
<sup>thematic</sup>(é)-ōr


|- class="c17"
| (∅)-
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">()-téwōm</span>
(é)-ōa


|}
| (é)-sHa
| (∅)-ôr
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (∅)-tHár


<span class="c12"></span>
(é)-etHar


<span id="h.7oogw22001zd"></span>
| (∅)-tHá
=== <span class="c63">4.5.7                        -is, -tis</span> ===


<span class="c27">-is</span><span> produces </span><span class="c20">common gender</span><span> nouns, that is, those which can be either masculine or feminine. It is not shown with an ablaut pattern because it can be used with multiple, including </span><span class="c27">(é)-is</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">(ó)-is</span><span>. It also has the neuter form </span><span class="c27">-i</span><span>. </span><span class="c27">-tis</span><span class="c12"> produces exclusively feminine action or abstract nouns.</span>
(é)-etHa


<span class="c12"></span>
| (é)-stHa
| (∅)-étHar
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (∅)-(t)ór


{| class="wikitable c11"
(é)-etor
|- class="c17"
| class="c111"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c111"| <span class="c15 c16">-is</span>
| (∅)-(t)ó


| class="c111"| <span class="c15 c16">-tis</span>
(é)-eto


|- class="c14"
| (é)-s(t)o
| class="c111"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>
| (∅)-étor
|-
| 1st person plural
| (∅)-mósdhH


| class="c111 c50"| <span class="c12">-is, -i</span>
(é)-omosdhH


| class="c111 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-tis</span>
| ()-médhH


|- class="c17"
(é)-omedhH
| class="c111"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c50 c111"| <span class="c12">-ejs</span>
| (é)-smedhH
| (∅)-ómosdhH
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (∅)-dhHwé


| class="c111 c50"| <span class="c12">()-téjs</span>
(é)-edhHwe


|- class="c14"
| (∅)-dhHwé
| class="c111"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>


| class="c0"| <span class="c12">-ejes, -ejH</span>
(é)-edhHwe


| class="c0"| <span class="c12">(é)-tejes</span>
| (é)-sdhHwe
| (∅)-édhHwe
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (∅)-rór ~ (∅)-ntór


|- class="c17"
(é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor
| class="c111"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c0"| <span class="c12">-ejōm</span>
| (∅)-ró ~ (∅)-ntó


| class="c0"| <span class="c12">()-téjōm</span>
(é)-oro ~ (é)-ento


| (é)-sro ~ -sn̥to
| (∅)-óror ~ (∅)-óntor
|}
|}


<span id="h.pfkak8xwqg4q"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.5.8                        Agentive and resultative -os</span> ===


<span>Nouns with the pattern (o)-ós create masculine agent nouns denoting someone or something which performs a related action, such as </span><span class="c27">tomHós </span><span>&quot;cutter, slicer&quot;, from the verb </span><span class="c27">tm̥nês</span><span> (← </span><span class="c20">tm̥-né-h₁-es</span><span>) &quot;to slice, to section, to cut up&quot;. When the stress shifts on to the root vowel, this produces a related result noun, </span><span class="c27">tómHos </span><span>&quot;a cut, a slice&quot;. Both of these noun patterns do not shift stress or ablaut within their own paradigm (giving </span><span class="c27">tomHósjo</span><span> &quot;of a/the cutter&quot; and </span><span class="c27">tómHosjo</span><span> &quot;of a/the slice&quot;).</span>




-----
==== 5.2.7 Imperative ====
 
The imperative is its own mood, and conjugates only in the second and third person. It is tenseless, so there is only one set of imperative forms for each verb. Their forms differ only slightly based on thematicity.


<span id="h.a6amanyla0wf"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.5.9                        -snā</span> ===


<span>The ending </span><span class="c27">-snā</span><span> is attached usually to verb stems to indicate either a result noun or a noun indicating the a summary of a category, for example converting </span><span class="c27">tétḱes</span><span> &quot;to create, produce&quot; into </span><span class="c27">tétḱsnā</span><span class="c12"> &quot;art, craft&quot;.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Thematic imperative
| Model
| Example
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-e
| '''bhére '''''bear!''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-etu
| '''bhéretu '''''let him/her/it bear!''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ete
| '''bhérete '''''bear (pl.)!''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-ontu
| '''bhérontu '''''let them bear!''
|}


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">-snā</span>


|- class="c14"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Athematic imperative
| Model
| Example
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-∅


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-snā</span>
()-dhí


|- class="c17"
| Héd
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-snās</span>
'''Hddhí '''''eat!''


|- class="c14"
|-
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-tu
| '''Hédtu '''''let him/her/it eat!''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (∅)-té
| '''Hdté '''''eat (pl.)!''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (∅)-éntu
| '''Hdéntu '''''let them eat!''
|}


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-snās</span>


|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-snāōm</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Stative-type imperative
| Model
| Example
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (e)-(ó)-


|}
(e)-(∅)-dhí


<span id="h.2cvudt8bph0m"></span>
| '''memón '''''remember!''
=== <span class="c63">4.5.10                -sōr</span> ===


<span class="c27">-sōr</span><span> is similar to </span><span class="c27">-trī</span><span class="c12"> in that it produces feminine gender agentive nouns.</span>
'''memn̥dhí''' ''remember!''


<span class="c12"></span>
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (e)-(ó)-tu
| '''memóntu '''''let him/her/it remember!''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (e)-(∅)-té
| '''memn̥té '''''remember (pl.)!''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (e)-(∅)-éntu
| '''memnéntu '''''let them remember!''
|}


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c17"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">-sōr</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-sōr</span>


|- class="c17"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">sg.</span>
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Deponent imperative
| Model
| Example
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-o
| '''wéso!''''' wear (it)!''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-(e)to
| '''wésto!''''' let him/her/it wear!''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-(e)dh(H)we
| '''wésdh(H)we!''''' wear (pl.) (it)!''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-(o)nto
| '''wésn̥to!''''' let them wear!''
|}


| class="c44 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-srés</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-sores</span>


|- class="c17"
==== 5.2.8 Special formation types ====
| class="c44"| <span class="c59 c27">Genitive </span><span class="c15 c16">pl.</span>


| class="c44 c46"| <span class="c12">()-srôm</span>
Some verb forms include affixes which attach to a verb root to form a stem, onto which certain endings are added. In this document, ''primary'' indicates verbs whose suffixes do not add significant special meaning, which form a root present and sigmatic aorist (including on suffixes '''-ê-''', '''-ā-''', etc.); ''secondary'' indicates verbs which use special derivational suffixes for the present and form a root aorist; ''tertiary'' indicates verbs which use meaningful derivational suffixes but do not form an aorist because the meaning of the derived verb contrasts the meaning of its non-derived counterpart.


|}


<span id="h.8ltrr6n05lnx"></span>
===== 5.2.8.1 Nasal infix (secondary) =====
=== <span class="c63">4.5.11                -(n)â</span> ===


<span>The pattern </span><span class="c27">(o)-â</span><span> creates collective or mass nouns, or abstract or action nouns. This conjugates exactly as the thematic </span><span class="c20">ā</span><span>-type is expected to. This can also appear as </span><span class="c27">(∅)-â</span><span class="c12">, with the exact same meaning.</span>
There is a special form of nonpast and imperfect formed with the ''nasal infix'' '''-né-  ~ -n- '''on the zero-grade stem. This infix ablauts from the singular to the plural in the indicative, remains '''--''' in the subjunctive, and is conjugated with athematic endings. The infix is only seen in these two tenses.


<span>A slight extension of this is the pattern </span><span class="c27">(o)-nâ</span><span> also creating a deverbal abstract noun.</span>


===== 5.2.8.2 sḱ-inchoative verbs (primary) =====


-----
The infix '''-sḱ-''' attaches to some verb roots to form verbs which occasionally, but not always, have an inchoative meaning. These verbs are thematic.


<span id="h.g69ot0h3y8lj"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.5.12                -iā</span> ===


<span>This is a variation of the feminine ending -ā augmented with -i-, used to create feminine abstract nouns.</span>
===== 5.2.8.3 -j- infix transitive-intransitive pairs (primary) =====


<span id="h.yt759dav5697"></span>
Some verbs can be formed with '''(é)-jeti''' or '''(∅)-jéti'''. The former will always form transitive verbs, and the latter intransitive verbs. The intransitive in particular implies an ongoing action, and as such has no aorist tense. Verb roots can be combined with each of these to produce a pair of transitive and intransitive verbs, but this need not be the case. In case it does, conjugated verb forms differ in all forms except the aorist, where both forms are identical.
=== <span class="c63">4.5.A                        Combination of suffixes</span> ===


<span>Evidence suggests that some of the above suffixes were combined for various purposes. One example is 4.5.7 with 4.5.4: where </span><span class="c27">-tis</span><span> could be combined with </span><span class="c27">-Hō</span><span> to give </span><span class="c27">-tīō</span><span>, giving Latin </span><span class="c20">-tiō</span><span> and Proto-Celtic </span><span class="c20">-tiyū</span><span>; </span><span class="c27">-tīō </span><span>for example can be used to produce nouns of action or result.</span>


===== 5.2.8.4 -néw- infix verbs (tertiary) =====


-----
As with the nasal infix, some verbs will form their present, imperfect, and habitual tenses with '''-néw-'''. This is placed after a zero-grade verb root, and is athematic in the present and imperfect. It ablauts to '''-nu-''' when unstressed, including in all persons of the habitual.


<span id="h.uflljs82he9x"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">4.6                        Adjectives</span> ==


<span>Adjectives decline in all three genders, two numbers, and six cases. Their deeclensions follow many of the same patterns that nouns do. In particular, they follow athematic (</span><span class="c27">méǵHs ~ m̥ǵHés</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">méǵHī ~ méǵHīs</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">méǵH ~ méǵH</span><span> &quot;great, large&quot;) or thematic (</span><span class="c27">néwos ~ néwes</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">néwā ~ néwās</span><span>,</span><span class="c27"> néwom ~ néwā</span><span class="c12"> &quot;new&quot;) paradigms using a mixture of the basic masculine-, feminine- and neuter-gender endings given above.</span>
===== 5.2.8.5 Causative formations (primary) =====


<span class="c12">Other adjectival formations are as follows.</span>
The verb form '''(o)-éjeti ~ (o)-éjonti''' forms causative verbs, such as '''Hédmi''' &quot;to eat&quot; becoming '''Hodéjeti''' &quot;to feed&quot;. This forms verbs meaning &quot;to cause to do X&quot;. This makes explicitly transitive verbs, often from existing verb roots or from adjective roots.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span id="h.gr0g29syz3jp"></span>
===== 5.2.8.6 Desiderative formations (primary) =====
=== <span class="c63">4.6.1                        Caland system: -onts, -us</span> ===


<span class="c12">The Caland system defines reproducible adjectival paradigms and their root forms for creating basic adjectives. Two common endings are -onts and -us, which ablaut as follows.</span>
The affix '''-sj-''' is added to very few verb roots to form desiderative &quot;want to X&quot; verbs. It is thematic, attaches to the zero-grade root, and is accented on the thematic vowel, as '''Hdsjéti''' &quot;to want to eat, to be hungry&quot;.


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
===== 5.2.8.7 Adjectival stative formations (primary) =====
|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
The suffix '''(∅)-êti ~ (∅)-ên̥ti '''(athematic) or '''(∅)-êjeti ~ (∅)-êjonti '''(thematic) form stative &quot;to be X&quot; verbs specifically from adjective roots, such as '''Hrudhêti''' &quot;to be red&quot;. These verbs can expand slightly in meaning from a stative &quot;to be X&quot; to a dynamic &quot;to go X, to become X&quot;. In either case they are explicitly intransitive verbs, and must be made causative to become transitive.


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>
===== 5.2.8.8 Reduplicated thematic verbs (secondary) =====


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
Very few verbs will form their nonpast and imperfect with '''(í)-(∅)-eti ~ (í)-(∅)-onti'''; they have a reduplicated element with '''-i-''' as the vowel which retains the stress, such as '''sísdeti''' &quot;to sit&quot;. These have no special meaning, and are simply formations of the tense.


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
===== 5.2.8.9 Reduplicated athematic verbs (secondary) =====


|- class="c14"
Similarlty to the above, some verbs will form with '''(í/é)-(e)-ti ~ (í/é)-(∅)-nti''', such as '''stístāti''' &quot;to stand up&quot;. These verbs also have no particular nuance, and are formed arbitrarily.
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">-onts</span>


<span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-onts</span>
===== 5.2.8.10 Zero-grade thematic formation (primary) =====


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-ont</span>
The so-called ''tudati'' type verb forms all tenses from '''(∅)-éti ~ ()-ónti''', in which case its habitual and imperfect are identical.


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éntī</span>


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-ontes</span>
===== 5.2.8.11 Factitive (deadjectival) verbs (primary) =====


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-ontH</span>
The factitive verb form '''(é)-āti ~ (é)-ān̥ti '''creates verbs that imply &quot;to make X&quot;, such as '''néwāti''' &quot;to renew, to make new&quot;.


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éntīs</span>


|- class="c17"
===== 5.2.8.12 Denominative verbs (primary) =====
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">-onts</span>


<span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>
Despite their similarity with the -j- infix verbs described in '''5.2.7.3''', the verb forms '''(∅)-ejéti ~ (∅)-ejónti''' and '''(∅)-ājéti ~ (∅)-ājónti''' are denominative (and occasionally deadjectival) suffixes; they are derived from (mainly) noun stems to indicate a performance of that noun.


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-n̥tés</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">()-n̥tjâs</span>
===== 5.2.8.13 Iterative/frequentative/intensive formation (primary) =====


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">()-n̥tôm</span>
These verbs are marked by the thematic suffix '''-ājéti ~ -ājónti''', and may appear as o-grade among others. This suffix forms verbs with iterative (repetition of an action, but only during one distinct occasion), frequentative (occasional repetition of an action on several undefined occasions), or intensive meaning.


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-n̥tjâōm</span>


|- class="c14"
===== 5.2.8.14 -dhHéti resultative formation (primary) =====
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">-us</span>


<span class="c9">Nominative</span>
The resultative formation '''(é)-dhHeti ~ (é)-dhHonti''' generally expresses “to become X”. As a result it is most commonly formed from adjective roots.


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-us</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-u</span>
=== 5.3 Periphrastic forms ===


| class="c50 c81"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éwī</span>
These verb forms are a combination of a conjugated form and a non-finite form: a conjugated verb and a participle.


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-ewes</span>


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-ū</span>
==== 5.3.1 Explicit future tense ====


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éwīs</span>
Although the nonpast tense can be used as an implicit future, a periphrastic future can be expressed with the verb '''Héjes''' &quot;to go&quot;, with the supine form, such as '''éǵ''' '''Héjmi Hdént''' &quot;I am going to eat, I will eat&quot;.


|- class="c17"
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">-us</span>


<span class="c26 c31">Genitive</span>
==== 5.3.2 Perfect tense ====


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éws</span>
The perfect tense is handled by the verb '''kápes''', which is only used to form this particular tense. It carries the meaning of &quot;have X-ed&quot;. The nonpast tense is used with the past participle, such as '''éǵ kápmi Hdtóm''' &quot;I have eaten&quot;.


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ujâs</span>
If there is no direct object, the neuter form '''-tóm''' of the participle should be used. However, if there is a direct object, the past participle should match the gender of the object, such as '''íd kápti Hdtâ îm̥''' &quot;it has eaten her&quot;.


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éwōm</span>


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ujâōm</span>
==== 5.3.3 Pluperfect tense ====


|}
The pluperfect &quot;had X-ed&quot; can be formed by changing the conjugated from of '''kápes''' from the nonpast to the aorist, such as '''éǵ kâpsm̥ Hdtóm '''&quot;I had eaten&quot;. The participle must also agree as in the perfect tense.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span>Although displaying somewhat idiosyncratic ablaut, these declensions are identical to the athematic endings given in </span><span class="c27">4.5</span><span>.</span>
==== 5.3.4 Future perfect tense ====


Instead of using '''kápes''', the future formation of '''Héjes''' must be used with the supine form '''kapént''' and a past participle, such as '''éǵ Héjmi kapént Hdtóm''' &quot;I will have eaten&quot;. Once again, that the participle must agree with the object's gender is retained.


-----


<span id="h.w78f5fasmjle"></span>
==== 5.3.5 Continuous tenses ====
=== <span>4.6.2                        </span><span class="c20">Bahuvrihis</span><span class="c63">: -ēs</span> ===


<span>A </span><span class="c20">bahuvrihi</span><span> is a compound word formation indicating possession of a certain quality, or execution of a certain action. These can either be adjectives or nouns in all genders. Its underlying form is </span><span class="c20">*-es-s</span><span class="c12">, due to which it also follows the athematic pattern.</span>
A continuous tense indicates an explicitly imperfective tense, showing that an action is underway and incomplete.


<span>The gendered forms are combined, giving a </span><span class="c20">common-gender</span><span class="c12"> form.</span>
Continuous tenses can be formed with the nonpast and imperfect conjugations of '''Héses''' along with a present participle, such as '''Hésmi Hdónts''' &quot;I am eating&quot;, or '''Hésm̥ Hdónts''' &quot;I was eating&quot;.


<span class="c12"></span>
In addition, the future tense can form a continuous: '''Héjmi Hsént Hdónts''' &quot;I will be eating&quot;, and '''Héjmi kapént Hstóm Hdónts''' &quot;I will have been eating&quot;.


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c55"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Cmn. sg.</span>
==== 5.3.6 Imperfective anterior ====


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Neut. sg.</span>
This construction translates as &quot;was going to X&quot;. It can either take the imperfect or the aorist form of '''Héses''', with the present participle of '''Héjes''' and the supine. The aorist form is usually used as a simple description of events: '''bhéwHsm̥ Hjónts Hdént''' &quot;I was going to eat&quot;. The imperfect form, on the contrary, is usually used to introduce the context before another action, with the second action being placed in the aorist: '''Hésm̥ Hjónts Hdént, qomóḱs ís cémt''' &quot;I was going to eat when he came&quot;.


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Cmn. pl.</span>


| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Neut. pl.</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c55"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative</span>


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(é)-ēs</span>
==== 5.3.7 Passive forms ====


| class="c49"| <span class="c12">(é)-es</span>
SAvIE makes no distinction between the middle and the passive, preferring only to use a passive. This is formed with any conjugated form of '''Héses''' with the passive participle, such as '''bhéwHsm̥ Hdm̥Hnós''' &quot;I was eaten&quot;.


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-eses</span>
Periphrastic tenses can also be made passive: '''Hésm̥ Hjónts Hsént Hdm̥Hnós, qomóḱs ís cémt '''&quot;I was going to be eaten when he came&quot;.


| class="c55 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ēs</span>


|- class="c17"
=== 5.4 Subjunctive ===
| class="c55"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive</span>


| class="c136 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">(é)-esos</span>
The subjunctive is a conjugated verb form used either to express uncertainty semantically, or to express a relative clause.


| class="c136 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c12">(é)-esōm</span>


|}
==== 5.4.1 Nonpast subjunctive ====


<span class="c12"></span>
The subjunctive of root thematic nonpast verbs simply lengthens the theme vowel, with '''-ō''' gaining '''-H'''; given the proto-form is ''*-ōh₂'', no change is expected, but '''-H''' is added to distinguish the subjunctive form from the indicative.


<span id="h.gmxsmolw3xv0"></span>
{| class="wikitable"
=== <span class="c63">4.6.3                        Pertinence to a quality: -wénts</span> ===
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Thematic nonpast verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-ō
| '''bhérōH '''''(that) I bear''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-ēsi
| '''bhérēsi '''''(that) you bear''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-ēti
| '''bhérēti '''''(that) he/she/it bear''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (é)-ōmos
| '''bhérōmos '''''(that) we bear''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ēte
| '''bhérēte '''''(that) you (pl.) bear''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-ōnti
| '''bhérōnti '''''(that) they bear''
|}


<span>-wénts creates adjectives which indicate possession of a certain noun as a quality, or pertinence to that noun as a salient description, like </span><span class="c27">Hn̥twént</span><span class="c12"> &quot;limited&quot;.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
The athematic nonpast verbs, meanwhile, are converted to thematic verbs with acrostatic stress.
|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Athematic nonpast verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-ō
| '''Hédō'''''''' '''(that) I eat''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-esi
| '''Hédesi '''''(that) you eat''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-eti
| '''Hédeti '''''(that) he/she/it eat''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (é)-omos
| '''Hédomos '''''(that) we eat''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ete
| '''Hédete '''''(that) you (pl.) eat''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-onti
| '''Hédonti '''''(that) they eat''
|}


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>
==== 5.4.2 Imperfect subjunctive ====


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
There is no imperfect subjunctive in SAvIE; the habitual subjunctive should be used instead.


|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-wénts</span>
==== 5.4.3 Aorist subjunctive ====


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-wént</span>
Since the aorist uses athematic secondary endings, the subjunctive changes these to thematic primary endings, and keeps a lengthened e-grade root with acrostatic stress.


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">()-wéntī</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Aorist verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (ê)-
| '''bhêrsō '''''(that) I bore''


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">()-wéntes</span>
'''Hêdsō '''''(that) I ate''


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">()-wéntH</span>
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (ê)-sesi
| '''bhêrsesi '''''(that) you bore''


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">()-wéntīs</span>
'''Hêdsesi '''''(that) you ate''


|- class="c17"
|-
| class="c81"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>
| 3rd person singular
| (ê)-seti
| '''bhêrseti '''''(that) he/she/it bore''


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">()-wn̥tés</span>
'''Hêdseti '''''(that) he/she/it ate''


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">()-wn̥tjâs</span>
|-
| 1st person plural
| (ê)-somos
| '''bhêrsomos '''''(that) ''''' '''''we bore''


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">()-wn̥tôm</span>
'''Hêdsomos '''''(that) ''''' '''''we ate''


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">()-wn̥tjâōm</span>
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (ê)-sete
| '''bhêrsete '''''(that) you (pl.) bore''


|}
'''Hêdsete '''''(that) you (pl.) ate''


<span class="c12"></span>
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (ê)-sonti
| '''bhêrsonti '''''(that) they bore''


<span id="h.f6bwri77rdig"></span>
'''Hêdsonti '''''(that) they ate''
=== <span class="c63">4.6.4                        Characteristic or typical of: -ískos, -ānos</span> ===


<span class="c12">These suffixes are cognate with the English -ish and -(i)an, and fulfil the same function: they create adjectives meaning something that is characteristic or typical of a certain noun. </span>
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>
==== 5.4.4 Habitual subjunctive ====


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>
In the habitual subjunctive of dynamic verbs, the theme vowel is lengthened and used with primary endings, against a zero-grade root, with accent always falling on the endings as in the indicative.


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Dynamic habitual verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (∅)-ôH
| '''HdôH '''''(that) I used to eat''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (∅)-êsi
| '''Hdêsi '''''(that) you used to eat''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (∅)-êti
| '''Hdêti '''''(that) he/she/it used to eat''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (∅)-ômos
| '''Hdômos '''''(that) we used to eat''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (∅)-ête
| '''Hdête '''''(that) you used to eat''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (∅)-ônti
| '''Hdônti '''''(that) they used to eat''
|}


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskós</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskóm</span>
The habitual subjunctive of stative verbs, by contrast, takes an e-grade root with acrostatic stress, and thematic primary endings, identical to root thematic verbs.


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">()-iskâ</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Stative habitual verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-ō
| '''wéjdō '''''(that) I used to know''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-esi
| '''wéjdesi '''''(that) you used to know''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-eti
| '''wéjdeti '''''(that) he/she/it used to know''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (é)-omos
| '''wéjdomos '''''(that) we used to know''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ete
| '''wéjdete '''''(that) you (pl.) used to know''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-onti
| '''wéjdonti '''''(that) they used to know''
|}


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskôs</span>


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskâ</span>


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskâs</span>


|- class="c17"
==== 5.4.5 Stative-type subjunctives ====
| class="c81"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskósjo</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskâs</span>


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">()-iskôm</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Stative habitual verb
| Model
| Example
|-
| 1st person singular
| (é)-ō
| '''wéjdō '''''(that) I used to know''
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-esi
| '''wéjdesi '''''(that) you used to know''
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-eti
| '''wéjdeti '''''(that) he/she/it used to know''
|-
| 1st person plural
| (é)-omos
| '''wéjdomos '''''(that) we used to know''
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-ete
| '''wéjdete '''''(that) you (pl.) used to know''
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-onti
| '''wéjdonti '''''(that) they used to know''
|}


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-iskâōm</span>


|}
==== 5.4.6 Deponent subjunctives ====


<span class="c12"></span>
As is the case with active verbs, there is no form for the imperfect, and the habitual must be used to cover both tenses.


<span class="c27">-ānós</span><span> conjugates as </span><span class="c27">-nós</span><span> does, in </span><span class="c27">4.6.7</span><span>.</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
|-
| Deponent subjunctive
| Nonpast
| Aorist
| Habitual
|-
| 1st person singular
| <sup>athematic</sup>(é)-ōr


<sup>thematic</sup>(é)-ōHar


-----
| (ê)-sōr
| (∅)-ôHar
|-
| 2nd person singular
| (é)-etHar


<span id="h.lkjbvuluvxy5"></span>
(é)-ētHar
=== <span class="c63">4.6.5                        Possession of a thing or quality, or having undergone an action: -ātos</span> ===


<span class="c12">The stress pattern is more similar to regular nouns, with the zero or unstressed full grade throughout.</span>
| (ê)-setHar
| (∅)-êtHar
|-
| 3rd person singular
| (é)-etor


<span class="c12"></span>
(é)-ētor


{| class="wikitable c11"
| (ê)-setor
|- class="c14"
| (∅)-êtor
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>
|-
| 1st person plural
| (é)-omosdhH


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
(é)-ōmosdhH


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>
| (ê)-somosdhH
| (∅)-ômosdhH
|-
| 2nd person plural
| (é)-edhHwe


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>
(é)-ēdhHwe


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
| (ê)-sedhHwe
| (∅)-êdhHwe
|-
| 3rd person plural
| (é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>
(é)-ōror ~ (é)-ōntor


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
| (ê)-sontor ~ (ê)-soror
| (∅)-ôror ~ (∅)-ôntor
|}


|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātós</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātóm</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātâ</span>
=== 5.5 The irregular verb Héses ===


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">()-ātôs</span>
'''Héses''' &quot;to be&quot; is an irregular verb; it is suppletive in the aorist indicative and aorist and habitual subjunctive tense, where it takes from the stem '''bhū-''', from ''*bʰuH-''. It is important to note that the lengthened grade (seen in the aorist) is '''bhéwH-''', filling in an '''-e-''' by analogy, treating '''bhū-''' as the zero-grade and '''bhéwH-''' as the full-grade form.


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātâ</span>


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātâs</span>


|- class="c17"
This is the complete conjugation of '''Héses'''.
| class="c81"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātósjo</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātâs</span>


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātôm</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| Héses


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ātâōm</span>
&quot;to be&quot;


| Indicative
| Subjunctive
| Imp.
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| Nonp.
| Impf.
| Aor.
| Hab.
| Nonp.
| Aor.
| Hab.
|
|
|-
| 1st sg.
| Hésmi
| Hésm̥
| bhéwHsm̥
| Hsóm
| Hésō
| bhéwHsō
| bhūôH
| ''' ''''''''⸻'''''
|-
| 2nd sg.
| Hési
| Hés
| bhéwHs
| Hsés
| Hésesi
| bhéwHesi
| bhūêsi
| Hsdhí
|-
| 3rd sg.
| Hésti
| Hést
| bhéwHst
| Hsét
| Héseti
| bhéwHseti
| bhūêti
| Héstu
|-
| 1st pl.
| Hsmós
| Hsmé
| bhûsme
| Hsóme
| Hésomos
| bhéwHsomos
| bhūômos
| ⸻
|-
| 2nd pl.
| Hsté
| bhûste
| Hséte
| Hésete
| bhéwHsete
| bhūête
| Hsté
|
|-
| 3rd pl.
| Hsénti
| Hsént
| bhûsn̥t
| Hsónt
| Hésonti
| bhéwHsonti
| bhūônti
| Hséntu
|-
| Prs. p.
| Hsónts ~ Hséntī ~ Hsóntas ~ Hsónt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| Pst. p.
| Hstós ~ Hstâ ~ Hstás ~ Hstóm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| Pass. p.
| none
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| Purp.
| Hésos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| Supine
| Hsént
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>
<span>Any zero-grade adjective extended with </span><span class="c27">-ā-</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">-ī- </span><span class="c12">are declined identically.</span>


<span id="h.gphom0lkqp9c"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.6.6                        Material or consistency: -īnós</span> ===


<span class="c12">-īnos creates adjectives generally related to a material of which something is made. Stress falls on the suffix at all times, but the root does not need to be zero-grade.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
== 6 Gender-neutral paradigm ==


{| class="wikitable c11"
In SAvIE, there exists a newly-developed gender-neutral form which encompasses a pronoun and large selection of adjectival endings corresponding with each of the adjectives above that has explicitly gendered forms, meaning that common-gender forms are not covered by this paradigm.
|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
The basis of the gender-neutral paradigm is the sound /a/, spelt as ⟨a⟩.


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
Its pronominal form is as follows:


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>


|- class="c14"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
| 3rd singular neutral
| jás
| jám
| jás
| jâj
| jaj
| (


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">-īnós</span>
swós


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">-īnóm</span>
/-â


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">-īnâ</span>
/-ás


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">-īnôs</span>
/-óm


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">-īnâ</span>
)


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">-īnâs</span>
|-
| 3rd plural neutral
| jâs
| jáms
| jáōm
| jámos
| jásu
| (


|- class="c17"
swós
| class="c81"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">-īnósjo</span>
/-â


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">-īnâs</span>
/-ás


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">-īnôm</span>
/-óm


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">-īnâōm</span>
)


|}
|}




-----


<span class="c12"></span>
Adjectives, consequently, all decline with '''a'''.


<span id="h.m1tuibz5vbb1"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.6.7                        Zero-grade adjectives</span> ===


<span class="c12">All the adjectives of this class require a zero-grade root. They are all declined with the following pattern:</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| -onts → -éntas
| -us → -was
| -wénts → -wéntas
| -os → -oas → -ōs
| -s → -as
|-
| Nominative sg.
| (∅)-éntas
| (é)-was
| (∅)-wéntas
| -o-as '''→ '''-ōs
| (é)-as
|-
| Genitive sg.
| (∅)-n̥tás
| (∅)-éwas
| (∅)-wn̥tás
| -o-as-jo '''→ '''-ōsjo
| (∅)-ás
|-
| Nominative pl.
| (∅)-éntajes
| (é)-ewajes
| (∅)-wéntajes
| -o-ajes '''→ '''-ōjes
| (é)-ajes
|-
| Genitive pl.
| (∅)-n̥tájōm
| (∅)-éwajōm
| (∅)-wn̥tájōm
| -o-ajōm '''→ '''-ōjōm
| (∅)-ájōm
|}


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>
An example of this is '''éǵ wéjdō qid jás Hésti Hwéswas''' &quot;I know that they (sg.) are good&quot;.


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
== 7 Pro-forms ==


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>
SAvIE pro-forms include pronouns and demonstratives, and question forms known as ''wh-words''. They are outlined in the table below.


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| interr.


|- class="c14"
&quot;what?&quot;
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Cós</span>
| proximal


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Cóm</span>
&quot;this&quot;


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Câ</span>
| medial


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Côs</span>
&quot;that&quot;


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Câ</span>
| distal


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Câs</span>
&quot;yon&quot;


|- class="c17"
| assertive
| class="c81"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Cósjo</span>
&quot;some&quot;


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Câs</span>
| elective


| class="c46 c114" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Côm</span>
&quot;any&quot;


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Câōm</span>
| universal


|}
&quot;every&quot;


<span class="c12"></span>
| negative


* <span class="c27">()-kós</span><span class="c12">                                of or pertaining to something</span>
&quot;no(ne)&quot;
* <span class="c27">(∅)-lós</span><span class="c12">                                diminutive adjective or noun</span>
* <span class="c27">(∅)-nós        </span><span class="c12">                        capable of (a verb), tending to (verb)</span>
* <span class="c27">(∅)-rós</span><span class="c12">                                basic adjectives in the Caland system</span>
* <span class="c27">(∅)-tós</span><span class="c12">                                past participles</span>
* <span class="c27">(∅)-wós</span><span class="c12">                                basic adjectives from verbs</span>
* <span class="c27">(∅)-jós</span><span class="c12"> (athematic)                        basic adjectives from nouns</span>


* <span>this appears as </span><span class="c27">(é)-jos ~ (é)-josjo</span><span class="c12"> if the noun is thematic</span>
| alternative


<span id="h.eibcvttef8g3"></span>
&quot;other&quot;
=== <span class="c63">4.6.8                        Contrastive adjective</span> ===


<span>The contrastive adjective produces the slightly complex meaning of &quot;something which is X rather than anything else&quot;.</span>
|-
| determiner
| qós?


<span class="c12"></span>
qâ?


{| class="wikitable c11"
qod?
|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
|


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>
tod


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
| Hénos


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>
Hénā


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
Hénom


|- class="c14"
| Hl̥nós
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-teros</span>
Hl̥nâ


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-terom</span>
Hl̥nóm


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-terā</span>
| Hojwós


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-terōs</span>
Hojwâ


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-terā</span>
Hojwóm


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-terās</span>
| qísqe ~


|- class="c17"
ojnolós
| class="c81"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(é)-terosjo</span>
qîqe ~


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-terās</span>
ojnolâ


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(é)-terōm</span>
qásqe ~


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-terāōm</span>
ojnolás


|}
qídqe ~


<span id="h.gxhy5h3bl15u"></span>
ojnolóm
=== <span class="c63">4.6.9                        Elative adjective</span> ===


<span class="c12">The elative adjectives is one which describes the greatness of something, meaning &quot;very X&quot;.</span>
| sl̥Hwós ~


<span class="c12"></span>
-ôs


{| class="wikitable c11"
sl̥Hwâ ~
|- class="c14"
| class="c81"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
-âs


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>
sl̥Hwás ~


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>
-ájes


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
sl̥Hwóm ~


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>


| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
or


|- class="c14"
wikós
| class="c81"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-jōs</span>
/ -â / -ás


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-jos</span>
/ -óm


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-jésī</span>
| neqós ~


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-joses</span>
neojnolós


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(é)-jōs</span>
neqâ ~


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-jésīs</span>
neojnolâ


|- class="c17"
neqás ~
| class="c81"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c37" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-isés</span>
neojnolás


| class="c81 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-isjā́s</span>
neqód ~


| class="c114 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-isôm</span>
neojnolóm


| class="c1"| <span class="c32">(∅)-isjâōm</span>
| Háljos


|}
Háljā


<span id="h.hwuy5rrr8ss8"></span>
Háljas
=== <span class="c63">4.6.10                Verbal participles</span> ===


<span class="c12">These essentially function as adjectives. They use several special forms of the adjective endings listed above in limited functions.</span>
Háljom


<span id="h.5btx7ffv4b01"></span>
|-
==== <span class="c77">4.6.10.1                Present participle</span> ====
| human
| qís?


<span>The present participle uses the form </span><span class="c27">(é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés</span><span> in thematic verbs, as does the </span><span class="c27">-onts</span><span> form in the Caland system above, and </span><span class="c27">(∅)-ónts ~ (∅)-n̥tés</span><span> in athematic verbs. It is directly equivalent to the English &quot;-ing&quot;. It is used with </span><span class="c27">Héses</span><span> in any tense to indicate continuous tenses, such as </span><span class="c27">Hésmi Hdónts </span><span class="c12">&quot;I am eating&quot;.</span>
qî?


<span id="h.gln7jdw6n0ou"></span>
qás?
==== <span class="c77">4.6.10.2                Past participle</span> ====


<span>The past participle uses the form </span><span class="c27">(∅)-tós ~ (∅)-tósjo</span><span>. As a verbal adjective it essentially means &quot;X-ed&quot;. Although it can be used as an independent adjective, it is perhaps most commonly used in its neuter form with </span><span class="c27">kápes</span><span> &quot;to have, get&quot; in the perfect-tense construction, such as </span><span class="c27">kápmi Hdtóm </span><span class="c12">&quot;I have eaten&quot;.</span>
| ḱís


<span id="h.pbxzrnynqhkq"></span>
ḱī
==== <span class="c77">4.6.10.3                Passive participle</span> ====


<span>Unlike </span><span class="c27">-tós</span><span>, which is active in meaning, the passive participle indicates something which &quot;has been X-ed&quot;. Its form is </span><span class="c27">(é)-om(H)nos ~ (∅)-óm(H)nosjo</span><span> in thematic verbs, an </span><span class="c27">(∅)-m̥(H)nós ~ (∅)-m̥(H)nósjo</span><span> in athematic verbs. It is also used with </span><span class="c27">Héses</span><span> to construct passive verb forms, such as </span><span class="c27">Hésmi Hdm̥Hnós</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I am eaten, I have been eaten&quot;.</span>
ḱás


<span id="h.clo55dyd91vu"></span>
| ḱênos
==== <span class="c77">4.6.10.4                Stative-type past participle</span> ====


<span>This participle is a special type with optional initial reduplication: masculine </span><span class="c27">(é)-(∅)-wōs ~ (é)-(∅)-usos</span><span>, feminine </span><span class="c27">(é)-(∅)-usī ~ (e)-(∅)-usjâs</span><span>, neuter </span><span class="c27">(é)-(∅)-wos ~ (é)-(∅)-usos</span><span>.</span>
ḱênā


<span id="h.xayuwfusyyym"></span>
ḱênas
==== <span class="c77">4.6.10.5                Perfect participle</span> ====


<span>Although Ancient Greek and Sanskrit had a perfect participle, such a formation would be against the spirit of SAE, which specifies a perfect-tense formation using the &quot;have&quot; verb. As such, there is no dedicated perfect participle; rather, a perfect participial formation involves the present participle of </span><span class="c27">kápes</span><span> and a past participle of another verb, such as </span><span class="c27">kapónts wl̥tóm</span><span> &quot;having seen&quot;.</span>
| Hl̥nós


Hl̥nâ


-----
Hl̥nás


<span id="h.z5ijwchl12di"></span>
| Hójwos
== <span class="c41 c16">4.7                        Adjective comparison</span> ==


<span class="c12">Adjectives can be further declined in two degrees: the comparative and the superlative. The comparative produces adjectives meaning &quot;more X&quot;, while the superlative produces &quot;the most X&quot;.</span>
Hójwā


<span id="h.wy84njt1r0x2"></span>
Hójwas
=== <span class="c63">4.7.1                        Comparative adjective</span> ===


<span>The comparative adjective degree can be expressed either with the contrastive </span><span class="c27">-teros</span><span> or elative </span><span class="c27">-yōs</span><span> ending. The comparative element translating to &quot;than&quot; is expressed with </span><span class="c27">Hánti</span><span> &quot;against&quot;, and the noun being compared against is placed in the dative, for example </span><span class="c27">ís Hésti Hl̥tóteros ~ Hl̥tójōs Hánti méǵhjo</span><span class="c12"> &quot;he is taller than me&quot;.</span>
|
|
|
|
|-
| object
| qíd?
| ḱíd
| ḱênod
| Hl̥nóm
| Hójwom
|
|
|
|
|-
| dual
| qíteros?


<span class="c12"></span>
qíterā?


<span id="h.w1qcg53441b8"></span>
qíteras?
=== <span class="c63">4.7.2                        Superlative adjective</span> ===


<span>The superlative degree expresses &quot;the most X&quot;. As such, it is always used with the article </span><span class="c27">só</span><span class="c12">.</span>
qíterom?


<span>For ease, I have opted to reduce the potential superlative adjective endings to two, discounting those reconstructions with a laryngeal. The adjective is formed in one of two ways: </span><span class="c27">(∅)-otm̥mós</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">(∅)-istós</span><span class="c12">. The former is used for thematic adjectives, whereas the latter is used for athematic adjectives.</span>
''~ qó-''


<span class="c12"></span>
| ḱíteros


{| class="wikitable c11"
etc.
|- class="c14"
| class="c84"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
| ⸻ →
| Hl̥nóteros


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>
etc.


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>
| ⸻ →
| qíterosqe


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>
~ qó-


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>
etc.


| class="c146"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
| Hm̥bhô


|- class="c14"
Hm̥bhâH
| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥mós</span>
Hm̥bhój<sup><ref>These forms are indeclinable.</ref></sup>


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥móm</span>
| neqíteros


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥mâ</span>
~ qó-


| class="c84 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥môs</span>
etc.


| class="c84 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥mâ</span>
| Háljoteros


| class="c146 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥mâs</span>
etc.


|- class="c17"
|-
| class="c84"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>
| location
| kúr?


| class="c132 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥mósjo</span>
qór?


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥mâs</span>
| ḱér
| Hénâḱe
| ísḱe
| Hojwâḱe
| kúrqe


| class="c132 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥môm</span>
qórqe


| class="c146 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-otm̥mâōm</span>
| wikómḱe
| nekúr


|- class="c17"
neqór
| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istós</span>
| Háljāḱe
|-
| source
| qôdhe?
| tosjāsdhe
| Hénosjāsdhe
| Hl̥nâsdhe
| qôdheqe
| wikâsdhe
| neqôdhe
| Háljāsdhe
|
|-
| goal
| qómde?
| tâmde
| Hénāmde
| Hl̥nâmde
| qómdeqe
| wikómde
| neqómde
| Háljāmdhe
|
|-
| time
| qódō?


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istóm</span>
qomóḱs


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istâ</span>
|
| tóqe
| ← ⸻
| qódōqe
| wídō
| neqódō
| ⸻
|
|-
| amount


| class="c84 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istôs</span>
quantity


| class="c84 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istâ</span>
| qótjos?


| class="c146 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istâs</span>
qîonts?


|- class="c17"
| tótjos
| class="c84"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c132 c50" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istósjo</span>
tâonts


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istâs</span>
| ← ⸻
| ← ⸻
| qótjosqe


| class="c46 c132" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istôm</span>
qîontsqe


| class="c46 c146"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istâōm</span>
|
| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|-
| number
| qóti?
| tóti
| ← ⸻
| ← ⸻
| qótiqe
| ⸻
| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|-
| manner


|}
(instr.)


<span class="c12"></span>
| qéj?
| tónō
| ⸻ →
| Hl̥nô
| qéjqe
| ⸻
| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|-
| reason


<span>Although this table describes each form as using a zero-grade root because the stress shifts to the ending, the root can also be made e-grade in all cases.</span>
(abl.)


| qô?
| tósmōd
| ⸻ →
| Hl̥nôd
| qôqe
| ⸻
| ⸻
| ⸻
|
|}


-----


<span id="h.9le42ec3cdid"></span>
=== <span class="c63">4.7.3                        Absolute superlative adjective</span> ===


<span>The superlative can be augmented further, in order to create the absolute superlative, which holds even more force than the superlative. It is a combination of both superlative adjective forms, giving </span><span class="c27">(∅)-istm̥mós</span><span>. It declines exactly as </span><span class="c27">-otm̥mós</span><span class="c12"> does.</span>
These forms will be explained below.


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
=== 7.1 Determiner and pronoun ===
|- class="c14"
| class="c84"| <span class="c32"></span>


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Masc. sg.</span>
There are differences between determiner forms and pronoun forms. Determiner forms are bound morphemes, and can only be used in conjunction with a nominal. So, '''qós?''' cannot be used independently, but must always be used as '''qós ǵhmô?''' &quot;which person?&quot;.


| class="c126"| <span class="c9">Neut. sg.</span>
Similarly, the pronoun form can only be used independently, and not to qualify a nominal, such as '''qís cémt?''' &quot;who came?&quot;.


| class="c83"| <span class="c9">Fem. sg.</span>
In addition, the dual forms '''qóteros?'''''''' '''''and '''qíteros?''' also display this distinction: '''qóteros ǵhmô cémt?''' &quot;which of the two people came?&quot; as opposed to '''qíteros cémt?''' &quot;which (of the two) came?&quot;.


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Masc. pl.</span>


| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Neut. pl.</span>
=== 7.2 Interrogative and relative forms ===


| class="c137"| <span class="c9">Fem. pl.</span>
As mentioned in '''2.2''', there is absolute syncretism between the interrogative (question) forms, and relative forms, so the same word will be used for '''qís cémt?''' &quot;who came?&quot; as in '''só ǵhmô qis cémt '''&quot;the person who came&quot;. The difference between the words, as seen in the examples, is that the interrogative forms must be stressed, but the relative forms do not need to be.


|- class="c14"
| class="c84"| <span class="c9">Nominative</span>


| class="c84 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥mós</span>
=== 7.3 Proximal, medial, distal ===


| class="c126 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥móm</span>
There are three levels of deixis in SAvIE. If one imagines two people speaking to each other, deixis works like this: the ''proximal'' indicates something which is closest to the speaker, the ''medial'' indicates something close to the listener, and the ''distal'' far from both.


| class="c50 c83"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥mâ</span>


| class="c84 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥môs</span>
=== 7.4 Location, source, goal ===


| class="c84 c46"| <span class="c32">()-istm̥mâ</span>
There is a small difference between these forms. Since ''source'' and ''goal'' are fairly self explanatory (indicating respectively where something comes from and what something goes to), location indicates where something exists statically, and lacks any implication of movement. As such, it tends to be used with '''Héses''' often: '''kúr Hésti ís?''' &quot;where is he?&quot;, whereas the source/goal forms tend to be used often with verbs of motion: '''qôdhe cémt ís? '''&quot;where did he come from?&quot;, and '''qómde Hêjst ís?''' &quot;where did he go to?&quot;.


| class="c137 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥mâs</span>
However, colloquially, the location form can be used for both of these: '''kúr cémt ís?''' and '''kúr Hêjst ís?''', especially when the context is clear.


|- class="c17"
| class="c84"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive</span>


| class="c50 c103" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥mósjo</span>


| class="c83 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥mâs</span>


| class="c132 c46" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥môm</span>
== 8 Numerals ==


| class="c137 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-istm̥mâōm</span>
There are two major classes of numerals, the cardinal and the ordinal. Cardinal numerals indicate plain numbers, and ordinal numerals indicate the order of a number in a series.


|}




-----


<span class="c12"></span>
=== 8.1 &quot;one&quot; ===


<span id="h.hyj409sqhjf"></span>
The number 1 conjugates as a regular adjective. Its base form is '''Hójnos''', which is related to the indefinite article '''Hójwos''', with a suppletive ordinal form '''pr̥Hwós'''.
= <span class="c89 c109">5                        Verbs</span> =


<span class="c12">SAvIE verbs are complex, but with fewer irregularities than Proto-Indo-European's daughter languages. SAvIE in particular takes the feature of the &quot;have&quot;-perfect tense and expands the concept to include multiple periphrastic tenses and verb forms, including all continuous tenses, and all passive forms.</span>


<span>SAvIE verbs are divided into two kinds: </span><span class="c20">conjugated</span><span> and </span><span class="c20">periphrastic</span><span>. Conjugated forms are ones to which a suffix is attached to form a directly usable tense. Periphrastic forms involve a conjugated form of one of a limited selection of verbs, along with a </span><span class="c20">particle</span><span class="c12">. Particles themselves are one of four non-finite forms which indicate tense and aspect.</span>


<span id="h.k7owlq7ru627"></span>
{| class="wikitable"
== <span class="c41 c16">5.1                        Non-finite forms, and infinitive</span> ==
|-
!
!
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
| Nominative sg.
| Hójnos


<span>It should not be necessary to revise non-finite forms, as they are all described in </span><span class="c27">4.6.8</span><span>. Two forms not described there are the </span><span class="c20">infinitive</span><span>, which is used simply to name the verb, the </span><span class="c20">supine</span><span>, used only in special verb constructions, and the </span><span class="c20">purportative</span><span class="c12">, used with verbs of wanting, owing, or intending.</span>
Hójnā


<span>The infinitive takes the form </span><span class="c27">(é)-es</span><span>, and is a shortened locative form of the purportative </span><span class="c27">(é)-os</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">(é)-esos</span><span class="c12">, which creates result or action nouns. This makes it cognate with the Ancient Greek (-ειν) and Latin (-ere) infinitives.</span>
Hójnōs


<span>For deponents, the infinitive is formed with </span><span class="c27">(∅)-és</span><span>, and the purportatives </span><span class="c27">(é)-osm̥</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">(∅)-sés</span><span class="c12">.</span>
Hójnom


<span>The supine takes the form </span><span class="c27">(∅)-ént</span><span>, also a locative form, of the present participle </span><span class="c27">-onts</span><span>. For deponents, it is </span><span class="c27">(∅)-tój</span><span>. It is used in combination with verbs of motion in order to indicate purpose, such as </span><span class="c27">ís cémt Had wl̥ént mé</span><span class="c12"> &quot;he came to see me&quot;.</span>
| pr̥Hwós ~ pr̥Hmós


<span id="h.d2nhmdsul9go"></span>
pr̥Hwâ
== <span class="c41 c16">5.2                        Conjugated forms</span> ==


<span>Verbs each conjugate in multiple tenses, each of which has three persons (1st, 2nd, and 3rd), two numbers (singular and plural) and two moods (indicative and optative). In total there are four tenses: the </span><span class="c20">nonpast</span><span> (which encompasses the present and, optionally, future), the </span><span class="c20">imperfect</span><span> (semantically identical to the past continuous, but used especially in certain constructions), the </span><span class="c20">aorist</span><span> (or </span><span class="c20">preterite</span><span>, or </span><span class="c20">simple past</span><span>), and the </span><span class="c20">habitual</span><span class="c12"> (which is technically tenseless).</span>
pr̥Hwôs


<span>All conjugated forms use one of two sets of endings, called the </span><span class="c20">primary</span><span> and </span><span class="c20">secondary</span><span>. Primary endings indicate the nonpast tense, and secondary endings most others. Each set of endings can be either </span><span class="c20">thematic</span><span> or </span><span class="c20">athematic</span><span>.</span>
pr̥Hwóm


|-
| Genitive sg.
| Hójnosjo


-----
Hójnās


<span class="c12"></span>
Hójnôsjo


{| class="wikitable c11"
| pr̥Hwósjo
|- class="c17"
| class="c92"| <span class="c12"></span>


| class="c154" colspan="2"| <span class="c15 c16">Primary</span>
pr̥Hwâs


| class="c154" colspan="2"| <span class="c15 c16">Secondary</span>
pr̥Hwôsjo


|- class="c14"
|-
| class="c92"| <span class="c12"></span>
| Nominative pl.
| ⸻
| pr̥Hwôs


| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">Thematic</span>
pr̥Hwâs


| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">Athematic</span>
pr̥Hwôjes


| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">Thematic</span>
pr̥Hwâ


| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">Athematic</span>
|-
| Genitive pl.
| pr̥Hwôm


|- class="c148"
pr̥Hwâōm
| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">1st person singular</span>


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-ō</span>
pr̥Hwôjōm


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-mi</span>
|
|}


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-om</span>


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-m̥</span>


|- class="c14"
There is no plural form for the cardinal, since you cannot express one of multiple things.
| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-esi</span>


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-si</span>
=== 8.2 &quot;two&quot; ===


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-es</span>
The number 2 does not decline for case, its form is '''dwô''', '''dwâH''', '''dwój(H)''' in cardinal form. Its ordinal form is either '''Hánteros''', '''Hánterā''', '''Hánterom''' (noting the contrastive ending), or '''séqonts''', '''séqontī''', '''séqont''' (from a participial form of the verb '''séqeti''' &quot;to follow&quot;). It also has the special prefix form '''dwi-'''.


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-s</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-eti</span>


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-ti</span>
=== 8.3 &quot;three&quot; ===


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-et</span>
Beginning with''' tréjes''' &quot;three&quot;, the ordinal numbers become more regularised. Despite being slightly irregular, these forms do in fact decline as though their nominative singular ended in '''-s''', with the oblique stem '''trí-''' or '''tr̥j-'''. The feminine stem, exceptionally, is '''tisr-''', and also declines as a noun in '''-s'''. It also has the special prefix form '''tri-'''.


| class="c92 c50"| <span class="c12">-t</span>


|- class="c14"
| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">1st person plural</span>


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-omos</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
| Nominative sg.
| ⸻
| tritós


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-mós</span>
tritâ


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-ome</span>
tritôs


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-mé</span>
tritóm


|- class="c14"
|-
| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">2nd person plural</span>
| Genitive sg.
| tritósjo


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-ete</span>
tritâs


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-té</span>
tritôsjo


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-ete</span>
|
|-
| Nominative pl.
| tréjes


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-té</span>
tísres


|- class="c14"
trôjes
| class="c92"| <span class="c15 c16">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-onti</span>
trî


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-énti</span>
| tritôs


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-ont</span>
tritâs


| class="c92 c46"| <span class="c12">-ént</span>
tritôjes


|}
tritâ


<span class="c12"></span>
|-
| Genitive pl.
| tr̥jôm


<span class="c12">Whether a verb is thematic or not is unpredictable, and must be learnt on a case-by-case basis.</span>
tisrôm


<span id="h.dd8hl0z6ldf8"></span>
tr̥jôjōm
=== <span class="c63">5.2.1                        Nonpast</span> ===


<span>The nonpast combines both the present and future tenses. The simple future has an additional periphrastic tense, but the simple present does not. It is indicated by the primary endings.</span>
| tritôm


tritâōm


-----
tritôjōm


<span>The first model is of </span><span class="c27">bhéres</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to bear, carry&quot;. It is a root thematic verb.</span>
|}


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Thematic nonpast verb</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Model</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
=== 8.3 &quot;four&quot; ===


|- class="c18"
Similarly to &quot;three&quot;, the number 4 has a feminine stem '''qétesr- '''(oblique '''qetesr-''') and a stem for all other genders '''qetwór-''' (oblique '''qetur-''' and '''qetwr̥-''').
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ō</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérō </span><span class="c24 c20">I bear</span>


|- class="c18"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>
|-
!
!
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
| Nominative sg.
| ⸻
| qetwr̥tós


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-esi</span>
qetwr̥tâ


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhéresi </span><span class="c24 c20">you bear</span>
qetwr̥tôs


|- class="c18"
qetwr̥tóm
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-eti</span>
|-
| Genitive sg.
| qetwr̥tósjo


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhéreti </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it bears</span>
qetwr̥tâs


|- class="c18"
qetwr̥tôsjo
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-omos</span>
|
|-
| Nominative pl.
| qetwóres


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhéromos </span><span class="c24 c20">we bear</span>
qétesres


|- class="c18"
qetwórajes
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ete</span>
qetwôr


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérete </span><span class="c24 c20">you (pl.) bear</span>
| qetwr̥tôs


|- class="c18"
qetwr̥tâs
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-onti</span>
qetwr̥tôsjo


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhéronti </span><span class="c24 c20">they bear</span>
qetwr̥tâ


|}
|-
| Genitive pl.
| qeturôm


<span class="c12"></span>
qetesrôm


<span>This model is </span><span class="c27">Hédes</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to eat&quot;. It is a root athematic verb.</span>
qeturájōm


<span class="c12"></span>
| qetwr̥tôm


{| class="wikitable c11"
qetwr̥tâōm
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Athematic nonpast verb</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Model</span>
qetwr̥tôjōm


| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Example</span>
|}


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-mi</span>
=== 8.4 5 to 10 ===


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédmi </span><span class="c24 c20">I eat</span>
These numbers do not decline for gender or case.


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-si</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédsi </span><span class="c24 c20">you eat</span>
{| class="wikitable"
 
|-
|- class="c18"
!
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>
!
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
| 5
| pénqe
| penqetós / -â / -óm
|-
| 6
| swéḱs
| sweḱstós / -â / -óm
|-
| 7
| septḿ̥
| septm̥mós / -â / -óm
|-
| 8
| (H)oḱtôw
| (H)oḱtowós / / -óm
|-
| 9
| Hnéwn̥
| Hnewn̥nós / -â / -óm
|-
| 10
| déḱm̥
| deḱm̥tós / -â / -óm
|}


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ti</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédti </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it eats</span>


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-mós</span>
=== 8.5 11 to 19 ===


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hdmós</span><span class="c20 c27"> </span><span class="c24 c20">we eat</span>
These numbers do not seem to have reconstructible proto-language forms. As such, I am assigning them values with internal morphology: the number '''déḱm̥''', followed by the augment particle '''Hé''', and a number between 1 and 9, such as '''déḱm̥ He Hójnos''' &quot;eleven&quot;, to '''déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥''' &quot;nineteen&quot;. Alternatively, the numbers can be prefixed unstressed to '''déḱm̥''' as below.


|- class="c18"
In counting without referring to any specific object, the neuter forms of the numbers 1-4 should be used. When the numbers are used attributively, they should match the gender and number of the following numeral.
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-té</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hdté </span><span class="c24 c20">you (pl.) eat</span>


|- class="c18"
{| class="wikitable"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>
|-
!
!
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
| 11
| déḱm̥ He Hójnom


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-énti</span>
Hojnodéḱm̥


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hdénti </span><span class="c24 c20">they eat</span>
| deḱm̥tós / / -ôs / -óm


|}
+


<span class="c12"></span>
corresponding cardinal numbers


<span>Since they can be used as a future tense too, a nonpast form </span><span class="c27">bhérō</span><span> can mean both &quot;I bear&quot; and &quot;I will bear&quot;, though for clarity the latter can be expressed with the periphrastic future tense, described later.</span>
|-
| 12
| déḱm̥ He dwójH


dwidéḱm̥


-----
|
|-
| 13
| déḱm̥ He trî


<span id="h.r64r7fhv60sx"></span>
tridéḱm̥
=== <span class="c63">5.2.2                        Imperfect</span> ===


<span class="c12">The imperfect is indicated by the usage of secondary endings in place of primary ones. It signals a past continuous tense.</span>
|
|-
| 14
| déḱm̥ He qetwôr


<span class="c12"></span>
qeturdéḱm̥


{| class="wikitable c11"
|
|- class="c18"
|-
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Thematic imperfect verb</span>
| 15
| déḱm̥ He pénqe


| class="c66"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
penqedéḱm̥


| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
|
|-
| 16
| déḱm̥ He swéḱs


|- class="c18"
sweḱsdéḱm̥
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-om</span>
|
|-
| 17
| déḱm̥ He septḿ̥


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">bhérom </span><span class="c24 c20">I was bearing</span>
septm̥déḱm̥


|- class="c18"
|
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>
|-
| 18
| déḱm̥ He (H)oḱtôw


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-es</span>
(H)oḱtōwdéḱm̥


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">bhéres </span><span class="c24 c20">you were bearing</span>
|
|-
| 19
| déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥


|- class="c18"
Hnewn̥déḱm̥
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-et</span>
|
|}


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">bhéret </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it was bearing</span>


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ome</span>


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">bhérome </span><span class="c24 c20">we were bearing</span>
=== 8.6 20 to 90 ===


|- class="c18"
Each multiple of 10 has a unique term, and combines with numbers exactly as '''déḱm̥''' does.
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ete</span>
{| class="wikitable"
 
|-
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">bhérete </span><span class="c24 c20">you (pl.) were bearing</span>
!
!
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
| Ordinal
|-
| 20
| (d)wídḱm̥ti
| (d)widḱm̥tós
|-
| 30
| tridḱómt
| tridḱm̥tós
|-
| 40
| qétwr̥dḱómt
| qétwr̥dkm̥tós
|-
| 50
| penqedḱómt
| penqedḱm̥tós
|-
| 60
| sweḱsdḱómt
| sweḱsdḱm̥tós
|-
| 70
| septm̥dḱómt
| septm̥dkm̥tós
|-
| 80
| (H)oḱtódḱomt
| (H)oḱtodḱm̥tós
|-
| 90
| Hnéwn̥dḱomt
| Hnewn̥dkm̥tós
|}


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-onti</span>
=== 8.7 Prefix forms ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">bhéronti </span><span class="c24 c20">they were bearing</span>
There are special forms used for prefixing numbers to nominals.


{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
|-
|
| Cardinal
|-
| 1
| sm̥-
|-
| 2
| dwi-
|-
| 3
| tri-
|-
| 4
| qetwr̥-
|-
| 5
| penqe-
|-
| 6
| sweḱs-
|-
| 7
| septm̥-
|-
| 8
| (H)oḱto-
|-
| 9
| Hnewn̥-
|-
| 10, and multiples
| dekm̥-, -dkm̥t-
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Athematic imperfect verb</span>
| class="c66"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-m̥</span>
=== 8.8 Larger numbers ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hédm̥ </span><span class="c24 c20">I was eating</span>
The numbers 100 and 1,000 are '''ḱm̥tóm''' and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''' '''~''' '''tûsonts'''. '''ḱm̥tóm''' and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''' are invariable, whereas '''tûsonts''' declines as a regular '''-onts''' noun or adjective. Their ordinal forms are '''ḱm̥tontós '''&quot;hundredth&quot; and '''(sm̥)ǵheslontós''' '''~''' '''tūsontós '''&quot;thousandth&quot;.


|- class="c18"
A derivative of '''(sm̥)ǵhéslom''', combined with the augmentative suffix, giving '''(sm̥)ǵhéslHonom '''(from ''*(sm̥)ǵhéslHonom'') is used to mean &quot;million&quot; with the ordinal form '''(sm̥)ǵheslHontós'''; further derivation gives '''disǵhéslHonom '''(ordinal form '''disǵheslHontós'''), meaning &quot;billion&quot; and '''trisǵhéslHonom''' (ordinal form '''trisǵheslHontós''') for &quot;trillion&quot;. Prefix forms can be used even further, giving simple prefixes up to '''deḱm̥ǵhéslHonom''' &quot;decillion&quot;, and much greater numbers up to '''Hnéwn̥dḱomtHnéwn̥ǵhéslHonom''' for &quot;novemnonagintillion&quot;.
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-s</span>
The connector '''He''' should only be used between tens and units of each group of three numbers. So, the number '''987,654,321''' would be represented as '''Hnéwn̥ ḱm̥tóm Hoḱtodḱómt ''''''''He'''''''' septḿ̥ ǵhéslHonā, swéḱs ḱm̥tóm penqedḱómt ''''''''He'''''''' qetwôr túsontH, trî ḱm̥tóm (d)wídḱm̥ti ''''''''He'''''''' Hójnom'''.


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Héds </span><span class="c24 c20">you were eating</span>


|- class="c18"
=== 8.9 Multiplicative forms ===
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-t</span>
Each number can be given a special multiplicative form, producing an adjective meaning &quot;X times&quot;. Multiplicatives are formed by affixing the special prefix of the numbers 1-10 to the word '''-pléḱs '''&quot;-fold&quot;.


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hédt </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it was eating</span>
For example, 1-4 produce the forms '''sm̥pléḱs''' &quot;single, onefold&quot;, '''dwipléḱs''' &quot;double, twofold&quot;, '''tripléḱs '''&quot;triple, threefold&quot;, and '''qetwr̥pléḱs''' &quot;quadruple, fourfold&quot;.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-mé</span>
=== 8.10 Exceptional &quot;times&quot; forms ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdmé </span><span class="c24 c20">we were eating</span>
The numbers 2 and 3 have the special forms '''dís''' and '''trís''', meaning &quot;twice&quot; and &quot;thrice&quot; respectively.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-té</span>
=== 8.11 Collective forms ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdté </span><span class="c24 c20">you (pl.) were eating</span>
A collective numeral is one which specifies &quot;a group of X&quot;. The first form is '''dwôdwō''', meaning &quot;pair&quot;. The rest are formed by suffixing '''-ō''' to the prefix form of a number, with an intervening '''-l-''' (as if from '''-lós''') to prevent hiatus. The stress falls on the prefix in the nominative-vocative-accusative, and the ending in the oblique, as expected for '''-ō'''. This gives '''tríō''' &quot;trio, threesome&quot;, '''qetwŕ̥ō''' &quot;quartet, foursome&quot;, '''qénqelō''' &quot;quintet, fivesome&quot;, '''swéḱsō''' &quot;sextet&quot;, '''septḿ̥ō''' &quot;septet&quot;, '''(H)oḱtólō''' &quot;octet&quot;, '''Hnéwnō''' &quot;nonet&quot;, and '''déḱmō''' &quot;dectet&quot;. Using prefixed numbers makes forms such as '''dwidéḱmō''' &quot;dozen&quot;. The larger numbers give '''ḱm̥tolō''' &quot;group of a hundred&quot;, '''(sm̥)ǵhéslō ~ tûsontō''' &quot;group of a thousand&quot;, and '''(sm̥)ǵhéslōnō''' &quot;group of a million&quot; with derivatives thereof.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-énti</span>
=== 8.12 Case agreement ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdénti </span><span class="c24 c20">they were eating</span>
The numbers 1,3, and 4, given that they decline, are used attributively as though they were adjectives, meaning the noun which they count can be in any case, and the case of the number and noun must agree: '''Hójnos wīrós''' &quot;one man&quot;, '''tr̥jôm wīrôm''' &quot;of three men&quot;, '''qetwr̥mós wīrómos''' &quot;(for/to) four men&quot;. Since other numbers do not decline, only the noun which they modify declines according to the function of the main noun: '''éǵ wélō pénqe wīróms '''&quot;I see five men&quot;.


|}


<span class="c12"></span>
== 9 Prepositions ==


<span>The main difference of the imperfect conjugated form from the past continuous periphrastic form is the usage in formulaic constructions, shown later.</span>
Prepositions in SAvIE always precede the nominal which they modify; they will always be placed before nouns and adjectives. They govern only one of two cases: the locative for prepositions which imply location at, near, or in relation to something, and the accusative for motion to or from, and everything else. So, prepositions such as '''Hén''' &quot;in&quot; can be used with different cases to modify their meaning, as in '''Hén dém''' &quot;in a house&quot; and '''Hén dôm''' &quot;into a house&quot;.


Positional adverbs, such as '''déḱs '''&quot;(on the) right&quot;, can also be used, requiring the genitive: '''déḱs tosjo déms''' &quot;to/on the right of the house&quot;.


-----
Below is a list of prepositions and positional adverbs and their meanings with the cases they govern.


<span id="h.z1p6x7b89sr9"></span>
=== <span class="c63">5.2.3                        Aorist</span> ===


<span>The aorist forms a simple past. It also uses the secondary endings, but can be one of two further formations. The </span><span class="c27">derived aorist</span><span> is given for </span><span class="c27">root present</span><span class="c12"> verbs, that is, ones which are not formed with secondary derivation such as the nasal infix. This forms as below.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
|-
| Preposition
| Meaning
| Preposition
| Meaning
|-
| bhêǵhs
| without
| Hpó
| from
|-
| dê
| from


{| class="wikitable c11"
of
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Aorist verb</span>


| class="c58"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
thanks to


| class="c30"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
| Hpós
| after
|-
| déḱs
| on/to the right
| ḱóm
| with (using, in the company of)
|-
| énu
| after


|- class="c18"
along
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c58 c50"| <span class="c12">(ê)-sm̥</span>
| me
|
|-
| (H)éti
| beyond
| pér
| through, via, by means of
|-
| Hén
| in


| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrsm̥ </span><span class="c20">I bore</span>
into


<span class="c27">Hêdsm̥ </span><span class="c24 c20">I ate</span>
| péri
| about, regarding, because of
|-
| Héǵhs
| out (of)


|- class="c18"
out (from)
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c58 c50"| <span class="c12">(ê)-s</span>
| préti
| towards
|-
| Heǵhstós
| outside of
| préj
| in front of
|-
| Héǵhsteros
| besides, other than
| pró
| before, in front of


| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrs </span><span class="c20">you bore</span>
to(ward), up to


<span class="c27">Hêds </span><span class="c24 c20">you ate</span>
|-
| Hentér
| between
| r̥ / / rôdhi
| for
|-
| Hépi
| on, upon, at (sea etc.), on (animals etc.)


|- class="c18"
onto
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c58 c50"| <span class="c12">(ê)-st</span>
| sn̥(H)tér
| separate from


| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrst </span><span class="c20">he/she/it bore</span>
without


<span class="c27">Hêdst </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it ate</span>
|-
| Hn̥dó
| into
| ~ swéd
| without
|-
| Hn̥dóm
| inside of, within
| tr̥Hás
| across, along, through
|-
| Hn̥dhér
| beneath, underneath
| úd
| upwards


|- class="c18"
above
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c58 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-sme</span>
+ ''Hád ''going up to


| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhérsme </span><span class="c20">we bore</span>
|-
| Hn̥dhí
| under


<span class="c27">Hédsme </span><span class="c24 c20">we ate</span>
to the bottom of


|- class="c18"
| upér(i)
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
| above, over
|-
| Hád
| at


| class="c58 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ste</span>
to(wards)


| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhérste </span><span class="c20">you (pl.) bore</span>
| upó
| under
|-
| Hánt(i)
| opposite
| wí
| away from


<span class="c27">Hédste </span><span class="c20">you (pl.) ate</span>
against


|- class="c18"
|-
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>
| Hapó
| away from


| class="c58 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-sn̥t</span>
away from


| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhérsn̥t </span><span class="c20">they bore</span>
| wír
| without
|-
| Háwti
| either / or
|
|
|-
| Hm̥bhí
| around, surrounding


<span class="c27">Hédsn̥t </span><span class="c24 c20">they ate</span>
about, regarding


|
|
|}
|}


<span class="c12"></span>
<span>The second formation is the </span><span class="c27">root aorist</span><span>, given for </span><span class="c27">derived verbs</span><span> that do not fit into the above category. It uses the secondary endings attached to a root with no intervening secondary derivations, and can be either thematic or athematic. As such, it is completely identical with the imperfect tense of root present verbs. It differs from the imperfect of derived verbs by dropping secondary derivation. For example, for </span><span class="c27">léjqes</span><span> &quot;to leave&quot; has the (derived) present </span><span class="c27">linéqti</span><span>, (derived) imperfect </span><span class="c27">linéqt</span><span>, and root aorist </span><span class="c27">léjqt</span><span class="c12">.</span>


== 10 Discourse ==


-----
The most important addition to this basic overview of grammar is discursive words; those which can be used to carry and shape conversations.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span id="h.75osiclkn7r1"></span>
=== 10.1 Questions and particles ===
=== <span class="c63">5.2.4                        Habitual</span> ===


<span class="c12">The habitual has no explicit tense – the position in time of the relevant action depends solely on the context of the sentence. The form of this is a thematic verb with secondary endings.</span>
Ordinarily, questions in SAvIE need not be marked either at the start or the end of the sentence. As per '''3.1''', questions are indicated by inverting the subject and verb: '''ís cémt''' &quot;he came&quot; becomes '''cémt is?''' &quot;did he come?&quot;. When using pro-forms, these start the sentence: '''qís Hésti ís?''' &quot;who is he?&quot;.


<span class="c12"></span>
However, the word '''Hár ~ Hr̥''', meaning &quot;so&quot; or &quot;thus&quot; in positive sentences, can be used to introduce a sentence: '''Hár qís Hésti ís?''' &quot;so who is he?&quot;.


{| class="wikitable c11"
In addition, the phrase '''né Hésti…?''' &quot;isn't it…?&quot; can be used with the regular statement to form a yes/no question in one of two ways: firstly, it can be used to introduce a subordinate clause, as in '''né Hésti, qid ís cémt?''' &quot;isn't it [the case] that he came?&quot;; the second is that it can be used as a tag question at the end of a sentence, as in '''ís cémt, né Hésti?''' &quot;he came, isn't it?&quot;.
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Dynamic habitual verb</span>


| class="c66"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
The simple responses to yes/no questions is '''nójnom''', '''né tód''', or '''Hóju qíd''' &quot;no&quot;, and the positive is '''já ~ sejḱe ~ tód ~ dô'''. There is no fundamental difference between any of these words; they have different origins and can be used depending on the speaker's preference for their source. For example, '''nójnom''' is a shortening of '''né (H)ójnom''', from Latin ''nōn'', whereas '''Hóju qíd '''is the form of Greek ''οὐ(κ) ~ οὐ(χ)'' and Armenian ''ոչ''; meanwhile, '''já''' is ubiquitous in Germanic, '''séjḱe''' also from Latin ''sīc, '''''(né) tód''''' ''as seen in Celtic languages, such as Welsh ''do ~ naddo'', or '''dô''' as in Slavic ''да''.


| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
In addition to the simple answers, SAvIE can produce yes/no answers to polar questions by repeating the verb either in a positive or negative polarity. If the question were '''cémt ís?''' &quot;did he come?&quot;, a positive response would be '''cémt''' &quot;he came (yes)&quot;, and a negative response would be '''né(ghe) cémt''' &quot;he didn't come (no)&quot;. Note that the negative particle here can either be '''né''' or '''néghe'''; the '''-ghe''' suffix intensifies the previous particle.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-óm</span>
=== 10.2 Subordinate clauses ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdóm </span><span class="c24 c20">I used to eat</span>
These can be introduced in one of two ways.


|- class="c18"
The first is introducing an entirely independent subordinate clause with the word '''qid''', such as in '''éǵ wéjdō, qid ís cémt''' &quot;I know that he came&quot;.
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-és</span>
Clauses that are more semantically linked to the antecedent use interrogative-relative pronouns: '''só wīrós, qésjo cên cémt… '''&quot;the man, whose wife came…&quot;, literally &quot;the man, of whom [the] wife came…&quot;.


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdés </span><span class="c24 c20">you used to eat</span>


|- class="c18"
=== 10.3 Hypothetical sentences ===
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-ét</span>
Hypothetical sentences are introduced by '''sô ~ séj '''&quot;if&quot;, which is an innovated and fossilized thematicisation of '''só''' in the instrumental and locative cases, respectively, meaning &quot;with this&quot; or &quot;in this&quot;. This is modelled on the etymology of the Latin ''sī''. '''mā''' can be used as in Celtic, '''jéj''' as in Baltic, or '''qéj''' as in some Slavic. None of these words differs in meaning.


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdét </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it used to eat</span>
The consequence can be introduced without any particle, but can also optionally be introduced with the particle '''tómḱe''' &quot;then, in that case&quot;, or '''tóqe''' &quot;then&quot;.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-óme</span>
==== 10.3.1 Conditionals ====


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdóme </span><span class="c24 c20">we used to eat</span>
The verb '''skéles '''&quot;to owe&quot; should be used in the deponent aorist subjunctive to form a periphrastic conditional tense with the purportative, thus giving '''séj ís cémt, éǵ skêlsōr kápos wl̥Htóm welos ím''' &quot;If he came, I would have wanted to see him&quot;. When there are two verbs that require the purportative in a row, one is in the accusative '''(é)-os''' form, and the second is in the genitive '''(é)-esos '''form: '''séj ís cémti, éǵ skêlsōr wélHos wélesos ím '''&quot;If he comes, I would want to see him&quot;. Literally this means something like &quot;...that I owe wanting of seeing&quot;.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-éte</span>
=== 10.4 Negation of nominals ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdéte </span><span class="c24 c20">you used to eat</span>
Nominals must be negated by the particle '''néghe''' &quot;not&quot;; this can be attached directly to nominals, such as '''néghe méǵHs''' &quot;not great&quot;, or '''néghe wīrós''' &quot;not a man&quot;. Determiners can also precede the nominal: '''néghe só wīrós''' &quot;not the/this man&quot;.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-ónt</span>
=== 10.5 Either/or ===


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdónt </span><span class="c24 c20">they used to eat</span>
&quot;Either&quot; and &quot;or&quot; are both expressed by the word '''Háwti''': '''Háwti cm̥dhí ḱóm mé, Háwti méne '''&quot;either come with me, or stay&quot;.


|}


<span id="h.uvdmahdn9u5"></span>
=== 10.6 Prohibition ===
=== <span class="c63">5.2.5                        Stative-type present</span> ===


<span>For very few verbs the present is formed using the Proto-Indo-European stative formation. These have no imperfect or aorist, and have special past participle forms built on </span><span class="c27">-wōs ~ -usī ~ -wos</span><span class="c12">.</span>
In conjunction with the imperative verb form, the particle '''mê''' &quot;do not…!&quot; (from ''*meh₁'' as seen in Greek ''μή'') is used to express prohibition: '''Hidhí!''' &quot;go!&quot; becomes '''mê Hidhí!''' &quot;do not go!&quot;


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
=== 10.7 Conjunctions ===
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Stative habitual verb</span>


| class="c66"| <span class="c12">Model</span>


| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
==== 10.7.1 Addition ====


|- class="c18"
Following the presence of ''A and B'' constructions in SAE, this is the preferred structure for the ''and'' construction. Rather than using the Proto-Indo-European ''*-kʷe'' suffix, alternative strategies are preferred. These are '''Hé''' (the augment ''*h₁é''), '''ḱḿ̥ti '''(modelled on the Greek ''καί''), '''Héti''' (modelled on the Latin ''et''), '''Hánti''' (synonymous with the preposition, modelled on Proto-Germanic ''*andi''), '''Héj''' (modelled on Proto-Slavic ''*i''), or '''Hṓd '''(modelled on Proto-Balto-Slavic ''*ō'', based on a hypothetical ablative PIE form ''*h₁ōd'').
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(ó)-Ha</span>
&quot;Also&quot; can be expressed with '''qōdqe''', a fossilised ablative of a thematicisation of '''qís''', meaning approximately &quot;and from which&quot;, or '''Háwghe''' (modelled on Proto-Germanic ''*auk'').


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">móghHa </span><span class="c24 c20">I can</span>


|- class="c18"
==== 10.7.2 Consequence ====
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(ó)-tHa</span>
Consequence in the form of &quot;then&quot; or &quot;so&quot; is expressed with '''tôd''', yet another fossilised ablative of a thematicised '''só ~ sâ ~ tód''', such as '''éǵ cêm, tôd ís léjqt '''&quot;I came, then he left&quot;.


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">móghtHa </span><span class="c24 c20">you can</span>


|- class="c18"
==== 10.7.3 Purpose, intent ====
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(ó)-e</span>
An intended consequence, expressing &quot;so that&quot; or &quot;in order to&quot;, is expressed with a similar form to the above, '''téj''', a thematicised dative meaning &quot;to this&quot;, and a subordinate clause introduced by '''qid''' with the verb in the subjunctive, such as '''éǵ qrêjHsm̥ tód, téj qid tû Hédesi íd '''&quot;I bought this so you could eat it&quot;.


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">móghe </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it knows</span>


|- class="c18"
==== 10.7.4 Alternatives ====
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">()-mé</span>
The basic words &quot;or&quot; and &quot;nor&quot; are expressed by '''íwe ~ íwē''' or '''éjwe ~ éjwē''' (based on ''*i-'' and ''*ey-'' as pronominal bases) in the positive polarity ('''éǵ íwe tû''' &quot;I or you&quot;) and '''néwe''' in the negative ('''néghe éǵ néwe tû''' &quot;not I nor you, not me and not you&quot;).


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">m̥ghmé </span><span class="c24 c20">we can</span>
'''-we ~ -wē''' can also be suffixed to any words meaning &quot;if&quot; to produce &quot;but if&quot; or &quot;if, on the other hand&quot;: '''séjwe né cémti ís, qíd tôd?''' &quot;but if he doesn't come, what then?&quot;.


|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-é</span>
==== 10.7.5 Exceptions ====


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">m̥ghé </span><span class="c24 c20">you (pl.) know</span>
The word &quot;but&quot; can be expressed either as '''íde ~ éjde''' (using the Proto-Indo-European ''*de'' contrastive particle) or '''Heǵhstós''' (modelled on the Greek ''εχτός'' and Proto-Celtic ''*extos'') at the beginning of a phrase, and the postclitic '''de''' otherwise to indicate a break in a sentence. Since it breaks a sentence apart, the part of the sentence ending '''de''' is considered disjunct, and can refer either to a subject or an object. The case of the preceding nominal can match its function in the following sentence.


|- class="c18"
So, in '''só Háljos/tóm Háljom de, né wêlsm̥ éǵ ím''' &quot;the other one, however, I didn't see it&quot;, note the presence of both '''Háljos''' and '''Háljom''', both of which are treated slightly differently. In the nominative, the phrase ending '''de''' is treated more as a topic and the antecedent as a comment; in the accusative, it is treated as a disjunct object rather than a topic, and matches its expected function in the antecedent.
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-êr</span>


| class="c64"| <span class="c27">m̥ghêr </span><span class="c20">they know</span>


|}


=== 10.8 Politeness and formality ===


-----
Several strategies can be employed to introduce formality to SAvIE. The majority of these should be limited to forms of address, but some others exist.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span id="h.pu2u0ouicoqo"></span>
==== 10.8.1 T-V distinction ====
=== <span class="c63">5.2.6                        Deponent</span> ===


<span class="c12">A very small number of verbs is a deponent: one which looks like an old mediopassive form, but acts as though it were active. This is not counted as a passive form. Deponent verbs have special forms in all tenses.</span>
Although many modern Indo-European languages employ a T-V distinction, it is best avoided in SAvIE. However, usage thereof should not be considered entirely incorrect. If a speaker chooses to use a T-V distinction, the expected follows: the 2nd person plural forms take the place of the singular forms in polite speech. So, one person is referred to politely as '''jû''' rather than '''tû''', and verbs and adjectives are inflected in the plural rather than the singular. This turns the informal '''tû Hési méǵHs''' “you are tall” into '''jû Hsté méǵHas'''.


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c52"| <span class="c32">Deponent verbs</span>


| class="c52"| <span class="c32">Nonpast</span>


| class="c52"| <span class="c32">Imperfect</span>
==== 10.8.2 Third person verb constructions ====


| class="c52"| <span class="c32">Aorist</span>
Rather than using the second-person plural for a more classically Indo-European T-V distinction, the third person can be used as it is employed in various modern languages. This category includes some formations innovated by SAvIE.


| class="c113"| <span class="c32">Habitual</span>


|- class="c18"
===== 10.8.2.1 Praising the listener =====
| class="c52"| <span class="c32">1st person singular</span>


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c75 c131">athematic</span><span class="c32">(∅)-Hár</span>
This follows the pattern of the Spanish ''usted'', which is derived from ''vuestra merced'' “your mercy”. As the etymology of ''merced'' is so opaque, it has been discarded entirely. Instead, many synonymous constructions can be built from '''cérHtis''' “praise, grace”, whose root '''cérH-''' gives the Latin ''grātia''.


<span class="c75 c131">thematic</span><span class="c32">(é)-ōr</span>
This can optionally be supplemented with a second-person possessive adjective '''tós''' (or any of its variants, if avoiding T-V) or '''usós '''(if using T-V), giving '''tâ cérHtis''' or '''usâ cérHtis'''. The resulting phrase then inflects in its entirety. This is then used with a third-person verb.


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-Há</span>


<span class="c32">(é)-ōa</span>
===== 10.8.2.2 Invariant third-person plural =====


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-sHa</span>
The pronoun '''î''', along with the third-person plural verbal forms, can be used to refer to a single person politely.


| class="c113 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ôr</span>


|- class="c18"
===== 10.8.2.3 Alternative pronominal forms =====
| class="c52"| <span class="c32">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">()-tHár</span>
The pronoun '''ḱénos / -ā / -as''', declined according to both case and number depending on the number of referents, can be used with the corresponding verbal number of the third person in polite speech. In addition to the above established pronoun, the neologism '''(H)irós / -â / -ás''', an adjectival form modelled on the third-person pronouns '''ís / î / jás''' can be used as a polite second-person pronoun. This also declines as expected, giving '''(H)irôs / -âs / -ájes''' for multiple referents.


<span class="c32">(é)-etHar</span>


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-tHá</span>
==== 10.8.3 Titles and forms of address ====


<span class="c32">(é)-etHa</span>
People can be referred to with titles attached to their names, in addition to the formal verb constructions given above. The title ''Mister'' and its cognates can be given as '''méǵHisteros / -ā / -as''', while common Romance terms ''señor, signore, monsieur'' are given as '''sénjōs / sn̥jésī / -josas'''.


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-stHa</span>
Due to a close proximity to the meanings of their individual stems, the former should be reserved for distinguished persons with some form of appointed title, and the latter for older people. A much more neutral but familiar term would be '''soqHjós / -â / -ás''', cognate with Latin ''socius''. A less familiar form would be '''Hwésus / Huséwī / Huséwy'''.


| class="c113 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-étHar</span>
Each of these titles is abbreviated, respectively, '''m.''', '''s.''', '''so.''', and '''u.'''


|- class="c18"
| class="c52"| <span class="c32">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-(t)ór</span>


<span class="c32">(é)-etor</span>


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-(t)ó</span>
== 11 Further rules and conventions of writing ==


<span class="c32">(é)-eto</span>


| class="c52 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-s(t)o</span>
=== 11.1 Writing system ===


| class="c50 c113"| <span class="c32">(∅)-étor</span>
The default writing system in this document has been the Latin script, but this need not necessarily be the case. In '''Appendix D''' there is a full alphabet shown with the Latin, Greek, Cyrillic, Armenian, and Devanagari scripts, all of which can be used effectively to write SAvIE. For ease and universality, the Latin alphabet may be preferred, but this Appendix allows for a wider range of writing.


|- class="c18"
| class="c52"| <span class="c32">1st person plural</span>


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-mósdhH</span>
=== 11.2 Case ===


<span class="c32">(é)-omosdhH</span>
SAvIE should be written entirely unicase. This means that there should be no distinction made between lowercase and uppercase letters. Although the letters ⟨h⟩ and ⟨H⟩ both exist in the Latin alphabet, it should be noted that these are two different letters with two different functions, not merely variants of one another. Common usages of capital letters in some languages, such as indicating proper nouns, are not treated specially in SAvIE, and should all be written lowercase.


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-médhH</span>
This being said, this might be a difficult habit to break for some users. The practice should be avoided as per the standards of this document, but should not be seen as incorrect otherwise.


<span class="c32">(é)-omedhH</span>


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(é)-smedhH</span>
=== 11.3 Clause- and sentence-final punctuation ===


| class="c113 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ómosdhH</span>
In all alphabets, natively-used punctuation should be employed. Where applicable, the comma ⟨,⟩ and period ⟨.⟩ should be used to indicate a break in and termination of a sentence, respectively. The relevant question and exclamation marks should also serve their respective purposes.


|- class="c18"
| class="c52"| <span class="c32">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-dhHwé</span>
=== 11.4 Quotation ===


<span class="c32">(é)-edhHwe</span>
For block quotation, such as lines of dialogue, an em-dash ⟨—⟩ should be used for each line of dialogue, followed either by a double space, or a tab stop.


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-dhHwé</span>
For inline quotation, a double guillemet ⟨« »⟩ should wrapped around a quotation, and a nested quotation within that should be marked with a single guillemet ⟨‹ ›⟩.


<span class="c32">(é)-edhHwe</span>
This usage can be mirrored with quotation marks, directional or otherwise. Double quotation marks ⟨&quot; &quot;⟩ ⟨“ ”⟩ enclose the main quotation, with single marks ⟨' '⟩ ⟨‘ ’⟩ enclosing a nested quotation.


| class="c46 c52"| <span class="c32">(é)-sdhHwe</span>
In addition, lowered quotation marks can be used as in German and Slavic languages, either both low ⟨„ „⟩, or high and low ⟨„ ”⟩, with single marks ⟨‚ ‚⟩ and ⟨‚ ’⟩ for nested quotes. It is strongly preferred that the direction of punctuation marks conform to the above examples, but inverting one or both (such as ⟨» «⟩ or ⟨„ “⟩) should not be considered incorrect.


| class="c113 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-édhHwe</span>


|- class="c18"
| class="c52"| <span class="c32">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-rór ~ (∅)-ntór</span>


<span class="c32">(é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor</span>
=== 11.5 Larger breaks ===


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ró ~ (∅)-ntó</span>
Any piece of text above a sentence can be broken up with special typographical conventions.


<span class="c32">(é)-oro ~ (é)-ento</span>
Paragraphs are broken by a single newline character, with new paragraphs optionally beginning with a tab stop. Collections of paragraphs can be broken up into logical groups by beginning the paragraph of a new logical group with the section symbol '''§''' followed by a tab stop. Groups of sections can be divided by placing an asterism symbol '''⁂''' on its own line, and beginning a new paragraph on a new line afterwards as expected. The asterism can optionally be padded with an extra empty line on either side of it.


| class="c52 c46"| <span class="c32">(é)-sro ~ -sn̥to</span>


| class="c113 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-óror ~ (∅)-óntor</span>
== 12 Borrowing and conversion to SAvIE ==


|}
Borrowing from other languages forms an integral part of the function of all Indo-European languages; whether through language contact, colonial or imperial superstrata or adstrata, archaism, or scientific and technical vocabulary, borrowing is crucial in the formation of a wider vocabulary.


The strategies for borrowing words into SAvIE is that they must preferably be nativised, using known etymologies to convert words into SAvIE as though they had originated their to begin with. Where this cannot be done, or where it would not be appropriate to do so, words can be borrowed in directly, using SAvIE phonology where possible, and several additions to the alphabet where not possible.


-----


<span class="c12"></span>
=== 12.1 Sounds foreign to SAvIE ===


<span id="h.d4d77kpsokpq"></span>
All sounds native to the language have been listed at the very start of this document. However, these do not encompass all possible sounds that could be represented in SAvIE for borrowings. Extra consonant sounds and their corresponding graphs are as follows.
=== <span class="c63">5.2.7                        Imperative</span> ===


<span class="c12">The imperative is its own mood, and conjugates only in the second and third person. It is tenseless, so there is only one set of imperative forms for each verb. Their forms differ only slightly based on thematicity.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
{| class="wikitable"
|- class="c18"
|-
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Thematic imperative</span>
!
!
|-
| Sound
| Graph
|-
| /f/
| ⟨f⟩
|-
| /ɣ/
| ⟨ǥ⟩
|-
| /h/
| ⟨ħ⟩
|-
| /x/
| ⟨x⟩
|-
| /ʃ/, /tʃ/
| ⟨š⟩, ⟨tš⟩
|-
| /ʒ/, /dʒ/
| ⟨ž⟩, ⟨dž⟩, ⟨ǰ⟩
|-
| /v/
| ⟨v⟩
|-
| /z/
| ⟨z⟩
|}


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Model</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Example</span>


|- class="c18"
Uvular sounds such as [q], [χ], and [ʁ] can be converted to their non-uvular counterparts [k], [x], [r ~ ɾ ~ ɹ].
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-e</span>
In addition, the following vowel sounds can be used:


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhére </span><span class="c24 c20">bear!</span>


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-etu</span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
|-
| Sound
| Graph
|-
| /æ/
| ⟨ä⟩


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhéretu </span><span class="c24 c20">let him/her/it bear!</span>
⟨ā̈⟩ when long


|- class="c18"
⟨a̋⟩ when stressed
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ete</span>
⟨ä̂⟩ when stressed and long


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérete </span><span class="c24 c20">bear (pl.)!</span>
|-
| /ə ~ ɜ/ and similar, when non-native
| ⟨ë⟩
|-
| /ɨ ~ ɯ/
| ⟨ï⟩
|-
| /ø ~ œ/ and similar
| ⟨ö⟩
|-
| /y ~ ʏ/ and similar
| ⟨ü⟩
|-
| Any nasal vowel
| ⟨ã ẽ ĩ⟩ etc.
|}


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ontu</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérontu </span><span class="c24 c20">let them bear!</span>
Non-native sounds should only be spelled using the above alternative characters where it is necessary or especially desirable to represent non-native pronunciation. This really need only be the case in words which are nativised, or for educational purposes. When writing the names of people, places, and things, and when those are not integrated into SAvIE, their official spelling or transliteration should be used instead.


|}
Equally, words which are grammaticalised can be spelt with nativised phonology. This is often a simple matter of finding the closest representative sounds which exist in SAvIE, but can present some difficulties. In particular, given the lack of fricative sounds /f v h/, the sounds ⟨bh gh⟩ can be used instead.


<span class="c12"></span>


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Athematic imperative</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
So, for example, the French word ''bureau'' could be borrowed in as any of the following:


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Example</span>


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-</span>
<ul>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bűro, büró''': indeclinable, with foreign phonology</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bűrō, bürô''': declinable as a masculine '''-ō''' noun, with foreign phonology</p></blockquote></li></ul>


<span class="c12">(∅)-dhí</span>
<ul>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bjúro, bjuró''': indeclinable, with native phonology</p></blockquote></li>
<li><blockquote><p>'''bjúrō, bjurô''': declinable as a masculine '''-ō''' noun, with native phonology</p></blockquote></li></ul>


| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Héd</span>


<span class="c27">Hddhí </span><span class="c24 c20">eat!</span>


|- class="c18"
in addition to the borrowed spelling and pronunciation '''bureau'''.
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-tu</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédtu </span><span class="c24 c20">let him/her/it eat!</span>


|- class="c18"
Note also how the non-native stress pattern is subject to interpretation in how it is represented in SAvIE.
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-té</span>
In addition, the grammatical pattern that this word has been made to fit is purely representative. It could just as easily be '''bűros ~ bűrosjo''', '''bűrom ~ bűrosjo''', or even '''bűros ~ bűresos'''. Ideally, the chosen form should represent the original word and, if applicable, its declension pattern as best as possible.


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hdté </span><span class="c24 c20">eat (pl.)!</span>


|- class="c18"
=== 12.2 Borrowed morphology ===
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-éntu</span>
Some morphology, such as affixes in particular, is so commonly shared between languages as to be worth borrowing into SAvIE. Affixes in particular can form large quantities of vocabulary and can, with some modification and filling in by analogy, be nativised into SAvIE for use in new vocabulary.


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hdéntu </span><span class="c24 c20">let them eat!</span>


|}


<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
|-
| Original suffix
| Cognates
| Form in SAvIE
|-
| A.Gr. ''-άζω''
|
| ( ́)-adjeti ''v.''
|-
| A.Gr. ''-(ο)-ειδής''
| Eng. ''-oid''
| (e)-wéjdēs ~ (é)-wéjdesos ''adj.''
|-
| A.Gr. ''-ίζω''
| Eng. ''-ize / -ise''
| ( ́)-idjeti ''v.''
|-
| A.Gr ''-ισμός''
| Eng. ''-ism''
| (∅)-ismós ''n.m''
|-
| A.Gr. ''-ιστής''
| Eng. ''-ist''
| (é)-idtās ''n.m/n.f''
|-
| A.Gr. ''-λογία''
| Eng. ''-logy''
| =lògiā (close compound) ''n.f''


{| class="wikitable c11"
lógiā (loose compound) ''n.f''
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Stative-type imperative</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
|-
| A.Gr. ''-λόγος''
| Eng. ''-logue''
| =logòs (close) ''n.m''


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
logós (loose) ''n.m''


|- class="c18"
|-
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>
| A.Gr. ''-(η)τής''
| Eng. ''-ete''
| -tās ~ -tās (&lt; -tāos) ''n.m/n.f''
|-
| A.Gr ''-φιλία''
| Eng. ''-philia''
| =bhìliā (close) ''n.f''


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(e)-(ó)-∅</span>
bhíliā (loose) ''n.f''


<span class="c12">(e)-()-dhí</span>
|-
| A.Gr ''-φιλος''
| Eng. ''-phile''
| =bhìlos / -ā / -om (close) ''n.''


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">memón </span><span class="c24 c20">remember!</span>
bhílos / / -om (loose) ''n.''


<span class="c27">memn̥dhí</span><span> </span><span class="c24 c20">remember!</span>
|-
| Eng. ''-arian''
| Lat. ''-ārius / -a / -um''
| (∅)-āsjós / -â / -ás / -óm ''n.''
|-
| Eng. ''-ics''
| Gr. ''-ικά''


|- class="c18"
Gr. ''-ική''
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(e)-(ó)-tu</span>
| (é)-ikā, ()-kâ ''n.n''


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">memóntu </span><span class="c24 c20">let him/her/it remember!</span>
(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ ''n.f''


|- class="c18"
|-
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
| Eng. ''-istics''
| → Ger. ''-istik''
| (é)-idtikā ''n.n / n.f''
|-
| Eng. ''-ization''
| Sp. ''-ización''
| (é)-idātīō ''n.f''
|-
| Lat. ''-ālis / -āle''
| Eng. ''-al''
| ( ́)-ālis ~ (∅)-āléjs ''adj.m/f''<sup>''<ref>''Declines as '''-is '''nouns do''</ref>''</sup>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(e)-(∅)-té</span>
( ́)-āli ~ (∅)-āléjs ''adj.n''


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">memn̥té </span><span class="c24 c20">remember (pl.)!</span>
|-
| Lat. ''-āticus / -a / -um''
| Eng. ''-atic''
| (∅)-ātikós / -â / -óm ''adj.''
|-
| Lat. ''-ātiō''
| Eng. ''-ation''
| (é)-ātīō ''n.f''
|-
| Lat. ''-ātus / -a / -um''
| Eng. ''-ate''
| (∅)-ātós ''adj.''
|-
| Lat. ''-idus / -a / -um''
| Eng. ''-id''
| (é)-idhos / -ā / -om ''adj.''
|-
| Lat. ''-īlis / -īle''
| Eng. ''-ile''
| ( ́)-ilis ~ (∅)-iléjs ''adj.m/f''


|- class="c18"
( ́)-ili ~ (∅)-iléjs ''adj.n''
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(e)-()-éntu</span>
|-
| Lat. ''-osus'' via A.Gr ''-ώδης''
| Eng. ''-ose, -ous''
| (é)=Hòdēs ~ =Hòdesos (close)


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">memnéntu </span><span class="c24 c20">let them remember!</span>
Hódēs ~ Hódesos (loose)


|}
|}




-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Deponent imperative</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Model</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
== A Verb template ==


|- class="c18"
single transitivity:
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-o</span>
<blockquote>''nonpast thematic'': )-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti ''nonpast athematic'': (é)-ti ~ (∅)-énti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''né-nonpast'': (∅)-⟨né⟩-ti ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''imperfect thematic'': (é)-e-t ~ (é)-o-nt ''imperfect athematic'': (é)-t ~ (∅)-ént
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''né-imperfect'' (∅)-⟨né⟩-t ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''NP-T subjunctive:'' (é)-ē-ti ~ (é)-ō-nti ''NP-A subjunctive'': (é)-e-ti ~ (e)-o-nti
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''past subjunctive regardless of thematicity'': (ê)-seti ~ (ê)-sonti
</blockquote>
transitive:


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">wéso!</span><span class="c24 c20"> wear (it)!</span>
<blockquote>''nonpast'': (é)-j-e-ti ~ (é)-j-o-nti bhrégjeti ~ bhrégjonti
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''imperfect'': (é)-j-e-t ~ (é)-j-o-nt bhrégjet ~ bhrégjont
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
intransitive:


|- class="c18"
<blockquote>''nonpast'': (∅)-j-é-ti ~ (∅)-j-ó-nti bhr̥gjéti ~ bhr̥gjónti
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''imperfect'': (∅)-j-é-t ~ (∅)-j-ó-nt bhr̥gjét ~ bhr̥gjónt
</blockquote>
<blockquote> Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
shared:


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-(e)to</span>
<blockquote>''eventive aorist'': (ê)-s-t ~ (é)-s-n̥t bhrêgst ~ bhrégsn̥t
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhéwHsm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''stative aorist'': (ó)-e ~ (∅)-êr Hwóse ~ Husêr
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhówHe HusómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''stative subjunctive'': (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti Hwéseti ~ Hwésonti
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhéwHeti HusómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''habitual'': (∅)-é-t ~ (∅)-ó-nt bhr̥gét ~ bhr̥gónt
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhūóm bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''habitual subjunctive'': (∅)-ê-ti ~ (∅)-ô-nti bhr̥gêti~ bhr̥gônti
</blockquote>
<blockquote> bhūômi bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
non-finite forms:


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">wésto!</span><span class="c24 c20"> let him/her/it wear!</span>
<blockquote>''present participle'': (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés bhrégonts ~ bhr̥gn̥tés
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''passive participle'': (∅)-ó-mHnos bhr̥gómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''past participle'': (∅)-tós bhr̥gtós
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''infinitive'': (é)-es bhréges
</blockquote>
compound tenses:


|- class="c18"
<blockquote>''perfect'': kápti + PastP kápmi bhr̥gtóm
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
</blockquote>
<blockquote> kápmi bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''pluperfect'': kâpst + PastP kâpsm̥ bhr̥gtóm
</blockquote>
<blockquote> kâpsm̥ bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
<blockquote>''future tense'': Héjti + PresP locative Héjmi bhr̥gént
</blockquote>
Héjmi bhūjént bhr̥gjómHnos


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-(e)dh(H)we</span>
<blockquote>''continuous'': Héses + PresP Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ ''etc.'' bhrégontom
</blockquote>
<blockquote>Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ bhûjont bhr̥gjómHnos
</blockquote>
Law 1: *''Vwm'' &gt; *''Vːm'' and *''VHm'' &gt; *''Vːm'' (Stang's law)


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">wésdh(H)we!</span><span class="c24 c20"> wear (pl.) (it)!</span>
Law 2: ''/-VRs/, */-VRH/ &gt; *-VːR''


|- class="c18"
'' /-VRH-/ &gt; *-VR- ''(Szemerényi's law)
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-(o)nto</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">wésn̥to!</span><span class="c24 c20"> let them wear!</span>


|}


== B Sample vocabulary ==


-----
The following sections give short lists of vocabulary separated by parts of speech.


<span class="c12"></span>


<span id="h.myl62re64mvb"></span>
=== B.1 Verbs ===
=== <span class="c63">5.2.8                        Special formation types</span> ===


<span>Some verb forms include affixes which attach to a verb root to form a stem, onto which certain endings are added. In this document, </span><span class="c20">primary</span><span> indicates verbs whose suffixes do not add significant special meaning, which form a root present and sigmatic aorist (including on suffixes </span><span class="c27">-ê-</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">-ā-</span><span>, etc.); </span><span class="c20">secondary</span><span> indicates verbs which use special derivational suffixes for the present and form a root aorist; </span><span class="c20">tertiary</span><span class="c12"> indicates verbs which use meaningful derivational suffixes but do not form an aorist because the meaning of the derived verb contrasts the meaning of its non-derived counterpart.</span>
verb infinitive 3sg nonpast 3sg imp. 3sg aorist


<span id="h.um5av4xhkeel"></span>
'''be able '''gélHes gl̥Hnéwti gl̥Hnéwt gélHt
==== <span>5.2.8.1                Nasal infix (secondary)</span> ====


<span>There is a special form of nonpast and imperfect formed with the </span><span class="c20">nasal infix</span><span> </span><span class="c27">-né-  ~ -n- </span><span>on the zero-grade stem. This infix ablauts from the singular to the plural in the indicative, remains </span><span class="c27">-né-</span><span class="c12"> in the subjunctive, and is conjugated with athematic endings. The infix is only seen in these two tenses.</span>
'''bake''' bhôges bhôgeti bhôget bhôHgst


<span id="h.bkat3lmzczor"></span>
'''be '''Héses Hésti Hést bhéwst
==== <span>5.2.8.2                sḱ-inchoative verbs (primary)</span> ====


<span>The infix </span><span class="c27">-sḱ-</span><span class="c12"> attaches to some verb roots to form verbs which occasionally, but not always, have an inchoative meaning. These verbs are thematic.</span>
'''begin '''kénes kéneti kénet kênst


<span id="h.i7ygu4657fm5"></span>
'''breathe out '''dhwéses dhwésti dhwést dhwêst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.3                -j- infix transitive-intransitive pairs (primary)</span> ====


<span>Some verbs can be formed with </span><span class="c27">(é)-jeti</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">(∅)-jéti</span><span class="c12">. The former will always form transitive verbs, and the latter intransitive verbs. The intransitive in particular implies an ongoing action, and as such has no aorist tense. Verb roots can be combined with each of these to produce a pair of transitive and intransitive verbs, but this need not be the case. In case it does, conjugated verb forms differ in all forms except the aorist, where both forms are identical.</span>
'''burn''' Héwses Héwseti Héwset Hêwst


<span id="h.89s9tsaiggcu"></span>
'''change (intr.)''' miés méjor méjto mêjsto
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.4                -néw- infix verbs (tertiary)</span> ====


<span>As with the nasal infix, some verbs will form their present, imperfect, and habitual tenses with </span><span class="c27">-néw-</span><span>. This is placed after a zero-grade verb root, and is athematic in the present and imperfect. It ablauts to </span><span class="c27">-nu-</span><span class="c12"> when unstressed, including in all persons of the habitual.</span>
'''change (tr.)''' mójnēs mojnéjeti mojnéjet mêjnst


<span id="h.m0t34zf5q8fu"></span>
'''come '''cémes cm̥jéti cm̥jét cémt
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.5                Causative formations (primary)</span> ====


<span>The verb form </span><span class="c27">(o)-éjeti ~ (o)-éjonti</span><span> forms causative verbs, such as </span><span class="c27">Hédmi</span><span> &quot;to eat&quot; becoming </span><span class="c27">Hodéjeti</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to feed&quot;. This forms verbs meaning &quot;to cause to do X&quot;. This makes explicitly transitive verbs, often from existing verb roots or from adjective roots.</span>
'''cook''' péqes péqeti péqet pêqst


<span id="h.suqvuumr2lq2"></span>
'''defecate '''ḱéqes ḱéqti ḱéqt ḱêqst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.6                Desiderative formations (primary)</span> ====


<span>The affix </span><span class="c27">-sj-</span><span> is added to very few verb roots to form desiderative &quot;want to X&quot; verbs. It is thematic, attaches to the zero-grade root, and is accented on the thematic vowel, as </span><span class="c27">Hdsjéti</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to want to eat, to be hungry&quot;.</span>
'''do '''dhês dhêti dhêt dhêHst


<span id="h.2lqh6h4vnwx7"></span>
'''drink '''píbes píbeti píbet pôHst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.7                Adjectival stative formations (primary)</span> ====


<span>The suffix </span><span class="c27">(∅)-êti ~ (∅)-ên̥ti </span><span>(athematic) or </span><span class="c27">(∅)-êjeti ~ (∅)-êjonti </span><span>(thematic) form stative &quot;to be X&quot; verbs specifically from adjective roots, such as </span><span class="c27">Hrudhêti</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to be red&quot;. These verbs can expand slightly in meaning from a stative &quot;to be X&quot; to a dynamic &quot;to go X, to become X&quot;. In either case they are explicitly intransitive verbs, and must be made causative to become transitive.</span>
'''be dressed '''wésjes usjéti usjét wêst


<span id="h.jzy871rvufbk"></span>
'''eat''' Hédes Hédti Hédt Hêdst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.8                Reduplicated thematic verbs (secondary)</span> ====


<span>Very few verbs will form their nonpast and imperfect with </span><span class="c27">(í)-(∅)-eti ~ (í)-(∅)-onti</span><span>; they have a reduplicated element with </span><span class="c27">-i-</span><span> as the vowel which retains the stress, such as </span><span class="c27">sísdeti</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to sit&quot;. These have no special meaning, and are simply formations of the tense.</span>
'''exchange''' méjtHes méjtHeti méjtHet mêjtHst


<span id="h.oybhx2okd1dc"></span>
'''go '''Héjes Héjti Héjt Hêjst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.9                Reduplicated athematic verbs (secondary)</span> ====


<span>Similarlty to the above, some verbs will form with </span><span class="c27">(í/é)-(e)-ti ~ (í/é)-(∅)-nti</span><span>, such as </span><span class="c27">stístāti</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to stand up&quot;. These verbs also have no particular nuance, and are formed arbitrarily.</span>
'''grow''' Háles Háleti Hálet Hêlst


<span id="h.ccif5ac98t1o"></span>
'''have''' kápes kápti kápt kâpst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.10                Zero-grade thematic formation (primary)</span> ====


<span>The so-called </span><span class="c20">tudati</span><span> type verb forms all tenses from </span><span class="c27">(∅)-éti ~ (∅)-ónti</span><span class="c12">, in which case its habitual and imperfect are identical.</span>
'''hear '''HáwdhHes HáwdhHeti HáwdhHet HêwdhHst


<span id="h.8sw5r8rp1ari"></span>
'''be hungry'''
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.11                Factitive (deadjectival) verbs (primary)</span> ====


<span>The factitive verb form </span><span class="c27">(é)-āti ~ (é)-ān̥ti </span><span>creates verbs that imply &quot;to make X&quot;, such as </span><span class="c27">néwāti</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to renew, to make new&quot;.</span>
'''know''' wéjdes wéjdeti wéjdet wêjdst


<span id="h.312nhbuit8kg"></span>
'''like '''bhréwgjes bhrûgjeti bhrûgjet bhréwgst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.12                Denominative verbs (primary)</span> ====


<span>Despite their similarity with the -j- infix verbs described in </span><span class="c27">5.2.7.3</span><span>, the verb forms </span><span class="c27">(∅)-ejéti ~ (∅)-ejónti</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">(∅)-ājéti ~ (∅)-ājónti</span><span> are denominative (and occasionally deadjectival) suffixes; they are derived from (mainly) noun stems to indicate a performance of that noun.</span>
'''make '''dhêkes dhHkjéti dhHkjét dhêkst


wérǵes wérǵeti wérǵet wêrǵst


-----
'''recognize'''<sup>'''<ref>also &quot;to know how to do something&quot; </ref>'''</sup>''' '''ǵnôs ǵn̥nôti ǵn̥nôt ǵnôt


<span id="h.wuyly229ffu1"></span>
'''run '''kérses kr̥séti kr̥sét kêrst (← ''*kḗrs-s-t'')
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.13                Iterative/frequentative/intensive formation (primary)</span> ====


<span>These verbs are marked by the thematic suffix </span><span class="c27">-ājéti ~ -ājónti</span><span class="c12">, and may appear as o-grade among others. This suffix forms verbs with iterative (repetition of an action, but only during one distinct occasion), frequentative (occasional repetition of an action on several undefined occasions), or intensive meaning.</span>
'''say''' séqes séqeti séqet sêqst


<span id="h.8v2pdbbu2lv4"></span>
'''see '''wéles wéleti wélet wêlst
==== <span class="c77">5.2.8.14                -dhHéti resultative formation (primary)</span> ====


<span>The resultative formation </span><span class="c27">(é)-dhHeti ~ (é)-dhHonti</span><span> generally expresses “to become X”. As a result it is most commonly formed from adjective roots.</span>
'''share''' dhajlés dhájletor dhájleto dhâjlsto


'''shout '''gâres gâreti gâret gêHrst


-----
'''show '''déjḱes déjḱti déjḱt dêjḱst


<span id="h.1skg7z2g5p71"></span>
'''sing''' kânes kHnéti kHnét kânst
== <span class="c41 c16">5.3                        Periphrastic forms</span> ==


<span class="c12">These verb forms are a combination of a conjugated form and a non-finite form: a conjugated verb and a participle.</span>
'''speak''' wéqes wéqti wéqt wêqst


<span id="h.emd0848emo5g"></span>
'''stay '''ménes méneti ménet mênst
=== <span class="c63">5.3.1                        Explicit future tense</span> ===


<span>Although the nonpast tense can be used as an implicit future, a periphrastic future can be expressed with the verb </span><span class="c27">Héjes</span><span> &quot;to go&quot;, with the supine form, such as </span><span class="c27">éǵ</span><span> </span><span class="c27">Héjmi Hdént</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I am going to eat, I will eat&quot;.</span>
'''take '''némes németi német nêmst


<span id="h.16yqtc5bnkfp"></span>
'''talk''' tl̥qés tlóqetor tlóqeto têlqsto
=== <span class="c63">5.3.2                        Perfect tense</span> ===


<span>The perfect tense is handled by the verb </span><span class="c27">kápes</span><span>, which is only used to form this particular tense. It carries the meaning of &quot;have X-ed&quot;. The nonpast tense is used with the past participle, such as </span><span class="c27">éǵ kápmi Hdtóm</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I have eaten&quot;.</span>
'''taste '''ǵéwses ǵéwseti ǵéwset ǵêwst (''← *ǵēws-s-t'')


<span>If there is no direct object, the neuter form </span><span class="c27">-tóm</span><span> of the participle should be used. However, if there is a direct object, the past participle should match the gender of the object, such as </span><span class="c27">íd kápti Hdtâ îm̥</span><span class="c12"> &quot;it has eaten her&quot;.</span>
'''think '''ténges tn̥gjéti tn̥gjét têngst


<span id="h.qkscmp6302mt"></span>
'''try '''sknés skénetor skéneto skênsto
=== <span class="c63">5.3.3                        Pluperfect tense</span> ===


<span>The pluperfect &quot;had X-ed&quot; can be formed by changing the conjugated from of </span><span class="c27">kápes</span><span> from the nonpast to the aorist, such as </span><span class="c27">éǵ kâpsm̥ Hdtóm </span><span class="c12">&quot;I had eaten&quot;. The participle must also agree as in the perfect tense.</span>
'''turn''' wértes wértti wért wêrtst


<span id="h.o9s1hwtrihql"></span>
'''use''' bhrūgjés bhrūgjétor bhrūgjéto bhréwgsto
=== <span class="c63">5.3.4                        Future perfect tense</span> ===


<span>Instead of using </span><span class="c27">kápes</span><span>, the future formation of </span><span class="c27">Héjes</span><span> must be used with the supine form </span><span class="c27">kapént</span><span> and a past participle, such as </span><span class="c27">éǵ Héjmi kapént Hdtóm</span><span> &quot;I will have eaten&quot;. Once again, that the participle must agree with the object's gender is retained.</span>
'''utter''' jékes jékti jékt jêkst


'''walk '''câs cHjéti cHjét câst


-----
'''want''' wélHes wélHeti wélHet wêlHst


<span id="h.5aby9jrolo1s"></span>
'''wash (oneself) '''léwHjes lūjéti lūjét lêwHst
=== <span class="c63">5.3.5                        Continuous tenses</span> ===


<span class="c12">A continuous tense indicates an explicitly imperfective tense, showing that an action is underway and incomplete.</span>
'''watch''' spéḱes spéḱti spéḱt spêḱst


<span>Continuous tenses can be formed with the nonpast and imperfect conjugations of </span><span class="c27">Héses</span><span> along with a present participle, such as </span><span class="c27">Hésmi Hdónts</span><span> &quot;I am eating&quot;, or </span><span class="c27">Hésm̥ Hdónts</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I was eating&quot;.</span>
'''wear''' usés wés(t)or wésto wêsto (← ''wḗs-s-to'')


<span>In addition, the future tense can form a continuous: </span><span class="c27">Héjmi Hsént Hdónts</span><span> &quot;I will be eating&quot;, and </span><span class="c27">Héjmi kapént Hstóm Hdónts</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I will have been eating&quot;.</span>
'''write''' gérbhes gr̥bhéti gr̥bhét gêrbhst


<span id="h.gmtza4ag3i8c"></span>
'''be working '''wérǵjes wr̥ǵjéti wr̥ǵjét ⸻
=== <span class="c63">5.3.6                        Imperfective anterior</span> ===


<span>This construction translates as &quot;was going to X&quot;. It can either take the imperfect or the aorist form of </span><span class="c27">Héses</span><span>, with the present participle of </span><span class="c27">Héjes</span><span> and the supine. The aorist form is usually used as a simple description of events: </span><span class="c27">bhéwHsm̥ Hjónts Hdént</span><span> &quot;I was going to eat&quot;. The imperfect form, on the contrary, is usually used to introduce the context before another action, with the second action being placed in the aorist: </span><span class="c27">Hésm̥ Hjónts Hdént, </span><span class="c27">qomóḱs </span><sup>[[#cmnt9|[i]]]</sup><span class="c27">ís cémt</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I was going to eat when he came&quot;.</span>


<span class="c12"></span>
=== B.2 Nouns ===


<span id="h.dmxosdxp95p"></span>
noun nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.
=== <span class="c63">5.3.7                        Passive forms</span> ===


<span>SAvIE makes no distinction between the middle and the passive, preferring only to use a passive. This is formed with any conjugated form of </span><span class="c27">Héses</span><span> with the passive participle, such as </span><span class="c27">bhéwHsm̥ Hdm̥Hnós</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I was eaten&quot;.</span>
'''baker ''''''''m.''''' bhōgós bhōgósjo bhōgôs bhōgôm


<span>Periphrastic tenses can also be made passive: </span><span class="c27">Hésm̥ Hjónts Hsént Hdm̥Hnós, qomóḱs ís cémt </span><span>&quot;I was going to be eaten when he came&quot;.</span>
'''book ''''''''m.''''' gérbhs gr̥bhés gérbhes gr̥bhôm


'''''m.''''' lubhrós lubhrósjo lubhrôs lubhrôm


-----
'''bread ''''''''m.'''''''' '''bhôgos bhôgosjo bhôgōs bhôgōm


<span id="h.cp52ocrs55fn"></span>
<blockquote>dhonâ dhonâs dhonâs dhonâōm
== <span class="c41 c16">5.4                        Subjunctive</span> ==
</blockquote>
'''brother ''''''''m.'''''''' '''bhrâtēr bhrâtr̥s bhrâteres bhrâtrōm


<span class="c12">The subjunctive is a conjugated verb form used either to express uncertainty semantically, or to express a relative clause.</span>
'''''m.''''' 〃 bhr̥Htrés 〃 bhr̥Htrôm


<span id="h.ky6azw4im3wh"></span>
'''coin ''''''''f.'''''''' '''mónētā mónētās mónētās mónētāōm
=== <span class="c63">5.4.1                        Nonpast subjunctive</span> ===


<span>The subjunctive of root thematic nonpast verbs simply lengthens the theme vowel, with </span><span class="c27">-ō</span><span> gaining </span><span class="c27">-H</span><span>; given the proto-form is </span><span class="c20">*-ōh₂</span><span>, no change is expected, but </span><span class="c27">-H</span><span> is added to distinguish the subjunctive form from the indicative.</span>
'''''m.''''' nómos nómosjo nómōs nómōm


{| class="wikitable c11"
'''earth ''''''''f.'''''''' '''dhéǵhōm (dh)ǵhmés ⸻ ⸻
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Thematic nonpast verb</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
'''father ''''''''m.''''' pHtêr pHtrés pHtéres pHtrôm


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
'''fish ''''''''m.''''' péjsks piskés péjskes piskôm


|- class="c18"
'''friend ''''''''m.''''' dhrowghós dhrowghósjo dhrowghôs dhrowghôm
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ō</span>
'''friend, close ''''''''m.''''' bhílos bhílosjo bhílôs bhílōm


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérōH </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">I bear</span>
'''grain ''''''''n.''''' ǵr̥Hnóm ǵr̥Hnósjo ǵr̥Hnâ ǵr̥nôm


|- class="c18"
'''house ''''''''f.''''' dôm déms dómes démōm
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ēsi</span>
'''money ''''''''m.''''' pḱunós pḱunósjo pḱunôs pḱunôm


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérēsi </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">you bear</span>
'''mother ''''''''f.''''' mâtēr mâtr̥s mâteres mâtrōm


|- class="c18"
'''''f.''''' 〃 m̥Htrés 〃 m̥Htrôm
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ēti</span>
'''nose ''''''''f.''''' nâs n̥Hsés nâses n̥Hsôm


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérēti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20 c24">he/she/it bear</span>
'''person ''''''''m.'''''''' '''ǵhmô ǵhm̥nés ǵhmónes ǵhm̥nôm


|- class="c18"
'''salt'''''''' f.'''''''' '''sâls sHlés ''sâles sHlôm''
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ōmos</span>
'''sister ''''''''f.''''' swésōr susrés swésores susrôm


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérōmos </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">we bear</span>
'''story (account) ''''''''n.'''''''' '''wéjdtōrmn̥ widtōrméns wéjdtōrmō widtōrm̥nés


|- class="c18"
'''story (tale) ''''''''n.'''''''' '''câdhlom câdhlosjo câdhlā câdhlōm
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ēte</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérēte </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">you (pl.) bear</span>
=== B.3 Adjectives ===


|- class="c18"
adjective nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>


| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ōnti</span>
'''dark '''dhuskós dhuskósjo dhuskôs dhuskôm


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">bhérōnti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">they bear</span>
'''red''' Hrowdhós Hrowdhósjo Hrowdhôs Hrowdhôm


|}
Hrudhrós Hrudhrósjo Hrudhrôs Hrudhrôm


<span class="c12"></span>
'''tall (of people) '''stHrós stHrósjo stHrôs stHrôm


<span class="c12">The athematic nonpast verbs, meanwhile, are converted to thematic verbs with acrostatic stress.</span>
'''thin''' mHḱrós mHḱrósjo mHḱrôs mHḱrôm


{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Athematic nonpast verb</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
== C Common phrases ==


| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Example</span>


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ō</span>


| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédō</span><span class="c20 c27"> </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) I eat</span>
== D Full alphabet and alternative scripts ==


|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>


| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-esi</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédesi </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) you eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>
| class="c34 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-eti</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédeti </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) he/she/it eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>
| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-omos</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédomos </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) we eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ete</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédete </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) you (pl.) eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>
| class="c34 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-onti</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c27">Hédonti </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) they eat</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.ryo2ri4vyo6y"></span>
=== <span class="c63">5.4.2                        Imperfect subjunctive</span> ===
<span class="c12">There is no imperfect subjunctive in SAvIE; the habitual subjunctive should be used instead.</span>
<span id="h.luy7nmadf2ch"></span>
=== <span class="c63">5.4.3                        Aorist subjunctive</span> ===
<span class="c12">Since the aorist uses athematic secondary endings, the subjunctive changes these to thematic primary endings, and keeps a lengthened e-grade root with acrostatic stress.</span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Aorist verb</span>
| class="c58"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
| class="c30"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>
| class="c58 c50"| <span class="c12">(ê)-sō</span>
| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrsō </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20">I bore</span>
<span class="c27">Hêdsō </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">I ate</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>
| class="c58 c50"| <span class="c12">(ê)-sesi</span>
| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrsesi </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20">you bore</span>
<span class="c27">Hêdsesi </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">you ate</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>
| class="c58 c50"| <span class="c12">(ê)-seti</span>
| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrseti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20">he/she/it bore</span>
<span class="c27">Hêdseti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it ate</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>
| class="c58 c46"| <span class="c12">(ê)-somos</span>
| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrsomos </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c27"> </span><span class="c20">we bore</span>
<span class="c27">Hêdsomos </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c27"> </span><span class="c24 c20">we ate</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
| class="c46 c58"| <span class="c12">(ê)-sete</span>
| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrsete </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20">you (pl.) bore</span>
<span class="c27">Hêdsete </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20">you (pl.) ate</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>
| class="c58 c46"| <span class="c12">(ê)-sonti</span>
| class="c30"| <span class="c27">bhêrsonti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20">they bore</span>
<span class="c27">Hêdsonti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">they ate</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.4ek3pgmvhosr"></span>
=== <span class="c63">5.4.4                        Habitual subjunctive</span> ===
<span class="c12">In the habitual subjunctive of dynamic verbs, the theme vowel is lengthened and used with primary endings, against a zero-grade root, with accent always falling on the endings as in the indicative.</span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Dynamic habitual verb</span>
| class="c66"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-ôH</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">HdôH </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">I used to eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-êsi</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdêsi </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">you used to eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(∅)-êti</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdêti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it used to eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-ômos</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdômos </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">we used to eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-ête</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdête </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">you used to eat</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(∅)-ônti</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">Hdônti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">they used to eat</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12">The habitual subjunctive of stative verbs, by contrast, takes an e-grade root with acrostatic stress, and thematic primary endings, identical to root thematic verbs.</span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Stative habitual verb</span>
| class="c66"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ō</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdō </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">I used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-esi</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdesi </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">you used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-eti</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdeti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">he/she/it used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-omos</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdomos </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">we used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ete</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdete </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c24 c20">you (pl.) used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-onti</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdonti </span><span class="c20">(that) </span><span class="c20">they used to know</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.1sq0jadhy0dn"></span>
=== <span class="c63">5.4.5                        Stative-type subjunctives</span> ===
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Stative habitual verb</span>
| class="c66"| <span class="c12">Model</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">Example</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-ō</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdō </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) I used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-esi</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdesi </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) you used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person singular</span>
| class="c66 c50"| <span class="c12">(é)-eti</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdeti </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) he/she/it used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">1st person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-omos</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdomos </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) we used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">2nd person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-ete</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdete </span><span class="c24 c20">(that) you (pl.) used to know</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c64"| <span class="c12">3rd person plural</span>
| class="c66 c46"| <span class="c12">(é)-onti</span>
| class="c64"| <span class="c27">wéjdonti </span><span class="c20">(that) they used to know</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.oha356c3vhu8"></span>
=== <span class="c63">5.4.6                        Deponent subjunctives</span> ===
<span class="c12">As is the case with active verbs, there is no form for the imperfect, and the habitual must be used to cover both tenses.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c134"| <span class="c32">Deponent subjunctive</span>
| class="c124"| <span class="c32">Nonpast</span>
| class="c124"| <span class="c32">Aorist</span>
| class="c124"| <span class="c32">Habitual</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c134"| <span class="c32">1st person singular</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c75 c131">athematic</span><span class="c32">(é)-ōr</span>
<span class="c75 c131">thematic</span><span class="c75">(é)-ōHar</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c32">(ê)-sōr</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ôHar</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c134"| <span class="c32">2nd person singular</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-etHar</span>
<span class="c32">(é)-ētHar</span>
| class="c50 c124"| <span class="c32">(ê)-setHar</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-êtHar</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c134"| <span class="c32">3rd person singular</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-etor</span>
<span class="c32">(é)-ētor</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c32">(ê)-setor</span>
| class="c124 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-êtor</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c134"| <span class="c32">1st person plural</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(é)-omosdhH</span>
<span class="c32">(é)-ōmosdhH</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(ê)-somosdhH</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ômosdhH</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c134"| <span class="c32">2nd person plural</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(é)-edhHwe</span>
<span class="c32">(é)-ēdhHwe</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(ê)-sedhHwe</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-êdhHwe</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c134"| <span class="c32">3rd person plural</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor</span>
<span class="c32">(é)-ōror ~ (é)-ōntor</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(ê)-sontor ~ (ê)-soror</span>
| class="c124 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ôror ~ (∅)-ôntor</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.1997y2fs6i3p"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">5.5                        The irregular verb Héses</span> ==
<span class="c27">Héses</span><span> &quot;to be&quot; is an irregular verb; it is suppletive in the aorist indicative and aorist and habitual subjunctive tense, where it takes from the stem </span><span class="c27">bhū-</span><span>, from </span><span class="c20">*bʰuH-</span><span>. It is important to note that the lengthened grade (seen in the aorist) is </span><span class="c27">bhéwH-</span><span>, filling in an </span><span class="c27">-e-</span><span> by analogy, treating </span><span class="c27">bhū-</span><span> as the zero-grade and </span><span class="c27">bhéwH-</span><span class="c12"> as the full-grade form.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>This is the complete conjugation of </span><span class="c27">Héses</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c18"
| class="c74" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Héses</span>
<span class="c12">&quot;to be&quot;</span>
| class="c106" colspan="4"| <span class="c12">Indicative</span>
| class="c110" colspan="3"| <span class="c12">Subjunctive</span>
| class="c74" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">Imp.</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c12">Nonp.</span>
| class="c74"| <span class="c12">Impf.</span>
| class="c121"| <span class="c12">Aor.</span>
| class="c74"| <span class="c12">Hab.</span>
| class="c71"| <span class="c12">Nonp.</span>
| class="c118"| <span class="c12">Aor.</span>
| class="c71"| <span class="c12">Hab.</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">1st sg.</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hésmi</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hésm̥</span>
| class="c121 c50"| <span class="c9">bhéwHsm̥</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hsóm</span>
| class="c50 c71"| <span class="c9">Hésō</span>
| class="c50 c118"| <span class="c9">bhéwHsō</span>
| class="c71 c50"| <span class="c9">bhūôH</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c26"> </span><span class="c26 c20 c140">⸻</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">2nd sg.</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hési</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hés</span>
| class="c121 c50"| <span class="c9">bhéwHs</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hsés</span>
| class="c71 c50"| <span class="c9">Hésesi</span>
| class="c118 c50"| <span class="c9">bhéwHesi</span>
| class="c71 c50"| <span class="c9">bhūêsi</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hsdhí</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">3rd sg.</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hésti</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hést</span>
| class="c121 c50"| <span class="c9">bhéwHst</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Hsét</span>
| class="c71 c50"| <span class="c9">Héseti</span>
| class="c118 c50"| <span class="c9">bhéwHseti</span>
| class="c71 c50"| <span class="c9">bhūêti</span>
| class="c74 c50"| <span class="c9">Héstu</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">1st pl.</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hsmós</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hsmé</span>
| class="c19"| <span class="c9">bhûsme</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hsóme</span>
| class="c71 c46"| <span class="c9">Hésomos</span>
| class="c118 c46"| <span class="c9">bhéwHsomos</span>
| class="c71 c46"| <span class="c9">bhūômos</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c140 c26 c20">⸻</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">2nd pl.</span>
| class="c46 c149" colspan="2"| <span class="c9">Hsté</span>
| class="c19"| <span class="c9">bhûste</span>
| class="c46 c74"| <span class="c9">Hséte</span>
| class="c71 c46"| <span class="c9">Hésete</span>
| class="c118 c46"| <span class="c9">bhéwHsete</span>
| class="c71 c46"| <span class="c9">bhūête</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hsté</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">3rd pl.</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hsénti</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hsént</span>
| class="c19"| <span class="c9">bhûsn̥t</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hsónt</span>
| class="c71 c46"| <span class="c9">Hésonti</span>
| class="c118 c46"| <span class="c9">bhéwHsonti</span>
| class="c71 c46"| <span class="c9">bhūônti</span>
| class="c74 c46"| <span class="c9">Hséntu</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">Prs. p.</span>
| class="c115 c101" colspan="8"| <span class="c9">Hsónts ~ Hséntī ~ Hsóntas ~ Hsónt</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">Pst. p.</span>
| class="c115 c101" colspan="8"| <span class="c9">Hstós ~ Hstâ ~ Hstás ~ Hstóm</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">Pass. p.</span>
| class="c101 c115" colspan="8"| <span class="c140 c26 c20">none</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">Purp.</span>
| class="c115 c101" colspan="8"| <span class="c9">Hésos</span>
|- class="c18"
| class="c74"| <span class="c33">Supine</span>
| class="c115 c101" colspan="8"| <span class="c9">Hsént</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.4w6lh9k2d0v9"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">6                        Gender-neutral paradigm</span> =
<span class="c12">In SAvIE, there exists a newly-developed gender-neutral form which encompasses a pronoun and large selection of adjectival endings corresponding with each of the adjectives above that has explicitly gendered forms, meaning that common-gender forms are not covered by this paradigm.</span>
<span class="c12">The basis of the gender-neutral paradigm is the sound /a/, spelt as ⟨a⟩.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12">Its pronominal form is as follows:</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12">Nominative</span>
<span class="c122 c120">Accusative</span>
<span class="c22 c120">Genitive</span>
<span class="c102 c120">Dative</span>
<span class="c119 c142">Locative</span>
<span class="c123 c120 c99 c142">Adjective</span>
<span class="c15 c16">3rd singular neutral</span>
<span class="c12">jás</span>
<span class="c12">jám</span>
<span class="c12">jás</span>
<span class="c12">jâj</span>
<span class="c12">jaj</span>
<span class="c12">(</span>
<span class="c12">swós</span>
<span class="c12">/-â</span>
<span class="c12">/-ás</span>
<span class="c12">/-óm</span>
<span class="c12">)</span>
<span class="c15 c16">3rd plural neutral</span>
<span class="c12">jâs</span>
<span class="c12">jáms</span>
<span class="c12">jáōm</span>
<span class="c12">jámos</span>
<span class="c12">jásu</span>
<span class="c12">(</span>
<span class="c12">swós</span>
<span class="c12">/-â</span>
<span class="c12">/-ás</span>
<span class="c12">/-óm</span>
<span class="c12">)</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>Adjectives, consequently, all decline with </span><span class="c27">a</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c78"| <span class="c32"></span>
| class="c78"| <span class="c9">-onts → -éntas</span>
| class="c78"| <span class="c9">-us → -was</span>
| class="c78"| <span class="c9">-wénts → -wéntas</span>
| class="c78"| <span class="c9">-os → -oas → -ōs </span>
| class="c78"| <span class="c9">-s → -as</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c78"| <span class="c9">Nominative sg.</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éntas</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-was</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-wéntas</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c75">-o-as </span><span class="c26">→ </span><span class="c32">-ōs</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(é)-as</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c78"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive sg.</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-n̥tás</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éwas</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-wn̥tás</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c75">-o-as-jo </span><span class="c26">→ </span><span class="c32">-ōsjo</span>
| class="c78 c50"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ás</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c78"| <span class="c9">Nominative pl.</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éntajes</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c32">(é)-ewajes</span>
| class="c46 c78"| <span class="c32">(∅)-wéntajes</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c75">-o-ajes </span><span class="c26">→ </span><span class="c32">-ōjes</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c32">(é)-ajes</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c78"| <span class="c31 c26">Genitive pl.</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-n̥tájōm</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-éwajōm</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-wn̥tájōm</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c75">-o-ajōm </span><span class="c26">→ </span><span class="c32">-ōjōm</span>
| class="c78 c46"| <span class="c32">(∅)-ájōm</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>An example of this is </span><span class="c27">éǵ wéjdō qid jás Hésti Hwéswas</span><span> &quot;I know that they (sg.) are good&quot;.</span>
-----
<span id="h.2rhlublgw4u4"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">7                        Pro-forms</span> =
<span>SAvIE pro-forms include pronouns and demonstratives, and question forms known as </span><span class="c20">wh-words</span><span class="c12">. They are outlined in the table below.</span>
{| class="wikitable c151"
|- class="c14"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32"></span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">interr.</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;what?&quot;</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">proximal</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;this&quot;</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">medial</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;that&quot;</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">distal</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;yon&quot;</span>
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">assertive</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;some&quot;</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">elective</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;any&quot;</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">universal</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;every&quot;</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">negative</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;no(ne)&quot;</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">alternative</span>
<span class="c70 c20">&quot;other&quot;</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">determiner</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qós?</span>
<span class="c32">qâ?</span>
<span class="c32">qod?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">só</span>
<span class="c32">sâ</span>
<span class="c32">tod</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">Hénos</span>
<span class="c32">Hénā</span>
<span class="c32">Hénom</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">Hl̥nós</span>
<span class="c32">Hl̥nâ</span>
<span class="c32">Hl̥nóm</span>
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">Hojwós</span>
<span class="c32">Hojwâ</span>
<span class="c32">Hojwóm</span>
| class="c72" rowspan="3"| <span class="c32">qísqe ~</span>
<span class="c32">ojnolós</span>
<span class="c32">qîqe ~</span>
<span class="c32">ojnolâ</span>
<span class="c32">qásqe ~</span>
<span class="c32">ojnolás</span>
<span class="c32">qídqe ~</span>
<span class="c32">ojnolóm</span>
| class="c85" rowspan="3"| <span class="c32">sl̥Hwós ~</span>
<span class="c32">-ôs</span>
<span class="c32">sl̥Hwâ ~</span>
<span class="c32">-âs</span>
<span class="c32">sl̥Hwás ~</span>
<span class="c32">-ájes</span>
<span class="c32">sl̥Hwóm ~</span>
<span class="c32">-â</span>
<span class="c20 c75">or</span>
<span class="c32">wikós</span>
<span class="c32">/ -â / -ás</span>
<span class="c32">/ -óm</span>
| class="c94" rowspan="3"| <span class="c32">neqós ~</span>
<span class="c32">neojnolós</span>
<span class="c32">neqâ ~</span>
<span class="c32">neojnolâ</span>
<span class="c32">neqás ~</span>
<span class="c32">neojnolás</span>
<span class="c32">neqód ~</span>
<span class="c32">neojnolóm</span>
| class="c68" rowspan="3"| <span class="c32">Háljos</span>
<span class="c32">Háljā</span>
<span class="c32">Háljas</span>
<span class="c32">Háljom</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">human</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qís?</span>
<span class="c32">qî?</span>
<span class="c32">qás?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">ḱís</span>
<span class="c32">ḱī</span>
<span class="c32">ḱás</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">ḱênos</span>
<span class="c32">ḱênā</span>
<span class="c32">ḱênas</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">Hl̥nós</span>
<span class="c32">Hl̥nâ</span>
<span class="c32">Hl̥nás</span>
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">Hójwos</span>
<span class="c32">Hójwā</span>
<span class="c32">Hójwas</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">object</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qíd?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">ḱíd</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">ḱênod</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">Hl̥nóm</span>
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">Hójwom</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">dual</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qíteros?</span>
<span class="c32">qíterā?</span>
<span class="c32">qíteras?</span>
<span class="c32">qíterom?</span>
<span class="c75"> </span><span class="c70 c20">~ qó-</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c70 c20">ḱíteros</span>
<span class="c70 c20">etc.</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">⸻ →</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c70 c20">Hl̥nóteros</span>
<span class="c70 c20">etc.</span>
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">⸻ →</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">qíterosqe</span>
<span class="c70 c20">~ qó-</span>
<span class="c70 c20">etc.</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">Hm̥bhô</span>
<span class="c32">Hm̥bhâH</span>
<span class="c75">Hm̥bhój</span><sup>[[#ftnt2|[2]]]</sup>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">neqíteros</span>
<span class="c20 c70">~ qó-</span>
<span class="c70 c20">etc.</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">Háljoteros</span>
<span class="c70 c20">etc.</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">location</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">kúr?</span>
<span class="c32">qór?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">ḱér</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">Hénâḱe</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">ísḱe</span>
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">Hojwâḱe</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">kúrqe</span>
<span class="c32">qórqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">wikómḱe</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">nekúr</span>
<span class="c32">neqór</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">Háljāḱe</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">source</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qôdhe?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">tosjāsdhe</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">Hénosjāsdhe</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">Hl̥nâsdhe</span>
| class="c76" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">qôdheqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">wikâsdhe</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">neqôdhe</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">Háljāsdhe</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">goal</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qómde?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">tâmde</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">Hénāmde</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">Hl̥nâmde</span>
| class="c76" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">qómdeqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">wikómde</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">neqómde</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">Háljāmdhe</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">time</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qódō?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">nú</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">tóqe</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">← ⸻</span>
| class="c76" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">qódōqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">wídō</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">neqódō</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">amount</span>
<span class="c32">quantity</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qótjos?</span>
<span class="c32">qîonts?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">tótjos</span>
<span class="c32">tâonts</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">← ⸻</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">← ⸻</span>
| class="c76" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">qótjosqe</span>
<span class="c32">qîontsqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">number</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qóti?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">tóti</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">← ⸻</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">← ⸻</span>
| class="c76" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">qótiqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">manner</span>
<span class="c70 c20">(instr.)</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qéj?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">tónō</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">⸻ →</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">Hl̥nô</span>
| class="c76" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">qéjqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
|- class="c86"
| class="c79"| <span class="c32">reason</span>
<span class="c70 c20">(abl.)</span>
| class="c21"| <span class="c32">qô?</span>
| class="c72"| <span class="c32">tósmōd</span>
| class="c105"| <span class="c32">⸻ →</span>
| class="c88"| <span class="c32">Hl̥nôd</span>
| class="c76" colspan="2"| <span class="c32">qôqe</span>
| class="c85"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c94"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
| class="c68"| <span class="c32">⸻</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>These forms will be explained below.</span>
-----
<span id="h.cs9lheo3yfxg"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">7.1                        Determiner and pronoun</span> ==
<span>There are differences between determiner forms and pronoun forms. Determiner forms are bound morphemes, and can only be used in conjunction with a nominal. So, </span><span class="c27">qós?</span><span> cannot be used independently, but must always be used as </span><span class="c27">qós ǵhmô?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;which person?&quot;.</span>
<span>Similarly, the pronoun form can only be used independently, and not to qualify a nominal, such as </span><span class="c27">qís cémt?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;who came?&quot;.</span>
<span>In addition, the dual forms </span><span class="c27">qóteros?</span><span class="c20 c27"> </span><span>and </span><span class="c27">qíteros?</span><span> also display this distinction: </span><span class="c27">qóteros ǵhmô cémt?</span><span> &quot;which of the two people came?&quot; as opposed to </span><span class="c27">qíteros cémt?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;which (of the two) came?&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.ttzo0n6qwmyg"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">7.2                        Interrogative and relative forms</span> ==
<span>As mentioned in </span><span class="c27">2.2</span><span>, there is absolute syncretism between the interrogative (question) forms, and relative forms, so the same word will be used for </span><span class="c27">qís cémt?</span><span> &quot;who came?&quot; as in </span><span class="c27">só ǵhmô qis cémt </span><span class="c12">&quot;the person who came&quot;. The difference between the words, as seen in the examples, is that the interrogative forms must be stressed, but the relative forms do not need to be.</span>
<span id="h.mhfg8r3247nr"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">7.3                        Proximal, medial, distal</span> ==
<span>There are three levels of deixis in SAvIE. If one imagines two people speaking to each other, deixis works like this: the </span><span class="c20">proximal</span><span> indicates something which is closest to the speaker, the </span><span class="c20">medial</span><span> indicates something close to the listener, and the </span><span class="c20">distal</span><span class="c12"> far from both.</span>
<span id="h.t36200ya73r2"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">7.4                        Location, source, goal</span> ==
<span>There is a small difference between these forms. Since </span><span class="c20">source</span><span> and </span><span class="c20">goal</span><span> are fairly self explanatory (indicating respectively where something comes from and what something goes to), location indicates where something exists statically, and lacks any implication of movement. As such, it tends to be used with </span><span class="c27">Héses</span><span> often: </span><span class="c27">kúr Hésti ís?</span><span> &quot;where is he?&quot;, whereas the source/goal forms tend to be used often with verbs of motion: </span><span class="c27">qôdhe cémt ís? </span><span>&quot;where did he come from?&quot;, and </span><span class="c27">qómde Hêjst ís?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;where did he go to?&quot;.</span>
<span>However, colloquially, the location form can be used for both of these: </span><span class="c27">kúr cémt ís?</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">kúr Hêjst ís?</span><span class="c12">, especially when the context is clear.</span>
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.aqq5b0es5vz3"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">8                        Numerals</span> =
<span class="c12">There are two major classes of numerals, the cardinal and the ordinal. Cardinal numerals indicate plain numbers, and ordinal numerals indicate the order of a number in a series.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.mo9h8dx8tacx"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.1                        &quot;one&quot;</span> ==
<span>The number 1 conjugates as a regular adjective. Its base form is </span><span class="c27">Hójnos</span><span>, which is related to the indefinite article </span><span class="c27">Hójwos</span><span>, with a suppletive ordinal form </span><span class="c27">pr̥Hwós</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12"></span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Cardinal</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Ordinal</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Hójnos</span>
<span class="c12">Hójnā</span>
<span class="c12">Hójnas</span>
<span class="c12">Hójnom</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">pr̥Hwós ~ pr̥Hmós</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwâ</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwás</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwóm</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive sg.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Hójnosjo</span>
<span class="c12">Hójnās</span>
<span class="c12">Hójnasjo</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">pr̥Hwósjo</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwâs</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwásjo</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>
| class="c34" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">⸻</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">pr̥Hwôs</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwâs</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwájes</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwâ</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive pl.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">pr̥Hwôm</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwâōm</span>
<span class="c12">pr̥Hwájōm</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12">There is no plural form for the cardinal, since you cannot express one of multiple things.</span>
<span id="h.siig76yn49br"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.2                        &quot;two&quot;</span> ==
<span>The number 2 does not decline for case, its form is </span><span class="c27">dwô</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">dwâH</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">dwój(H)</span><span> in cardinal form. Its ordinal form is either </span><span class="c27">Hánteros</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">Hánterā</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">Hánterom</span><span> (noting the contrastive ending), or </span><span class="c27">séqonts</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">séqontī</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">séqont</span><span> (from a participial form of the verb </span><span class="c27">séqeti</span><span> &quot;to follow&quot;). It also has the special prefix form </span><span class="c27">dwi-</span><span>.</span>
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.ahb2rrka3euc"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.3                        &quot;three&quot;</span> ==
<span>Beginning with</span><span class="c27"> tréjes</span><span> &quot;three&quot;, the ordinal numbers become more regularised. Despite being slightly irregular, these forms do in fact decline as though their nominative singular ended in </span><span class="c27">-s</span><span>, with the oblique stem </span><span class="c27">trí-</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">tr̥j-</span><span>. The feminine stem, exceptionally, is </span><span class="c27">tisr-</span><span>, and also declines as a noun in </span><span class="c27">-s</span><span>. It also has the special prefix form </span><span class="c27">tri-</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12"></span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Cardinal</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Ordinal</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>
| class="c34" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">⸻</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tritós</span>
<span class="c12">tritâ</span>
<span class="c12">tritás</span>
<span class="c12">tritóm</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive sg.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tritósjo</span>
<span class="c12">tritâs</span>
<span class="c12">tritásjo</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tréjes</span>
<span class="c12">tísres</span>
<span class="c12">trájes</span>
<span class="c12">trî</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tritôs</span>
<span class="c12">tritâs</span>
<span class="c12">tritájes</span>
<span class="c12">tritâ</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive pl.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tr̥jôm</span>
<span class="c12">tisrôm</span>
<span class="c12">tr̥jájōm</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tritôm</span>
<span class="c12">tritâōm</span>
<span class="c12">tritájōm</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.aj5id1p0uwvd"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.3                        &quot;four&quot;</span> ==
<span>Similarly to &quot;three&quot;, the number 4 has a feminine stem </span><span class="c27">qétesr- </span><span>(oblique </span><span class="c27">qetesr-</span><span>) and a stem for all other genders </span><span class="c27">qetwór-</span><span> (oblique </span><span class="c27">qetur-</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">qetwr̥-</span><span class="c12">).</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12"></span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Cardinal</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Ordinal</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative sg.</span>
| class="c34" rowspan="2"| <span class="c12">⸻</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qetwr̥tós</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tâ</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tás</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tóm</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive sg.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qetwr̥tósjo</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tâs</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tásjo</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Nominative pl.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qetwóres</span>
<span class="c12">qétesres</span>
<span class="c12">qetwórajes</span>
<span class="c12">qetwôr</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qetwr̥tôs</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tâs</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tásjo</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tâ</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c22 c16">Genitive pl.</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qeturôm</span>
<span class="c12">qetesrôm</span>
<span class="c12">qeturájōm</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qetwr̥tôm</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tâōm</span>
<span class="c12">qetwr̥tájōm</span>
|}
<span id="h.usr1led6yq5f"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.4                        5 to 10</span> ==
<span class="c12">These numbers do not decline for gender or case.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12"></span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Cardinal</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Ordinal</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">5</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">pénqe</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">penqetós / -â / -óm</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">6</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">swéḱs</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">sweḱstós / -â / -óm</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">7</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">septḿ̥</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">septm̥mós / -â / -óm</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">8</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">(H)oḱtôw</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">(H)oḱtowós / -â / -óm</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">9</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Hnéwn̥</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Hnewn̥nós / -â / -óm</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">10</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">deḱm̥tós / -â / -óm</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.1zqy4x6tml8u"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.5                        11 to 19</span> ==
<span>These numbers do not seem to have reconstructible proto-language forms. As such, I am assigning them values with internal morphology: the number </span><span class="c27">déḱm̥</span><span>, followed by the augment particle </span><span class="c27">Hé</span><span>, and a number between 1 and 9, such as </span><span class="c27">déḱm̥ He Hójnos</span><span> &quot;eleven&quot;, to </span><span class="c27">déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥</span><span> &quot;nineteen&quot;. Alternatively, the numbers can be prefixed unstressed to </span><span class="c27">déḱm̥</span><span class="c12"> as below.</span>
<span class="c12">In counting without referring to any specific object, the neuter forms of the numbers 1-4 should be used. When the numbers are used attributively, they should match the gender and number of the following numeral.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12"></span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Cardinal</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Ordinal</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">11</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He Hójnom</span>
<span class="c12">Hojnodéḱm̥</span>
| class="c34" rowspan="9"| <span class="c12">deḱm̥tós / -â / -ás / -óm</span>
<span class="c12">+</span>
<span class="c24 c20">corresponding cardinal numbers</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">12</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He dwójH</span>
<span class="c12">dwidéḱm̥</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">13</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He trî</span>
<span class="c12">tridéḱm̥</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">14</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He qetwôr</span>
<span class="c12">qeturdéḱm̥</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">15</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He pénqe</span>
<span class="c12">penqedéḱm̥</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">16</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He swéḱs</span>
<span class="c12">sweḱsdéḱm̥</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">17</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He septḿ̥</span>
<span class="c12">septm̥déḱm̥</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">18</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He (H)oḱtôw</span>
<span class="c12">(H)oḱtōwdéḱm̥</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">19</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥</span>
<span class="c12">Hnewn̥déḱm̥</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.snsmje72lwua"></span>
== <span>8.6                        20 to 90</span> ==
<span>Each multiple of 10 has a unique term, and combines with numbers exactly as </span><span class="c27">déḱm̥</span><span class="c12"> does.</span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c12"></span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Cardinal</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Ordinal</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">20</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">(d)wídḱm̥ti</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">(d)widḱm̥tós</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">30</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tridḱómt</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">tridḱm̥tós</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">40</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qétwr̥dḱómt</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">qétwr̥dkm̥tós</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">50</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">penqedḱómt</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">penqedḱm̥tós</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">60</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">sweḱsdḱómt</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">sweḱsdḱm̥tós</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">70</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">septm̥dḱómt</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">septm̥dkm̥tós</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">80</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">(H)oḱtódḱomt</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">(H)oḱtodḱm̥tós</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">90</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Hnéwn̥dḱomt</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c12">Hnewn̥dkm̥tós</span>
|}
<span id="h.x2ksqgngvzja"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.7                        Prefix forms</span> ==
<span class="c12">There are special forms used for prefixing numbers to nominals.</span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c53"| <span class="c33"></span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">Cardinal</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">1</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">sm̥-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">2</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">dwi-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">3</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">tri-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">4</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">qetwr̥-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">5</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">penqe-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c16 c65 c89">6</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">sweḱs-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">7</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">septm̥-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">8</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">(H)oḱto-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">9</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">Hnewn̥-</span>
|- class="c17"
| class="c53"| <span class="c89 c16 c65">10, and multiples</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c33">dekm̥-, -dkm̥t-</span>
|}
<span id="h.agv4ltxktajm"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.8                        Larger numbers</span> ==
<span>The numbers 100 and 1,000 are </span><span class="c27">ḱm̥tóm</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵhéslom</span><span> </span><span class="c27">~</span><span> </span><span class="c27">tûsonts</span><span>. </span><span class="c27">ḱm̥tóm</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵhéslom</span><span> are invariable, whereas </span><span class="c27">tûsonts</span><span> declines as a regular </span><span class="c27">-onts</span><span> noun or adjective. Their ordinal forms are </span><span class="c27">ḱm̥tontós </span><span>&quot;hundredth&quot; and </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵhelsontós</span><span> </span><span class="c27">~</span><span> </span><span class="c27">tūsontós </span><span class="c12">&quot;thousandth&quot;. </span>
<span>A derivative of </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵhéslom</span><span>, combined with the augmentative suffix, giving </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵhéslōnom </span><span>(shortened from </span><span class="c20">*(sm̥)ǵhésloHonom</span><span>) is used to mean &quot;million&quot; with the ordinal form </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵheslōntós</span><span>; further derivation gives </span><span class="c27">disǵhéslōnom </span><span>(ordinal form </span><span class="c27">disǵheslōntós</span><span>), meaning &quot;billion&quot; and </span><span class="c27">trisǵhéslōnom</span><span> (ordinal form </span><span class="c27">trisǵheslōntós</span><span>) for &quot;trillion&quot;. Prefix forms can be used even further, giving simple prefixes up to </span><span class="c27">deḱm̥ǵhéslōnom</span><span> &quot;decillion&quot;, and much greater numbers up to </span><span class="c27">Hnéwn̥dḱomtHnéwn̥ǵhéslōnom</span><span class="c12"> for &quot;novemnonagintillion&quot;.</span>
<span>The connector </span><span class="c27">He</span><span> should only be used between tens and units of each group of three numbers. So, the number </span><span class="c27">987,654,321</span><span> would be represented as </span><span class="c27">Hnéwn̥ ḱm̥tóm Hoḱtodḱómt </span><span class="c141 c27">He</span><span class="c27"> </span><span class="c27">septḿ̥ ǵhéslōnā, swéḱs ḱm̥tóm penqedḱómt </span><span class="c27 c141">He</span><span class="c27"> qetwôr túsontH, trî ḱm̥tóm (d)wídḱm̥ti </span><span class="c141 c27">He</span><span class="c27"> Hójnom</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span id="h.ntsuwqr6t2zg"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.9                        Multiplicative forms</span> ==
<span>Each number can be given a special multiplicative form, producing an adjective meaning &quot;X times&quot;. Multiplicatives are formed by affixing the special prefix of the numbers 1-10 to the word </span><span class="c27">-pléḱs </span><span>&quot;-fold&quot;.</span>
<span>For example, 1-4 produce the forms </span><span class="c27">sm̥pléḱs</span><span> &quot;single, onefold&quot;, </span><span class="c27">dwipléḱs</span><span> &quot;double, twofold&quot;, </span><span class="c27">tripléḱs </span><span>&quot;triple, threefold&quot;, and </span><span class="c27">qetwr̥pléḱs</span><span class="c12"> &quot;quadruple, fourfold&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.izhztdmngu9q"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.10                        Exceptional &quot;times&quot; forms.</span> ==
<span>The numbers 2 and 3 have the special forms </span><span class="c27">dís</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">trís</span><span>, meaning &quot;twice&quot; and &quot;thrice&quot; respectively.</span>
-----
<span id="h.x8pmwxrv30m7"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.11                        Collective forms</span> ==
<span>A collective numeral is one which specifies &quot;a group of X&quot;. The first form is </span><span class="c27">dwôdwō</span><span>, meaning &quot;pair&quot;. The rest are formed by suffixing </span><span class="c27">-ō</span><span> to the prefix form of a number, with an intervening </span><span class="c27">-l-</span><span> (as if from </span><span class="c27">-lós</span><span>) to prevent hiatus. The stress falls on the prefix in the nominative-vocative-accusative, and the ending in the oblique, as expected for </span><span class="c27">-ō</span><span>. This gives </span><span class="c27">tríō</span><span> &quot;trio, threesome&quot;, </span><span class="c27">qetwŕ̥ō</span><span> &quot;quartet, foursome&quot;, </span><span class="c27">qénqelō</span><span> &quot;quintet, fivesome&quot;, </span><span class="c27">swéḱsō</span><span> &quot;sextet&quot;, </span><span class="c27">septḿ̥ō</span><span> &quot;septet&quot;, </span><span class="c27">(H)oḱtólō</span><span> &quot;octet&quot;, </span><span class="c27">Hnéwnō</span><span> &quot;nonet&quot;, and </span><span class="c27">déḱmō</span><span> &quot;dectet&quot;. Using prefixed numbers makes forms such as </span><span class="c27">dwidéḱmō</span><span> &quot;dozen&quot;. The larger numbers give </span><span class="c27">ḱm̥tolō</span><span> &quot;group of a hundred&quot;, </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵhéslō ~ tûsontō</span><span> &quot;group of a thousand&quot;, and </span><span class="c27">(sm̥)ǵhéslōnō</span><span> &quot;group of a million&quot; with derivatives thereof.</span>
<span id="h.u7ca51bkqqmd"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">8.12                        Case agreement</span> ==
<span>The numbers 1,3, and 4, given that they decline, are used attributively as though they were adjectives, meaning the noun which they count can be in any case, and the case of the number and noun must agree: </span><span class="c27">Hójnos wīrós</span><span> &quot;one man&quot;, </span><span class="c59 c27">tr̥jôm wīrôm</span><span> &quot;of three men&quot;, </span><span class="c27 c125">qetwr̥mós wīrómos</span><span> &quot;(for/to) four men&quot;. Since other numbers do not decline, only the noun which they modify declines according to the function of the main noun: </span><span class="c27">éǵ wélō pénqe </span><span class="c129 c27">wīróms</span><span class="c27"> </span><span class="c12">&quot;I see five men&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.d37ig9pwu7yu"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">9                        Prepositions</span> =
<span>Prepositions in SAvIE always precede the nominal which they modify; they will always be placed before nouns and adjectives. They govern only one of two cases: the </span><span class="c152">locative </span><span>for prepositions which imply location at, near, or in relation to something, and the </span><span class="c129">accusative </span><span>for motion to or from, and everything else. So, prepositions such as </span><span class="c27">Hén</span><span> &quot;in&quot; can be used with different cases to modify their meaning, as in </span><span class="c27">Hén dém</span><span> &quot;in a house&quot; and </span><span class="c27">Hén dôm</span><span class="c12"> &quot;into a house&quot;.</span>
<span>Positional adverbs, such as </span><span class="c27">déḱs </span><span>&quot;(on the) right&quot;, can also be used, requiring the </span><span class="c59">genitive</span><span>: </span><span class="c27">déḱs tosjo déms</span><span class="c12"> &quot;to/on the right of the house&quot;.</span>
<span>Below is a list of prepositions and positional adverbs and their meanings with the cases they govern.</span>
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Preposition</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Meaning</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Preposition</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Meaning</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">bhêǵhs</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">without</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hpó</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c90">from</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">dê</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c90">from</span>
<span class="c97">of</span>
<span class="c59 c159">thanks to</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hpós</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">after</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">déḱs</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">on/to the right</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">ḱóm</span>
| class="c3" rowspan="2"| <span class="c90">with (using, in the company of)</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">énu</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">after</span>
<span class="c90">along</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">me</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">(H)éti</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">beyond</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">pér</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c104">through, via, by means of</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hén</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">in</span>
<span class="c90">into</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">péri</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">about, regarding, because of</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Héǵhs</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">out (of)</span>
<span class="c90">out (from)</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">préti</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">towards</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Heǵhstós</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">outside of</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">préj</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">in front of</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Héǵhsteros</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">besides, other than</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">pró</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">before, in front of</span>
<span class="c90">to(ward), up to</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hentér</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">between</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">sn̥(H)tér</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">separate from</span>
<span class="c31 c100">without</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hépi</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">on, upon, at (sea etc.), on (animals etc.)</span>
<span class="c90">onto</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c16 c35">swéd</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c120">without</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hn̥dó</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c90">into</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">tr̥Hás</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c90">across, along, through</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hn̥dóm</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">inside of, within</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">úd</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c120">upwards</span>
<span class="c31 c100">above</span>
<span class="c104">+ </span><span class="c104 c20">Hád </span><span class="c90">going up to</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hn̥dhér</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">beneath, underneath</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">upér(i)</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">above, over</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hn̥dhí</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">under</span>
<span class="c90">to the bottom of</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">upó</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">under</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hád</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">at</span>
<span class="c90">to(wards)</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">wí</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">away from</span>
<span class="c31 c100">against</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hánt(i)</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">opposite</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">wír</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">without</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hapó</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">away from</span>
<span class="c90">away from</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97"></span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97"></span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Háwti</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100">either / or</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100"></span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c31 c100"></span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c3"| <span class="c35 c16">Hm̥bhí</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97">around, surrounding</span>
<span class="c31 c100">about, regarding</span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97"></span>
| class="c3"| <span class="c97"></span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.wgnc2ymo6l02"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">10                        Discourse</span> =
<span class="c12">The most important addition to this basic overview of grammar is discursive words; those which can be used to carry and shape conversations.</span>
<span id="h.yjujlbc00mj"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">10.1                        Questions and particles</span> ==
<span>Ordinarily, questions in SAvIE need not be marked either at the start or the end of the sentence. As per </span><span class="c27">3.1</span><span>, questions are indicated by inverting the subject and verb: </span><span class="c27">ís cémt</span><span> &quot;he came&quot; becomes </span><span class="c27">cémt is?</span><span> &quot;did he come?&quot;. When using pro-forms, these start the sentence: </span><span class="c27">qís Hésti ís?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;who is he?&quot;.</span>
<span>However, the word </span><span class="c27">Hár ~ Hr̥</span><span>, meaning &quot;so&quot; or &quot;thus&quot; in positive sentences, can be used to introduce a sentence: </span><span class="c27">Hár qís Hésti ís?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;so who is he?&quot;.</span>
<span>In addition, the phrase </span><span class="c27">né Hésti…?</span><span> &quot;isn't it…?&quot; can be used with the regular statement to  form a yes/no question in one of two ways: firstly, it can be used to introduce a subordinate clause, as in </span><span class="c27">né Hésti, qid ís cémt?</span><span> &quot;isn't it [the case] that he came?&quot;; the second is that it can be used as a tag question at the end of a sentence, as in </span><span class="c27">ís cémt, né Hésti?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;he came, isn't it?&quot;.</span>
<span>The simple responses to yes/no questions is </span><span class="c27">nójnom</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">né tód</span><span>, or </span><span class="c27">Hóju qíd</span><span> &quot;no&quot;, and the positive is </span><span class="c27">já ~ sejḱe ~ tód</span><span>. There is no fundamental difference between any of these words; they have different origins and can be used depending on the speaker's preference for their source. For example, </span><span class="c27">nójnom</span><span> is a shortening of </span><span class="c27">né (H)ójnom</span><span>, from Latin </span><span class="c20">nōn</span><span>, whereas </span><span class="c27">Hóju qíd </span><span>is the form of Greek </span><span class="c20">οὐ(κ) ~ οὐ(χ)</span><span> and Armenian </span><span class="c20">ոչ</span><span>; meanwhile, </span><span class="c27">já</span><span> is ubiquitous in Germanic, </span><span class="c27">séjḱe</span><span> also from Latin </span><span class="c20">sīc</span><span>, and </span><span class="c27">(né)</span><span> </span><span class="c27">tód </span><span>as seen in Celtic languages, such as Welsh </span><span class="c20">do ~ naddo</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span>In addition to the simple answers, SAvIE can produce yes/no answers to polar questions by repeating the verb either in a positive or negative polarity. If the question were </span><span class="c27">cémt ís?</span><span> &quot;did he come?&quot;, a positive response would be </span><span class="c27">cémt</span><span> &quot;he came (yes)&quot;, and a negative response would be </span><span class="c27">né(ghe) cémt</span><span> &quot;he didn't come (no)&quot;. Note that the negative particle here can either be </span><span class="c27">né</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">néghe</span><span>; the </span><span class="c27">-ghe</span><span> suffix intensifies the previous particle.</span>
-----
<span id="h.tcr9drrsn6xf"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">10.2                        Subordinate clauses</span> ==
<span class="c12">These can be introduced in one of two ways.</span>
<span>The first is introducing an entirely independent subordinate clause with the word </span><span class="c27">qid</span><span>, such as in </span><span class="c27">éǵ wéjdō, qid ís cémt</span><span class="c12"> &quot;I know that he came&quot;.</span>
<span>Clauses that are more semantically linked to the antecedent use interrogative-relative pronouns: </span><span class="c27">só wīrós, qésjo cên cémt… </span><span class="c12">&quot;the man, whose wife came…&quot;, literally &quot;the man, of whom [the] wife came…&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.jdi4b1foind"></span>
== <span class="c16 c41">10.3                        Hypothetical sentences</span> ==
<span>Hypothetical sentences are introduced by </span><span class="c27">sô ~ séj </span><span>&quot;if&quot;, which is an innovated and fossilized thematicisation of </span><span class="c27">só</span><span> in the instrumental and locative cases, respectively, meaning &quot;with this&quot; or &quot;in this&quot;. This is modelled on the etymology of the Latin </span><span class="c20">sī</span><span>. </span><span class="c27">mā</span><span> can be used as in Celtic, </span><span class="c27">jéj</span><span> as in Baltic, or </span><span class="c27">qéj</span><span class="c12"> as in some Slavic. None of these words differs in meaning.</span>
<span>The consequence can be introduced without any particle, but can also optionally be introduced with the particle </span><span class="c27">tómḱe</span><span> &quot;then, in that case&quot;, or </span><span class="c27">tóqe</span><span class="c12"> &quot;then&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.nt8t0q9xw7g6"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.3.1                Conditionals</span> ===
<span>The verb </span><span class="c27">skéles </span><span>&quot;to owe&quot; should be used in the deponent aorist subjunctive to form a periphrastic conditional tense with the purportative, thus giving </span><span class="c27">séj ís cémt, éǵ skêlsōr kápos wl̥Htóm welos ím</span><span> &quot;If he came, I would have wanted to see him&quot;. When there are two verbs that require the purportative in a row, one is in the accusative </span><span class="c27">(é)-os</span><span> form, and the second is in the genitive </span><span class="c27">(é)-esos </span><span>form: </span><span class="c27">séj ís cémti, éǵ skêlsōr wélHos wélesos ím </span><span>&quot;If he comes, I would want to see him&quot;. Literally this means something like &quot;...that I owe wanting of seeing&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.7oxqmpco3bmf"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">10.4                        Negation of nominals</span> ==
<span>Nominals must be negated by the particle </span><span class="c27">néghe</span><span> &quot;not&quot;; this can be attached directly to nominals, such as </span><span class="c27">néghe méǵHs</span><span> &quot;not great&quot;, or </span><span class="c27">néghe wīrós</span><span> &quot;not a man&quot;. Determiners can also precede the nominal: </span><span class="c27">néghe só wīrós</span><span class="c12"> &quot;not the/this man&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.q60qfvys4zhp"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">10.5                        Either/or</span> ==
<span>&quot;Either&quot; and &quot;or&quot; are both expressed by the word </span><span class="c27">Háwti</span><span>: </span><span class="c27">Háwti cm̥dhí ḱóm mé, Háwti méne </span><span>&quot;either come with me, or stay&quot;.</span>
-----
<span id="h.3wmr3l5nxk2a"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">10.6                        Prohibition</span> ==
<span>In conjunction with the imperative verb form, the particle </span><span class="c27">mê</span><span> &quot;do not…!&quot; (from </span><span class="c20">*meh₁</span><span> as seen in Greek </span><span class="c20">μή</span><span>) is used to express prohibition: </span><span class="c27">Hidhí!</span><span> &quot;go!&quot; becomes </span><span class="c27">mê Hidhí!</span><span> &quot;do not go!&quot;</span>
<span id="h.xek411nn3rwt"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">10.7                        Conjunctions</span> ==
<span id="h.r4q864ge8peb"></span>
=== <span>10.7.1                Addition</span> ===
<span>Following the presence of </span><span class="c20">A and B</span><span> constructions in SAE, this is the preferred structure for the </span><span class="c20">and</span><span> construction. Rather than using the Proto-Indo-European </span><span class="c20">*-kʷe</span><span> suffix, alternative strategies are preferred. These are </span><span class="c27">Hé</span><span> (the augment </span><span class="c20">*h₁é</span><span>), </span><span class="c27">ḱḿ̥ti </span><span>(modelled on the Greek </span><span class="c20">καί</span><span>), </span><span class="c27">Héti</span><span> (modelled on the Latin </span><span class="c20">et</span><span>), </span><span class="c27">Hánti</span><span> (synonymous with the preposition, modelled on Proto-Germanic </span><span class="c20">*andi</span><span>), </span><span class="c27">Héj</span><span> (modelled on Proto-Slavic </span><span class="c20">*i</span><span>), or </span><span class="c27">Hṓd </span><span>(modelled on Proto-Balto-Slavic </span><span class="c20">*ō</span><span>, based on a hypothetical ablative PIE form </span><span class="c20">*h₁ōd</span><span class="c12">).</span>
<span>&quot;Also&quot; can be expressed with </span><span class="c27">qōdqe</span><span>, a fossilised ablative of a thematicisation of </span><span class="c27">qís</span><span>, meaning approximately &quot;and from which&quot;, or </span><span class="c27">Héwghe</span><span> (modelled on Proto-Germanic </span><span class="c20">*auk</span><span class="c12">).</span>
<span id="h.d04pjjsuncv9"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.7.2                Consequence</span> ===
<span>Consequence in the form of &quot;then&quot; or &quot;so&quot; is expressed with </span><span class="c27">tôd</span><span>, yet another fossilised ablative of a thematicised </span><span class="c27">só ~ sâ ~ tód</span><span>, such as </span><span class="c27">éǵ cêm, tôd ís lêjqst </span><span class="c12">&quot;I came, then he left&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.c5zloxjov42o"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.7.3                Purpose, intent</span> ===
<span>An intended consequence, expressing &quot;so that&quot; or &quot;in order to&quot;, is expressed with a similar form to the above, </span><span class="c27">téj</span><span>, a thematicised dative meaning &quot;to this&quot;, and a subordinate clause introduced by </span><span class="c27">qid</span><span> with the verb in the subjunctive, such as </span><span class="c27">éǵ qrêjHsm̥ tód, téj qid tû Hédesi íd </span><span class="c12">&quot;I bought this so you could eat it&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.q77orig2pvxa"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.7.4                Alternatives</span> ===
<span>The basic words &quot;or&quot; and &quot;nor&quot; are expressed by </span><span class="c27">íwe ~ íwē</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">éjwe ~ éjwē</span><span> (based on </span><span class="c20">*i-</span><span> and </span><span class="c20">*ey-</span><span> as pronominal bases) in the positive polarity (</span><span class="c27">éǵ íwe tû</span><span> &quot;I or you&quot;) and </span><span class="c27">néwe</span><span> in the negative (</span><span class="c27">néghe éǵ néwe tû</span><span class="c12"> &quot;not I nor you, not me and not you&quot;).</span>
<span class="c27">-we ~ -wē</span><span> can also be suffixed to any words meaning &quot;if&quot; to produce &quot;but if&quot; or &quot;if, on the other hand&quot;: </span><span class="c27">séjwe né cémti ís, qíd tôd?</span><span class="c12"> &quot;but if he doesn't come, what then?&quot;.</span>
<span id="h.cq7hwnfcq426"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.7.5                Exceptions</span> ===
<span>The word &quot;but&quot; can be expressed either as </span><span class="c27">íde ~ éjde</span><span> (using the Proto-Indo-European </span><span class="c20">*de</span><span> contrastive particle) or </span><span class="c27">Heǵhstós</span><span> (modelled on the Greek </span><span class="c20">εχτός</span><span> and Proto-Celtic </span><span class="c20">*extos</span><span>) at the beginning of a phrase, and the postclitic </span><span class="c27">de</span><span> otherwise to indicate a break in a sentence. Since it breaks a sentence apart, the part of the sentence ending </span><span class="c27">de</span><span class="c12"> is considered disjunct, and can refer either to a subject or an object. The case of the preceding nominal can match its function in the following sentence.</span>
<span>So, in </span><span class="c27">só Háljos/tóm Háljom de, né wêlsm̥ éǵ ím</span><span> &quot;the other one, however, I didn't see it&quot;, note the presence of both </span><span class="c27">Háljos</span><span> and </span><span class="c27">Háljom</span><span>, both of which are treated slightly differently. In the nominative, the phrase ending </span><span class="c27">de</span><span class="c12"> is treated more as a topic and the antecedent as a comment; in the accusative, it is treated as a disjunct object rather than a topic, and matches its expected function in the antecedent.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.rda484yssqri"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">10.8                        Politeness and formality</span> ==
<span class="c12">Several strategies can be employed to introduce formality to SAvIE. The majority of these should be limited to forms of address, but some others exist.</span>
<span id="h.ir26hf6hx2xe"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.8.1                T-V distinction</span> ===
<span>Although many modern Indo-European languages employ a T-V distinction, it is best avoided in SAvIE. However, usage thereof should not be considered entirely incorrect. If a speaker chooses to use a T-V distinction, the expected follows: the 2nd person plural forms take the place of the singular forms in polite speech. So, one person is referred to politely as </span><span class="c27">jû</span><span> rather than </span><span class="c27">tû</span><span>, and verbs and adjectives are inflected in the plural rather than the singular. This turns the informal </span><span class="c27">tû Hési méǵHs</span><span> “you are tall” into </span><span class="c27">jû Hsté méǵHas</span><span class="c12">.</span>
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.b8ig8p3udeax"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.8.2                Third person verb constructions</span> ===
<span class="c12">Rather than using the second-person plural for a more classically Indo-European T-V distinction, the third person can be used as it is employed in various modern languages. This category includes some formations innovated by SAvIE.</span>
<span id="h.beetq9fphejx"></span>
==== <span class="c77">10.8.2.1                Praising the listener</span> ====
<span>This follows the pattern of the Spanish </span><span class="c20">usted</span><span>, which is derived from </span><span class="c20">vuestra merced</span><span> “your mercy”. As the etymology of </span><span class="c20">merced</span><span> is so opaque, it has been discarded entirely. Instead, many synonymous constructions can be built from </span><span class="c27">cérHtis</span><span> “praise, grace”, whose root </span><span class="c27">cérH-</span><span> gives the Latin </span><span class="c20">grātia</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span>This can optionally be supplemented with a second-person possessive adjective </span><span class="c27">tós</span><span> (or any of its variants, if avoiding T-V) or </span><span class="c27">usós </span><span>(if using T-V), giving </span><span class="c27">tâ cérHtis</span><span> or </span><span class="c27">usâ cérHtis</span><span class="c12">. The resulting phrase then inflects in its entirety. This is then used with a third-person verb.</span>
<span id="h.dwl663kcrjqq"></span>
==== <span class="c77">10.8.2.2                Invariant third-person plural</span> ====
<span>The pronoun </span><span class="c27">î</span><span>, along with the third-person plural verbal forms, can be used to refer to a single person politely.</span>
<span id="h.ooc5ly1xhnmv"></span>
==== <span class="c77">10.8.2.3                Alternative pronominal forms</span> ====
<span>The pronoun </span><span class="c27">ḱénos / -ā / -as</span><span>, declined according to both case and number depending on the number of referents, can be used with the corresponding verbal number of the third person in polite speech. In addition to the above established pronoun, the neologism </span><span class="c27">(H)irós / -â / -ás</span><span>, an adjectival form modelled on the third-person pronouns </span><span class="c27">ís / î / jás</span><span> can be used as a polite second-person pronoun. This also declines as expected, giving </span><span class="c27">(H)irôs / -âs / -ájes</span><span class="c12"> for multiple referents.</span>
<span id="h.m4674hse1xy8"></span>
=== <span class="c63">10.8.3                Titles and forms of address</span> ===
<span>People can be referred to with titles attached to their names, in addition to the formal verb constructions given above. The title </span><span class="c20">Mister</span><span> and its cognates can be given as </span><span class="c27">méǵHisteros / -ā / -as</span><span>, while common Romance terms </span><span class="c20">señor, signore, monsieur</span><span> are given as </span><span class="c27">sénjōs / sn̥jésī / -josas</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span>Due to a close proximity to the meanings of their individual stems, the former should be reserved for distinguished persons with some form of appointed title, and the latter for older people. A much more neutral but familiar term would be </span><span class="c27">soqHjós / -â / -ás</span><span>, cognate with Latin </span><span class="c20">socius</span><span>. A less familiar form would be </span><span class="c27">Hwésus / Huséwī / Huséwy</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span>Each of these titles is abbreviated, respectively, </span><span class="c27">m.</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">s.</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">so.</span><span>, and </span><span class="c27">u.</span>
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.728eorgqqhso"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">11                        Further rules and conventions of writing</span> =
<span id="h.3q4zwqxfn8d"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">11.1                        Writing system</span> ==
<span>The default writing system in this document has been the Latin script, but this need not necessarily be the case. In </span><span class="c27">Appendix D</span><span class="c12"> there is a full alphabet shown with the Latin, Greek, Cyrillic, Armenian, and Devanagari scripts, all of which can be used effectively to write SAvIE. For ease and universality, the Latin alphabet may be preferred, but this Appendix allows for a wider range of writing.</span>
<span id="h.sagni0rfa6rv"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">11.2                        Case</span> ==
<span class="c12">SAvIE should be written entirely unicase. This means that there should be no distinction made between lowercase and uppercase letters. Although the letters ⟨h⟩ and ⟨H⟩ both exist in the Latin alphabet, it should be noted that these are two different letters with two different functions, not merely variants of one another. Common usages of capital letters in some languages, such as indicating proper nouns, are not treated specially in SAvIE, and should all be written lowercase.</span>
<span class="c12">This being said, this might be a difficult habit to break for some users. The practice should be avoided as per the standards of this document, but should not be seen as incorrect otherwise.</span>
<span id="h.244lgf7etpk4"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">11.3                        Clause- and sentence-final punctuation</span> ==
<span>In all alphabets, natively-used punctuation should be employed. Where applicable, the comma ⟨,⟩ and period ⟨.⟩ should be used to indicate a break in and termination of a sentence, respectively. The relevant question and exclamation marks should also serve their respective purposes.</span>
-----
<span id="h.cfzdoygsleak"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">11.4                        Quotation</span> ==
<span class="c12">For block quotation, such as lines of dialogue, an em-dash ⟨—⟩ should be used for each line of dialogue, followed either by a double space, or a tab stop.</span>
<span class="c12">For inline quotation, a double guillemet ⟨« »⟩ should wrapped around a quotation, and a nested quotation within that should be marked with a single guillemet ⟨‹ ›⟩.</span>
<span class="c12">This usage can be mirrored with quotation marks, directional or otherwise. Double quotation marks ⟨&quot; &quot;⟩ ⟨“ ”⟩ enclose the main quotation, with single marks ⟨' '⟩ ⟨‘ ’⟩ enclosing a nested quotation.</span>
<span class="c12">In addition, lowered quotation marks can be used as in German and Slavic languages, either both low ⟨„ „⟩, or high and low ⟨„ ”⟩, with single marks ⟨‚ ‚⟩ and ⟨‚ ’⟩ for nested quotes. It is strongly preferred that the direction of punctuation marks conform to the above examples, but inverting one or both (such as ⟨» «⟩ or ⟨„ “⟩) should not be considered incorrect.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.6t0zeyjksi34"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">11.5                        Larger breaks</span> ==
<span class="c12">Any piece of text above a sentence can be broken up with special typographical conventions.</span>
<span>Paragraphs are broken by a single newline character, with new paragraphs optionally beginning with a tab stop. Collections of paragraphs can be broken up into logical groups by beginning the paragraph of a new logical group with the section symbol </span><span class="c27">§</span><span> followed by a tab stop. Groups of sections can be divided by placing an asterism symbol </span><span class="c27">⁂</span><span> on its own line, and beginning a new paragraph on a new line afterwards as expected. The asterism can optionally be padded with an extra empty line on either side of it.</span>
-----
<span id="h.k44d5itcf1eq"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">12                        Borrowing and conversion to SAvIE</span> =
<span class="c12">Borrowing from other languages forms an integral part of the function of all Indo-European languages; whether through language contact, colonial or imperial superstrata or adstrata, archaism, or scientific and technical vocabulary, borrowing is crucial in the formation of a wider vocabulary.</span>
<span class="c12">The strategies for borrowing words into SAvIE is that they must preferably be nativised, using known etymologies to convert words into SAvIE as though they had originated their to begin with. Where this cannot be done, or where it would not be appropriate to do so, words can be borrowed in directly, using SAvIE phonology where possible, and several additions to the alphabet where not possible.</span>
<span id="h.v6ds8kofsll6"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">12.1                        Sounds foreign to SAvIE</span> ==
<span class="c12">All sounds native to the language have been listed at the very start of this document. However, these do not encompass all possible sounds that could be represented in SAvIE for borrowings. Extra consonant sounds and their corresponding graphs are as follows.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Sound</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Graph</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/f/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨f⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/ɣ/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨ǥ⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/h/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨ħ⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/x/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨x⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/ʃ/, /tʃ/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨š⟩, ⟨tš⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/ʒ/, /dʒ/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨ž⟩, ⟨dž⟩, ⟨ǰ⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/v/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨v⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">/z/</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c12">⟨z⟩</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>Uvular sounds such as [q], [χ], and [ʁ] can be converted to their non-uvular counterparts [k], [x], [r ~ ɾ ~ ɹ].</span>
-----
<span class="c12">In addition, the following vowel sounds can be used:</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Sound</span>
| class="c44"| <span class="c15 c16">Graph</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">/æ/</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">⟨ä⟩</span>
<span class="c12">⟨ā̈⟩ when long</span>
<span class="c12">⟨a̋⟩ when stressed</span>
<span class="c12">⟨ä̂⟩ when stressed and long</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">/ə ~ ɜ/ and similar, when non-native</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">⟨ë⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">/ɨ ~ ɯ/</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">⟨ï⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">/ø ~ œ/ and similar</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">⟨ö⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">/y ~ ʏ/ and similar</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">⟨ü⟩</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">Any nasal vowel</span>
| class="c53"| <span class="c12">⟨ã ẽ ĩ⟩ etc.</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<span class="c12">Non-native sounds should only be spelled using the above alternative characters where it is necessary or especially desirable to represent non-native pronunciation. This really need only be the case in words which are nativised, or for educational purposes. When writing the names of people, places, and things, and when those are not integrated into SAvIE, their official spelling or transliteration should be used instead.</span>
<span class="c12">Equally, words which are grammaticalised can be spelt with nativised phonology. This is often a simple matter of finding the closest representative sounds which exist in SAvIE, but can present some difficulties. In particular, given the lack of fricative sounds /f v h/, the sounds ⟨bh gh⟩ can be used instead.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>So, for example, the French word </span><span class="c20">bureau</span><span class="c12"> could be borrowed in as any of the following:</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
* <span class="c27">bűro, büró</span><span class="c12">: indeclinable, with foreign phonology</span>
* <span class="c27">bűrō, bürô</span><span>: declinable as a masculine </span><span class="c27">-ō</span><span class="c12"> noun, with foreign phonology</span>
* <span class="c27">bjúro, bjuró</span><span class="c12">: indeclinable, with native phonology</span>
* <span class="c27">bjúrō, bjurô</span><span>: declinable as a masculine </span><span class="c27">-ō</span><span class="c12"> noun, with native phonology</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>in addition to the borrowed spelling and pronunciation </span><span class="c27">bureau</span><span class="c12">.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span>Note also how the non-native stress pattern is subject to interpretation in how it is represented in SAvIE.</span>
-----
<span>In addition, the grammatical pattern that this word has been made to fit is purely representative. It could just as easily be </span><span class="c27">bűros ~ bűrosjo</span><span>, </span><span class="c27">bűrom ~ bűrosjo</span><span>, or even </span><span class="c27">bűros ~ bűresos</span><span class="c12">. Ideally, the chosen form should represent the original word and, if applicable, its declension pattern as best as possible.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.evdiobhe7huq"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">12.2                        Borrowed morphology</span> ==
<span class="c12">Some morphology, such as affixes in particular, is so commonly shared between languages as to be worth borrowing into SAvIE. Affixes in particular can form large quantities of vocabulary and can, with some modification and filling in by analogy, be nativised into SAvIE for use in new vocabulary.</span>
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Original suffix</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Cognates</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c15 c16">Form in SAvIE</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-άζω</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c33"></span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(  ́)-adjeti </span><span class="c62 c20">v.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-(ο)-ειδής</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-oid</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(e)-wéjdēs ~ (é)-wéjdesos </span><span class="c62 c20">adj.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ίζω</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ize / -ise</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(  ́)-idjeti </span><span class="c62 c20">v.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr </span><span class="c62 c20">-ισμός</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ism</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(∅)-ismós </span><span class="c62 c20">n.m</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ιστής</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ist</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(é)-idtās </span><span class="c62 c20">n.m/n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-λογία</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-logy</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">=lògiā (close compound) </span><span class="c62 c20">n.f</span>
<span class="c65">lógiā (loose compound) </span><span class="c62 c20">n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-λόγος</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-logue</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">=logòs (close) </span><span class="c62 c20">n.m</span>
<span class="c65">logós (loose) </span><span class="c62 c20">n.m</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-(η)τής</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-ete</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">-tās ~ -tās (&lt; -tāos) </span><span class="c62 c20">n.m/n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr </span><span class="c62 c20">-φιλία</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-philia</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">=bhìliā (close) </span><span class="c65 c20">n.f</span>
<span class="c65">bhíliā (loose) </span><span class="c62 c20">n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">A.Gr </span><span class="c62 c20">-φιλος</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-phile</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">=bhìlos / -ā / -om (close) </span><span class="c65 c20">n.</span>
<span class="c65">bhílos / -ā / -om (loose) </span><span class="c62 c20">n.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-arian</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ārius / -a / -um</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(∅)-āsjós / -â / -ás / -óm </span><span class="c62 c20">n.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-ics</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Gr. </span><span class="c65 c20">-ικά</span>
<span class="c65">Gr. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ική</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ </span><span class="c62 c20">n.n</span>
<span class="c65">(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ </span><span class="c62 c20">n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-istics</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">→ Ger. </span><span class="c62 c20">-istik</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(é)-idtikā </span><span class="c65 c20">n.n / n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ization</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Sp. </span><span class="c65 c20">-ización</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(é)-idātīō </span><span class="c65 c20">n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ālis / -āle</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-al</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(  ́)-ālis ~ (∅)-āléjs </span><span class="c65 c20">adj.m/f</span><sup>[[#ftnt3|[3]]]</sup>
<span class="c65">(  ́)-āli ~ (∅)-āléjs </span><span class="c62 c20">adj.n</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c62 c20">-āticus / -a / -um</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-atic</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(∅)-ātikós / -â / -óm </span><span class="c62 c20">adj.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c20 c62">-ātiō</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ation</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(é)-ātīō </span><span class="c62 c20">n.f</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c62 c20">-ātus / -a / -um</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-ate</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(∅)-ātós </span><span class="c62 c20">adj.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c65 c20">-idus / -a / -um</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-id</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(é)-idhos / -ā / -om </span><span class="c65 c20">adj.</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c62 c20">-īlis / -īle</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-ile</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">(  ́)-ilis ~ (∅)-iléjs </span><span class="c62 c20">adj.m/f</span>
<span class="c65">(  ́)-ili ~ (∅)-iléjs </span><span class="c62 c20">adj.n</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Lat. </span><span class="c65 c20">-osus</span><span class="c65"> via A.Gr </span><span class="c62 c20">-ώδης</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c65">Eng. </span><span class="c65 c20">-ose, -ous</span>
| class="c34"| <span class="c33">(é)=Hòdēs ~ =Hòdesos (close)</span>
<span class="c33">Hódēs ~ Hódesos (loose)</span>
|}
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.4cyuzxumtg6m"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">A                        Verb template</span> =
<span class="c89 c16 c87">single transitivity:</span>
<span class="c40">nonpast thematic</span><span class="c87">:         (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti                </span><span class="c40">nonpast athematic</span><span class="c56">:         (é)-ti ~ (∅)-énti</span>
<span class="c40">né-nonpast</span><span class="c56">:                                                        (∅)-⟨né⟩-ti ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti</span>
<span class="c40">imperfect thematic</span><span class="c87">: (é)-e-t ~ (é)-o-nt                </span><span class="c40">imperfect athematic</span><span class="c56">:        (é)-t ~ (∅)-ént</span>
<span class="c40">né-imperfect</span><span class="c56">                                                        (∅)-⟨né⟩-t ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti</span>
<span class="c40">NP-T subjunctive:</span><span class="c87">        (é)-ē-ti ~ (é)-ō-nti                </span><span class="c40">NP-A subjunctive</span><span class="c56">:                 (é)-e-ti ~ (e)-o-nti</span>
<span class="c40">past subjunctive regardless of thematicity</span><span class="c56">:                                (ê)-seti ~ (ê)-sonti</span>
<span class="c89 c16 c87">transitive:</span>
<span class="c40">nonpast</span><span class="c56">:                         (é)-j-e-ti ~ (é)-j-o-nti                bhrégjeti ~ bhrégjonti</span>
<span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">                                        Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">imperfect</span><span class="c56">:                 (é)-j-e-t ~ (é)-j-o-nt                bhrégjet ~ bhrégjont</span>
<span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">                                        Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c89 c16 c87">intransitive:</span>
<span class="c40">nonpast</span><span class="c56">:                         (∅)-j-é-ti ~ (∅)-j-ó-nti        bhr̥gjéti ~ bhr̥gjónti</span>
<span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">                                                Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">imperfect</span><span class="c56">:                 (∅)-j-é-t ~ (∅)-j-ó-nt                bhr̥gjét ~ bhr̥gjónt</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c99 c87">Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c89 c16 c87">shared:</span>
<span class="c40">eventive aorist</span><span class="c56">:                (ê)-s-t ~ (é)-s-n̥t                bhrêgst ~ bhrégsn̥t</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">bhéwHsm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">stative aorist</span><span class="c87">:</span><span class="c99 c87">                </span><span class="c56">(ó)-e ~ (∅)-êr                Hwóse ~ Husêr</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">bhówHe HusómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">stative subjunctive</span><span class="c87">:</span><span class="c87 c99">                </span><span class="c56">(é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti                Hwéseti ~ Hwésonti</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">bhéwHeti HusómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">habitual</span><span class="c56">:                         (∅)-é-t ~ (∅)-ó-nt                bhr̥gét ~ bhr̥gónt</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">bhūóm bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">habitual subjunctive</span><span class="c56">:         (∅)-ê-ti ~ (∅)-ô-nti                bhr̥gêti~ bhr̥gônti</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c120 c99 c87 c123">bhūômi bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c89 c16 c87">non-finite forms:</span>
<span class="c40">present participle</span><span class="c56">:                 (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés                bhrégonts ~ bhr̥gn̥tés</span>
<span class="c40">passive participle</span><span class="c56">:                 (∅)-ó-mHnos                bhr̥gómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">past participle</span><span class="c56">:                 (∅)-tós                        bhr̥gtós</span>
<span class="c40">infinitive</span><span class="c87">:                        </span><span class="c144">(</span><span class="c87">é)-es                        bhréges</span>
<span class="c89 c16 c87">compound tenses:</span>
<span class="c40">perfect</span><span class="c56">:                        kápti + PastP                kápmi bhr̥gtóm</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c99 c87">kápmi bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">pluperfect</span><span class="c56">:                 kâpst + PastP                kâpsm̥ bhr̥gtóm</span>
<span class="c87">                                                </span><span class="c99 c87">kâpsm̥ bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">future tense</span><span class="c56">:                Héjti + PresP locative        Héjmi bhr̥gént</span>
<span class="c87">                                                        </span><span class="c123 c120 c99 c87">Héjmi bhūjént bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
<span class="c40">continuous</span><span class="c87">:                Héses + PresP                Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ </span><span class="c20 c87">etc.</span><span class="c56"> bhrégontom</span>
<span class="c99 c87">Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ bhûjont bhr̥gjómHnos</span>
-----
<span>Law 1: *</span><span class="c20">Vwm</span><span> &gt; *</span><span class="c20">Vːm</span><span> and *</span><span class="c20">VHm</span><span> &gt; *</span><span class="c20">Vːm</span><span class="c12">         (Stang's law)</span>
<span>Law 2:                </span><span class="c24 c20">/-VRs/, */-VRH/ &gt; *-VːR</span>
<span class="c20">                /-VRH-/ &gt; *-VR-                </span><span class="c12">(Szemerényi's law)</span>
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.rmh36ulgjvci"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">B                        Sample vocabulary</span> =
<span>The following sections give short lists of vocabulary separated by parts of speech.</span>
-----
<span id="h.6h8lazw6sh37"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">B.1                        Verbs</span> ==
<span class="c120 c133">verb                        infinitive        3sg nonpast        3sg imp.        3sg aorist</span>
<span class="c27">be able                </span><span class="c12">gélHes                gl̥Hnéwti        gl̥Hnéwt        gélHt</span>
<span class="c27">bake</span><span class="c12">                        bhôges        bhôgeti        bhôget        bhôHgst</span>
<span class="c27">be                        </span><span class="c12">Héses                Hésti                Hést                bhéwst</span>
<span class="c27">begin                        </span><span class="c12">kénes                kéneti                kénet                kênst</span>
<span class="c27">breathe out                </span><span class="c12">dhwéses        dhwésti        dhwést        dhwêst</span>
<span class="c27">burn</span><span class="c12">                        Héwses        Héwseti        Héwset        Hêwst</span>
<span class="c27">change (intr.)</span><span class="c12">        miés                méjor                méjto                mêjsto</span>
<span class="c27">change (tr.)</span><span class="c12">                mójnēs        mojnéjeti        mojnéjet        mêjnst</span>
<span class="c27">come                        </span><span class="c12">cémes                cm̥jéti                cm̥jét                cémt</span>
<span class="c27">cook</span><span class="c12">                        péqes                péqeti                péqet                pêqst</span>
<span class="c27">defecate                </span><span class="c12">ḱéqes                ḱéqti                ḱéqt                ḱêqst</span>
<span class="c27">do                        </span><span class="c12">dhês                dhêti                dhêt                dhêHst</span>
<span class="c27">drink                        </span><span class="c12">píbes                píbeti                píbet                pôHst</span>
<span class="c27">be dressed                </span><span class="c12">wésjes                usjéti                usjét                wêst</span>
<span class="c27">eat</span><span class="c12">                        Hédes                Hédti                Hédt                Hêdst</span>
<span class="c27">exchange</span><span class="c12">                méjtHes        méjtHeti        méjtHet        mêjtHst</span>
<span class="c27">go                        </span><span class="c12">Héjes                Héjti                Héjt                Hêjst</span>
<span class="c27">grow</span><span>                        Háles                Háleti                Hálet                Hêlst</span>
<span class="c27">have</span><span class="c12">                        kápes                kápti                kápt                kâpst</span>
<span class="c27">hear                        </span><span class="c12">HáwdhHes        HáwdhHeti        HáwdhHet        HêwdhHst</span>
<span class="c27">be hungry</span><span class="c12">                </span>
<span class="c27">know</span><span class="c12">                        wéjdes        wéjdeti        wéjdet                wêjdst</span>
<span class="c27">like                        </span><span class="c12">bhréwgjes        bhrûgjeti        bhrûgjet        bhréwgst</span>
<span class="c27">make                        </span><span class="c12">dhêkes        dhHkjéti        dhHkjét        dhêkst</span>
<span class="c12">                        wérǵes        wérǵeti        wérǵet        wêrǵst</span>
<span class="c27">recognize</span><sup>[[#ftnt4|[4]]]</sup><span class="c27">                </span><span class="c12">ǵnôs                ǵn̥nôti                ǵn̥nôt                ǵnôt</span>
<span class="c27">run                        </span><span>kérses                kr̥séti                kr̥sét                kêrst (← </span><span class="c20">*kḗrs-s-t</span><span class="c12">)</span>
<span class="c27">say</span><span class="c12">                        séqes                séqeti                séqet                sêqst</span>
<span class="c27">see                        </span><span class="c12">wéles                wéleti                wélet                wêlst</span>
<span class="c27">share</span><span class="c12">                        dhajlés        dhájletor        dhájleto        dhâjlsto</span>
<span class="c27">shout                        </span><span class="c12">gâres                gâreti                gâret                gêHrst</span>
<span class="c27">show                        </span><span class="c12">déjḱes                déjḱti                déjḱt                dêjḱst</span>
<span class="c27">sing</span><span class="c12">                        kânes                kHnéti                kHnét                kânst</span>
<span class="c27">speak</span><span class="c12">                        wéqes                wéqti                wéqt                wêqst</span>
<span class="c27">stay                        </span><span class="c12">ménes                méneti        ménet                mênst</span>
<span class="c27">take                        </span><span class="c12">némes                németi        német                nêmst</span>
<span class="c27">talk</span><span class="c12">                        tl̥qés                tlóqetor        tlóqeto        têlqsto</span>
<span class="c27">taste                        </span><span>ǵéwses        ǵéwseti        ǵéwset        ǵêwst (</span><span class="c20">← *ǵēws-s-t</span><span class="c12">)</span>
<span class="c27">think                        </span><span class="c12">ténges                tn̥gjéti                tn̥gjét                têngst</span>
<span class="c27">try                        </span><span class="c12">sknés                skénetor        skéneto        skênsto</span>
<span class="c27">turn</span><span class="c12">                        wértes                wértti                wért                wêrtst</span>
<span class="c27">use</span><span class="c12">                        bhrūgjés        bhrūgjétor        bhrūgjéto        bhréwgsto</span>
<span class="c27">utter</span><span class="c12">                        jékes                jékti                jékt                jêkst</span>
<span class="c27">walk                        </span><span class="c12">câs                cHjéti                cHjét                câst</span>
<span class="c27">want</span><span class="c12">                        wélHes        wélHeti        wélHet        wêlHst</span>
<span class="c27">wash (oneself)        </span><span class="c12">léwHjes        lūjéti                lūjét                lêwHst</span>
<span class="c27">watch</span><span class="c12">                        spéḱes                spéḱti                spéḱt                spêḱst</span>
<span class="c27">wear</span><span>                        usés                wés(t)or        wésto                wêsto (← </span><span class="c20">wḗs-s-to</span><span class="c12">)</span>
<span class="c27">write</span><span class="c12">                        gérbhes        gr̥bhéti        gr̥bhét                gêrbhst</span>
<span class="c27">be working                </span><span>wérǵjes        wr̥ǵjéti                wr̥ǵjét                ⸻</span>
-----
<span id="h.jiwclxfltd5w"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">B.2                        Nouns</span> ==
<span class="c141">noun                        nom. sg.        gen. sg.        nom. pl.        gen. pl.</span>
<span class="c27">baker </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                bhōgós        bhōgósjo        bhōgôs        bhōgôm</span>
<span class="c27">book </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                gérbhs        gr̥bhés        gérbhes        gr̥bhôm</span>
<span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                        lubhrós        lubhrósjo        lubhrôs        lubhrôm</span>
<span class="c27">bread </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c27">                </span><span>bhôgos        bhôgosjo        bhôgōs        bhôgōm</span>
<span class="c12">dhonâ                dhonâs        dhonâs        dhonâōm</span>
<span class="c27">brother </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c27">                </span><span class="c12">bhrâtēr        bhrâtr̥s        bhrâteres        bhrâtrōm</span>
<span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                        〃                bhr̥Htrés        〃                bhr̥Htrôm</span>
<span class="c27">coin </span><span class="c20 c27">f.</span><span class="c27">                        </span><span class="c12">mónētā        mónētās        mónētās        mónētāōm</span>
<span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                        nómos                nómosjo        nómōs                nómōm</span>
<span class="c27">earth </span><span class="c20 c27">f.</span><span class="c27">                </span><span class="c12">dhéǵhōm        (dh)ǵhmés        ⸻                ⸻</span>
<span class="c27">father </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                pHtêr                pHtrés                pHtéres        pHtrôm</span>
<span class="c27">fish </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                péjsks                piskés                péjskes        piskôm</span>
<span class="c27">friend </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                dhrowghós        dhrowghósjo        dhrowghôs        dhrowghôm</span>
<span class="c27">friend, close </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">        bhílos                bhílosjo        bhílôs                bhílōm</span>
<span class="c27">grain </span><span class="c20 c27">n.</span><span class="c12">                ǵr̥Hnóm        ǵr̥Hnósjo        ǵr̥Hnâ                ǵr̥nôm</span>
<span class="c27">house </span><span class="c20 c27">f.</span><span class="c12">                dôm                déms                dómes                démōm</span>
<span class="c27">money </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c12">                pḱunós        pḱunósjo        pḱunôs        pḱunôm</span>
<span class="c27">mother </span><span class="c20 c27">f.</span><span class="c12">                mâtēr                mâtr̥s                mâteres        mâtrōm</span>
<span class="c20 c27">f.</span><span class="c12">                        〃                m̥Htrés        〃                m̥Htrôm</span>
<span class="c27">nose </span><span class="c20 c27">f.</span><span class="c12">                nâs                n̥Hsés                nâses                n̥Hsôm</span>
<span class="c27">person </span><span class="c20 c27">m.</span><span class="c27">                </span><span class="c12">ǵhmô                ǵhm̥nés        ǵhmónes        ǵhm̥nôm</span>
<span class="c27">salt</span><span class="c20 c27"> f.</span><span class="c27">                        </span><span>sâls                sHlés                </span><span class="c24 c20">sâles                sHlôm</span>
<span class="c27">sister </span><span class="c20 c27">f.</span><span class="c12">                swésōr        susrés                swésores        susrôm</span>
<span class="c27">story (account) </span><span class="c20 c27">n.</span><span class="c27">         </span><span class="c12">wéjdtōrmn̥        widtōrméns        wéjdtōrmō        widtōrm̥nés</span>
<span class="c27">story (tale) </span><span class="c20 c27">n.</span><span class="c27">        </span><span>câdhlom        câdhlosjo        câdhlā                câdhlōm</span>
-----
<span id="h.hozydywcgev0"></span>
== <span class="c41 c16">B.3                        Adjectives</span> ==
<span class="c141">adjective                nom. sg.        gen. sg.        nom. pl.        gen. pl.</span>
<span class="c27">dark                        </span><span class="c12">dhuskós        dhuskósjo        dhuskôs        dhuskôm</span>
<span class="c27">red</span><span class="c12">                        Hrowdhós        Hrowdhósjo        Hrowdhôs        Hrowdhôm</span>
<span class="c12">                        Hrudhrós        Hrudhrósjo        Hrudhrôs        Hrudhrôm</span>
<span class="c27">tall (of people)        </span><span class="c12">stHrós                stHrósjo        stHrôs                stHrôm</span>
<span class="c27">thin</span><span>                        mHḱrós        mHḱrósjo        mHḱrôs        mHḱrôm</span>
-----
<span id="h.dwx5sc42btm2"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">C                        Common phrases</span> =
-----
<span class="c12"></span>
<span id="h.usdy6qrwq0wk"></span>
= <span class="c89 c109">D                        Full alphabet and alternative scripts</span> =
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32"></span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">Latin</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c32">Greek</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c32">Cyrillic</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c32">Armenian</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c32">Devanagari</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/a/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">a</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">α</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">а</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ա</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">अ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/aː/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">ā</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">­ᾱ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">а̄</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ա̄</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">आ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/e/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">e</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ε</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">е</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ե</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ए</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/eː/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">ē</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">η</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">е̄</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">է</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ऐ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/i/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">i</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ι</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">и</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ի</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">इ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/iː/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">ī</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ῑ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ӣ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ի̄</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ई </span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/o/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">o</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ο</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">о</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">օ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ओ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/oː/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">ō</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ω</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">о̄, ѡ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ո</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">औ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/u/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">u</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ου</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">у</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ու</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">उ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/uː/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">ū</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">οῡ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ӯ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ու̄</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ऊ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/ə/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">ǝ, y</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ə, υ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ә, ы</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ը</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ः</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/p/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">p</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">π</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">п</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">պ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">प</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/b/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">b</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">β</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">б</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">բ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ब</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/bʰ/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">bh</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">φ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">пһ, бһ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">փ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33"> फ, भ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/k/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">k</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">κ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">к</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">կ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">क</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/g/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">g</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">γ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">г</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">գ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ग</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/gʰ/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">gh</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">χ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">кһ, гһ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ք</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">ख, घ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/t/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">t</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">τ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">т</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">տ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">त</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/d/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">d</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">δ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">д</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">դ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">द</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c57"| <span class="c32">/dʰ/</span>
| class="c57"| <span class="c33">dh</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">θ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">тһ, дһ, ԁ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33">թ</span>
| class="c47"| <span class="c33"> थ, ध</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
{| class="wikitable c11"
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32"></span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c32">L</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c32">G</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c32">C</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c32">A</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c32">D</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/kʲ/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">ḱ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">κ́</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">кь, ќ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ծ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">च</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/gʲ/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">ǵ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">γ́</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">гь, ѓ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ձ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">ज</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/gʲʰ/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">ǵh</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">χ́</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">кьһ, ќһ, гьһ, ѓһ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ց</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">छ, झ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/kʷ/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">q</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">κϝ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ӄ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ճ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">क्व</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/gʷ/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">c</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">γϝ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ҕ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ջ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">ग्व</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/gʷʰ/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">ch</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">χϝ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ҟ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">չ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">ख्व, घ्व</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/l/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">l</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">λ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">л</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">լ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">ल</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/l̩/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">l̥</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">λ̱</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">лъ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">լ̄</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">ऌ, ॡ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/m/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">m</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">μ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">м</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">մ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">म</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/m̩/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">m̥</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">μ̄</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">мъ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">մ̱</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">मं</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/n/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">n</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ν</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">н</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ն</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">न</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/n̩/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">n̥</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ν̄</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">нъ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ն̱</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">नं</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/r/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">r</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ρ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">р</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ռ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">र</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/r̩/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">r̥</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ρ̄</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ръ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">յ̄</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">ऋ, ॠ</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/j/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">j</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ϳ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ј, й</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">յ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">य</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/s/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">s</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">σς</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">с</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ս</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">स</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/w/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">w</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ϝ̄</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ԝ, ў</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">վ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">व</span>
|- class="c14"
| class="c13"| <span class="c32">/H/</span>
| class="c117"| <span class="c33">H</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ͱ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">ꚕ</span>
| class="c93"| <span class="c33">հ</span>
| class="c91"| <span class="c33">ह</span>
|}
<span class="c12"></span>
<div>
<span class="c12"></span>
</div>
-----
<div>
[[#ftnt_ref1|[1]]]<span class="c33"> -ī is seen in Italic and Celtic </span>
</div>
<div>
[[#ftnt_ref2|[2]]]<span class="c33"> These forms are indeclinable.</span>
</div>
<div>
[[#ftnt_ref3|[3]]]<span class="c65"> Declines as </span><span class="c65 c27">-is </span><span class="c33">nouns do</span>
</div>
<div>
[[#ftnt_ref4|[4]]]<span class="c33"> also &quot;to know how to do something&quot; </span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref1|[a]]]<span class="c15 c127">latin; sl̥Hwêjō &quot;to be healthy, whole&quot; &lt; solHwós &quot;whole, healthy&quot;</span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref2|[b]]]<span class="c15 c127">greek; ghr̥jô &lt; ghér- &quot;to rejoice&quot;</span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref3|[c]]]<span class="c15 c127">sanskrit; némos~-esos &quot;bow&quot; + tój &quot;2.sg.dat clitic&quot;</span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref4|[d]]]<span class="c15 c127">german through latin; ser- &quot;to bind&quot; + -wós adjectival</span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref5|[e]]]<span class="c15 c127">slavic; pri- &lt; préj &quot;before&quot;, wójtos &lt; wéjt- &quot;say? agree?&quot;</span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref6|[f]]]<span class="c15 c127">polish via proto-slavic; sqéj- &quot;to notice, to honour&quot; + -tis &quot;abstract ending&quot;</span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref7|[g]]]<span class="c15 c127">similar to hello via germanic; kl̥Hâjō &lt; kélH- &quot;to call, to fetch, to hail&quot;</span>
</div>
<div class="c80">
[[#cmnt_ref8|[h]]]<span class="c15 c127">internal; já &quot;onomatopoeic shout&quot; + nu &quot;now&quot;</span>


{| class="wikitable"
|-
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
|-
|
| Latin
| Greek
| Cyrillic
| Armenian
| Devanagari
|
| L
| G
| C
| A
| D
|-
| /a/
| a
| α
| а
| ա
| अ
| /kʲ/
| ḱ
| κ́
| кь, ќ
| ծ
| च
|-
| /aː/
| ā
| ­ᾱ
| а̄
| ա̄
| आ
| /gʲ/
| ǵ
| γ́
| гь, ѓ
| ձ
| ज
|-
| /e/
| e
| ε
| е
| ե
| ए
| /gʲʰ/
| ǵh
| χ́
| кьһ, ќһ, гьһ, ѓһ
| ց
| छ, झ
|-
| /eː/
| ē
| η
| е̄
| է
| ऐ
| /kʷ/
| q
| κϝ
| ӄ
| ճ
| क्व
|-
| /i/
| i
| ι
| и
| ի
| इ
| /gʷ/
| c
| γϝ
| ҕ
| ջ
| ग्व
|-
| /iː/
| ī
| ῑ
| ӣ
| ի̄
| ई
| /gʷʰ/
| ch
| χϝ
| ҟ
| չ
| ख्व, घ्व
|-
| /o/
| o
| ο
| о
| օ
| ओ
| /l/
| l
| λ
| л
| լ
| ल
|-
| /oː/
| ō
| ω
| о̄, ѡ
| ո
| औ
| /l̩/
| l̥
| λ̱
| лъ
| լ̄
| ऌ, ॡ
|-
| /u/
| u
| ου
| у
| ու
| उ
| /m/
| m
| μ
| м
| մ
| म
|-
| /uː/
| ū
| οῡ
| ӯ
| ու̄
| ऊ
| /m̩/
| m̥
| μ̄
| мъ
| մ̱
| मं
|-
| /ə/
| ǝ, y
| ə, υ
| ә, ы
| ը
| ः
| /n/
| n
| ν
| н
| ն
| न
|-
| /p/
| p
| π
| п
| պ
| प
| /n̩/
| n̥
| ν̄
| нъ
| ն̱
| नं
|-
| /b/
| b
| β
| б
| բ
| ब
| /r/
| r
| ρ
| р
| ռ
| र
|-
| /bʰ/
| bh
| φ
| пһ, бһ
| փ
|  फ, भ
| /r̩/
| r̥
| ρ̄
| ръ
| յ̄
| ऋ, ॠ
|-
| /k/
| k
| κ
| к
| կ
| क
| /j/
| j
| ϳ
| ј, й
| յ
| य
|-
| /g/
| g
| γ
| г
| գ
| ग
| /s/
| s
| σς
| с
| ս
| स
|-
| /gʰ/
| gh
| χ
| кһ, гһ
| ք
| ख, घ
| /w/
| w
| ϝ̄
| ԝ, ў
| վ
| व
|-
| /t/
| t
| τ
| т
| տ
| त
| /H/
| H
| ͱ
| ꚕ
| հ
| ह
|-
| /d/
| d
| δ
| д
| դ
| द
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-
| /dʰ/
| dh
| θ
| тһ, дһ, ԁ
| թ
|  थ, ध
|
|
|
|
|
|
|}


</div>
<div class="c80">


[[#cmnt_ref9|[i]]]<span class="c15 c127">móḱs = soon, early</span>


<span class="c15 c127">qomóḱs = how soon/early</span>




</div>
<references />

Latest revision as of 00:50, 13 October 2024

Standard Average Indo-European (SAvIE)
sâ jéktis
SAvIE banner.png
Banner of the Standard Average Indo-European language
Pronunciation[saː ˈjɛktis]
Created bytradespin
Date10th June, 2024
Indo-European
  • Proto-Indo-European
    • Standard Average Indo-European (SAvIE)
Language codes
CLCRqie
This article contains IPA phonetic symbols. Without proper rendering support, you may see question marks, boxes, or other symbols instead of Unicode characters. For an introductory guide on IPA symbols, see Help:IPA.

0 Introduction

sl̥Hwêje! ghr̥jé! némostoj! sr̥wós! priwójtos! sqéjttis! kl̥Hâjō! jánu! and finally, hello!


Thank you very much for your interest in Standard Average Indo-European. I began this project on June 10th, 2024, without the intention of taking it particularly seriously. A few months and much research later have transformed the project into something that has exceeded my expectations at every stage. So, it is with great pleasure that I present the following document for public viewing.


The major principle of SAvIE is its adherence to the features of Standard Average European as set out by Martin Haspelmath (2001). This essentially projects a set of features shared by many modern Indo-European languages onto Proto-Indo-European. The result is a language which appears and sounds as though it were a proto-language, but operates with much more modern features, especially those confined to western Indo-European.


Given my choice to use Proto-Indo-European as the basis for this language, I have both had to make specific choices in reconstruction based on preexisting academic work (chiefly Leiden etymological dictionaries), and ensure a wide range of vocabulary within the language in order to be representative of vocabulary in modern languages. This becomes very clear with the examples above, which are remodeled from Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, and multiple Slavic and Germanic varieties, as well as examples of internally-constructed vocabulary.


The result is an extraordinary and rich language with features and words that should fundamentally be instinctive or familiar to speakers of many families outlined in Haspelmath (2001). Ultimately, however, this was an artistic project above all, and has given me so much more pleasure than I ever expected.


I would like to recognise the important work of Indo-Europeanists in making this project possible, and the contributions made by individuals in the Celtic Tearooms and IE Conlangs Discord servers.


Hsubhrūgéte! Enjoy!


1 Phonology

1.1 Consonants

1.1.1 *m, *n

These appear as ⟨m⟩ [m] and ⟨n⟩ [n].

⟨n⟩ before velar consonants can be pronounced as [ŋ].

Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨m̥⟩ and ⟨n̥⟩ or ⟨ṃ⟩ and ⟨ṇ⟩.


1.1.2 *r, *l

⟨r⟩ can be pronounced as any rhotic sound, including but not limited to [ɾ], [r] and [ɹ].

⟨l⟩ is pronounced as [l].

Both consonants can be syllabic resonants, written ⟨l̥⟩ and ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ḷ⟩ and ⟨ṛ⟩. When ⟨r⟩ appears as the syllabic resonant ⟨r̥⟩ or ⟨ṛ⟩, it should avoid being pronounced as [ɾ], and a sonorant sound should be used instead.


1.1.3 *s

This appears as ⟨s⟩ [s], but following the evidence of daughter languages, it can be pronounced [z] in the cluster /sd/ or /sdʰ/, in which case it can optionally be written as ⟨z⟩ [z], such as nizdós "nest" for nisdós''' or sízdō "I am sitting" for sísdō. In addition to [s] it can be pronounced [s̱], [θ], or even [ɕ], [ʃ] when adjacent to the sounds ⟨y⟩ [j] or ⟨i⟩ [i].

The s-mobile is written ⟨S⟩, such as in the word Stégos "roof", and may be pronounced [s] or be entirely silent.


1.1.4 *j, *w

These appear as ⟨j⟩ [j] and ⟨w⟩ [w].


1.1.5 Dorsals

The realisation of dorsal consonants is very complex and hotly debated by Indo-Europeanists. This document will present the traditional reconstruction of these sounds, but the reader should feel free to apply any other realisations with which they agree more, if that should be the case.


1.1.5.1 *k, *g, *gʰ

These appear as plain consonants, not labialised or palatalised, as ⟨k⟩ [k], ⟨g⟩ [g], and ⟨gh⟩ [gʰ]. In alternative reconstructions they may be pronounced as [q], [ɢ], and [ɢʰ] (per Kümmel); [k], [ˀk], and [kʰ] (per Beekes); and [kː], [k'], and [k] (per Kortlandt), among others.


1.1.5.2 *ḱ, *ǵ, *ǵʰ

These are palatalised consonants, and appear as ⟨ḱ⟩ [kʲ], ⟨ǵ⟩ [gʲ], and ⟨ǵh⟩ [gʲʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding palatalised forms.


1.1.5.3 *kʷ, *gʷ, *gʷʰ

These are labialised versions of the plain velars. They appear as ⟨q⟩ [kʷ], ⟨c⟩ [gʷ], and ⟨ch⟩ [gʷʰ]. The alternative reconstructions above have corresponding labialised forms.


1.1.6 *t, *d, *dʰ

These appear as ⟨t⟩ [t], ⟨d⟩ [d], and ⟨dh⟩ [dʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.



1.1.7 *p, *b, *bʰ

These appear as ⟨p⟩ [p], ⟨b⟩ [b], and ⟨bh⟩ [bʰ], or as the alternatives with pre-glottalisation, or ejectives.


1.1.8 *h₁, *h₂, *h₃

Since the pronunciation of laryngeals is so uncertain, they either colour vowels or disappear entirely. /*eh₁/ becomes [eː], /*eh₂/ becomes [aː], and /*eh₃/ becomes [oː]. Similarly, /*h₁e/ becomes [e], /*h₂e/ becomes [a], and /*h₃e/ becomes [o]. Laryngeals do colour inherently long vowels as though they were short.

When any laryngeal begins a word before another consonant, it can become [a] or [ə]. Any laryngeal between consonants can also become [a ~ ə].

An alternative and fanciful pronunciation collapses all three laryngeals into one to allow them to be pronounced, as in Anatolian and Persian languages, in addition to being deleted entirely. This can be written as ⟨H⟩ and pronounced [h], [ħ], or similar. This pronunciation must shorten long vowels.

For the laryngeal which does not colour a vowel, it can also be pronounced as a syllabic consonant, and be written as ⟨H⟩ as expected, or as ⟨H̥⟩ or ⟨Ḥ⟩ to make it absolutely clear that it is a syllabic consonant.


1.1.9 *h₄, *hₐ, *H/*hₓ

*h₄ and *hₐ are not frequently included in this document as they appear only within certain analyses of Proto-Indo-European. However, if they should appear, or if speakers should choose to project words on to SAvIE using analyses where these laryngeal values are present, they should be treated exactly the same as *h₂, including all the same vowel colouring of that laryngeal value.

*H, also notated *hₓ, indicates an unknown laryngeal. Often this is done because the actual value is contested, or possibly unknowable. SAvIE treats such a laryngeal as though it were /*h₁/. /*eH/ gives ⟨ē⟩, lengthening the vowel without colouring it, while /*oH/ and /*uH/ also lengthen the previous vowel giving ⟨ō⟩ and ⟨ū⟩. /*He/ does not colour /e/ at all, giving ⟨He⟩.


1.1.10 Laryngeals at morpheme boundaries

Using the rules defined above for the levelling of Proto-Indo-European laryngeals, the same phonological processes are expected to apply to laryngeals when they could colour vowels at morpheme boundaries. For example, given the root céjHₒ- (from *gʷeyh₃-) and its thematic suffix -eti, the original -h₃-e- crossing a morpheme boundary colours as expected, with the resulting verb being céjHoti “he/she/it lives”.


1.1.11 Alteration of aspirated stops

The aspirated stops ⟨bh⟩ ⟨dh⟩ ⟨gh⟩ ⟨ǵh⟩ ⟨ch⟩ can be devoiced to [pʰ] [tʰ] [kʰ] [kʲʰ] [kʷʰ] for one of two reasons.

Firstly a speaker may choose to pronounce unvoiced stops in order to match a neighbouring unvoiced stop, such as producing the opposite of Bartholomae's law: *bʰewdʰ → *bʰudʰ-tós → (with application of Grassmann's law) *bʰud-dʰós → SAvIE ⟨bhuddhós⟩ [pʰuˈtʰːos].

Otherwise, a speaker (such as an avid student of Ancient Greek, or perhaps Sanskrit) can choose to pronounce unvoiced stops throughout their speech simply because they wish to match pronunciations of their respective daughter languages of interest.


1.2 Vowels

1.2.1 *e, *ē, *o, *ō

The basic short vowels of Proto-Indo-European appear as ⟨e⟩ and ⟨o⟩, and can be pronounced in a variety of ways, such as [e] and [o] or [ɛ] and [ɔ]. Their long counterparts appear as ⟨ē⟩ and ⟨ō⟩, and are pronounced as before, but audibly longer.

There is no real restriction on how they should be pronounced, but my personal preference is ⟨e⟩ as [ɛ], ⟨ē⟩ as [eː], ⟨o⟩ as [ɔ], and ⟨ō⟩ as [oː].


1.2.2 *a, *ā

These vowels appear as ⟨a⟩ [a] and ⟨ā⟩ [aː]. They are not basic vowels of Proto-Indo-European; ⟨a⟩ appears most often as a realisation of laryngeals between medial or before initial consonants, and ⟨ā⟩ appears as a contraction of /*eh₂/. Rarely /*a/ can appear in root words, but these reconstructions are often debated.


1.2.3 *i, ⟨ī⟩, *u, ⟨ū⟩

Only ⟨i⟩ [i] and ⟨u⟩ [u] are inherited from Proto-Indo-European. ⟨ī⟩ [iː] and ⟨ū⟩ [uː] appear as contractions of /*iH/ and /*uH/.


1.2.4 [ə]

A final vowel [ə], the schwa, can be pronounced in SAvIE but ought not to be written. In cases where syllabic sonorants (l̥ r̥ m̥ n̥ H̥) form a cluster with another consonant (such as in the word wl̥qós which is expected to be pronounced [wl̩ˈkʷos]), an epenthetic schwa can be added before the syllabic consonant to aid in pronunciation, thus giving [wəlˈkʷos] for wl̥qós.

If somebody wants to write the pronounced schwa explicitly, they should use the letters ⟨y⟩, ⟨ə⟩, or the symbol ⟨°⟩, giving ⟨wylqós⟩, ⟨wəlqós⟩, or ⟨w°lqós⟩.


1.3 Stress

SAvIE follows Proto-Indo-European stress rules and it is mandatory to mark stress with an acute accent (á é í ó ú ĺ̥ ŕ̥ ḿ̥ ń̥ H̥́) at all times. When writing using ⟨ə⟩, that letter receives the acute instead, giving ⟨ý ~ ə́⟩.

Long vowels, indicated with a macron, are instead written with a circumflex ⟨â ê î ô û⟩ when stressed.

In addition, SAvIE has rules relating to the stress of compounds. These can be either close or loose. Close compounds are written as one word, using a stem form of one word and a full form of another. Loose compounds are written as two separate words with the first word in the genitive case without displaying declension, and the second word being fully declinable.

In close compounds, often the first element is stressed, but the second may receive stress in some words, and receives the only stress in the word. In loose compounds, the second element is stressed, and the first can optionally be written without stress marking. Often, words can be written as either type of compound, but they usually appear as only one; for example, ghóstipotis “lord” is a close compound, and can be written, following the correct conventions of stress, as a loose compound ghostejs pótis, specifically avoiding stress marking on the first element.

Optionally, rather than refraining from marking stress entirely, a grave accent ⟨ ̀⟩ can be used on the first word to indicate secondary stress, such as ghostèjs pótis.


2 Major features of SAE

2.1 Definite and indefinite articles

The definite article is so. The indefinite article is Hójwos, a variant of Hójnos "one" (from *h₁óynos).



2.2 Relative clauses with relative pronouns

The pronoun jos can be used to introduce relative clauses, but alternatively any correlative word can be used in a relative sense.



2.3 "Have"-perfect

SAvIE can use the word kápes, a derivative of *kap- "to seize, hold" (which gives Latin capiō and English have), to form a perfect tense with the participle -tós/-tâ/-tóm of a verb.



2.4 Nominative experiencers

Instead of using dative constructions, there can either be a nominative-active-accusative or nominative-deponent-ablative use of the word bhrūgéti to enjoy, to like (from *bʰruHg-e-ti) with a semantic patient.


2.5 Participial passive

Instead of using a conjugated passive, the periphrastic passive is formed with the verb Hésti "to be" and a passive participle ending in -(o)mHnos/-(o)mHnā/-(o)mHnom.


2.6 Anticausative prominence

Verbs can be implicitly anticausative if a transitive verb is used in anF intransitive sense, with its patient as its subject; for example éǵ bhrêgsm̥ íd "I broke it", but íd bhrêgst "it broke". Optionally the reflexive particle can be used on either side of the salient verb, giving íd bhrêgst s(w)é or íd s(w)é bhrêgst.


2.7 Dative external possessors

The dative can be used to indicate the possessor of the object of an action instead of using a genitive phrase: î léwHeti ésyās sūnéwej tód ǵónu "she washes her son's knee", though literally "she washes to her son the knee".


2.8 Negative pronouns and lack of negation

In phrasing e.g. "nobody comes", English-like phraseology should be used: there should be a negative pronoun with no negation of the verb, giving neqís cémt "nobody came".


2.9 Particles in comparative constructions

Either of the particles Hapó or Hánti should be used to compare against a referent in the accusative: ís Hesti mājoteros Hapó/Hánti (H)mé "he is bigger than me".


2.10 Relative-based equative constructions

The adjective sokós/sokâ/tokóm is used for "as" or "such" (giving sokós méǵHs "so large"). The comparative element is introduced with ḱom "with" with the predicate in the accusative, resulting in ís ésti sokós méǵHs ḱom îm̥ "he is as large as her".


2.11 Subject person affixes as strict agreement markers

This feature refers to obligatory subject-pronoun agreement with a conjugated verb. It is not widespread so it is unclear why this is included as a SAE feature. So, in SAvIE, this is an optional feature; both Hésmi and éǵH Hésmi are equivalent terms for "I am".


2.12 Intensifier-reflexive differentiation

SAvIE distinguishes between an intensifying adjectives somHós//-óm or sélbhos//-óm, and the true reflexive particle s(w)é; the former does not necessarily indicate reflexive action, but intensifies a previous nominal, while the latter is explicitly reflexive or reciprocal.


3 Further SAE-aligned features

The features below appear in some members of SAE, so can be used optionally in SAvIE too.


3.1 Verb fronting in polar interrogatives

SAvIE polar yes/no questions can front the questioning verb, so éǵH Hésmi can become Hésmi éǵH?


3.2 Comparative marking of adjectives

As seen above in the comparative adjective māyóteros//-om, the suffix -teros//-om is the comparative (as well as contrastive) adjectival suffix.


3.3 Comitative-instrumental syncretism

In this feature there is no difference between "with" in the comitative ("in the company of") sense, and in the instrumental ("using, by means of") sense. Both of the words me and ḱóm can be used to mean "with" in either sense.


4 Nominals

This category includes nouns and pronouns, both of which are declined in much the same way.

They are declined in two numbers, the singular and plural; six cases, the nominative, vocative, accusative, genitive, dative, and locative; and in one of three genders, masculine, feminine, or neuter.


4.1 Personal pronouns

These decline in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd persons singular and plural in all cases except the locative. They also have dedicated adjectival forms, which are used for the possessive.

1st singular éǵ

eǵóm

éǵō

méne

mój

méǵhjo mój (H)mós

/-â

/-óm

2nd singular twé téwe

tój

tébhi

tébhjo

tój twós

/-â

/-óm

3rd singular

masculine

ís

éj

ím ésjo

Héso

ésmej

Hésmōj

(H)ésmi (

swós

/-â

/-óm

)

3rd singular neuter íd
3rd singular feminine î îm̥ ésjās


(H)ésjāi (H)ésjā(i)
1st plural wéj n̥smé nos n̥sméj

n̥s

n̥smi n̥sós

/-â

/-óm

2nd plural usmé

wôs

wos usméj usmi usós

/-â

/-óm

3rd plural masculine éjes íns éjsom

éjsōm

Hésom

(H)éjmos

éjbhos

(H)éjsu
3rd plural neuter î
3rd plural feminine îes îm̥s

în̥s

îsōm

éjsom

Hésom

îmos

(H)éjmos

éjbhos

îsu

(H)éjsu


In addition to the above possessive adjectives mós, tós, etc. alternative forms from daughter languages can be used, including (H)méjnos ~ -ā ~ -om (as in Proto-Germanic *mīnaz), mójos ~ -ā ~ -om (as Proto-Slavic *mojь), and méjos ~ -ā ~ -om (assuming potentially that the Latin form meus represents the dative méj with adjectival ending). Internally constructed forms include méwos ~ -ā ~ -om, formed using the oblique stem with adjectival ending, or the indeclinable genitive (H)méne.


4.2 Personal correlative and relative

Nominative Accusative Genitive Dative Locative
masc. sg. qís qím qés(j)o qésmej qésmi
fem. sg. qís

neut. sg. qíd
masc. pl. qéjes qíms qéjsom qéjmos

qéjbhos

qéjsu
fem. pl.
neut. pl.


The above can be used as an independent pronoun, as in qís cémt? "Who came?"

In other contexts it can be used as a relative pronoun, such as in kápmi Hábōl qim bhrûghō "I have an apple which I like".

The difference between the two is that the pronoun form is stressed, but the relative form is not.


4.3 Proximal pronoun and determiner, and article

Nominative Accusative Genitive Dative Locative
masc. sg. tóm tósjo tósmej tósmi
neut. sg. tód
fem. sg. tâm tósjās tósjāj tósjā
masc. pl. tój tóms tójsōm tójmos

tójbhos

tójsu
neut. pl.
fem. pl. tâs tâm̥s tâsōm tâmos

tâbhos

tâsu


The above are used as both determiners for other nouns; when in need of a pronoun the form ḱíd is used instead: ḱíd Hésti Hwésu "this is good", and só Hnêr Hésti Hwésus "this man is good". can also be used as an article, and so the latter sentence can be translated as "the man is good".


4.4 Distal pronoun and determiner

Nominative Accusative Genitive Dative Locative
masc. sg. Hénos

Hónos

Hnós

Hénom Hénosjo Hénosmej Hénosmi
neut. sg. Hénod
fem. sg. Hénā Hénām Hénosjās Hénosjāej Hénosjā
masc. pl. Hénoj Hénoms Hénojsōm Hénojmos

/-bhos

Hénojsu
neut. pl. Hénā
fem. pl. Hénās Hénām̥s Hénāsōm Hénāmos

/-bhos

Hénāsu


There are multiple forms given in the first cell because the root can be reconstructed in each of those forms, all of which can be used as the basis for this demonstrative.

As with so, Hénos is used as a determiner, with its independent pronominal form being ḱênos: ḱênod Hésti Hwésu "that is good", and Hénos Hnêr Hésti Hwésus "that man is good".


4.5 Nouns and noun declension

Proto-Indo-European had somewhat complex noun declensions, which are carried over to SAvIE. As with pronouns, common nouns decline in the singular and plural, but also in the vocative to give six cases.

The pattern which is seen in many noun declensions is given below.

Athematic Masculine sg. Neuter sg. Masculine pl. Neuter pl.
Nominative -s ~ -∅ -∅ -es *-h₂
Vocative -∅
Accusative -m̥ -m̥s
Genitive -s ~ -(e/o)s -ōm
Dative -ej -bhos

-mos

Locative -i, -∅ -su


Thematic Masculine sg. Neuter sg. Masculine pl. Neuter pl.
Nominative -os -om -ōs
Vocative -e
Accusative -om -oms
Genitive -osjo

[1]

-ōm
Dative -ōj (← -oej) -o(j)bhos

-o(j)mos

Locative -oj ~ -ej -ojsu


This only applies to masculine and neuter nouns, as noted in the tables above. Feminine nouns usually conform to the following:


Thematic -ā type -ī type
Feminine sg. Feminine pl. Feminine sg. Feminine pl.
Nominative -ās (← -āes) (é)-ī (é)-īs (← -īes)
Vocative
Accusative -ām -ām̥s (é)-īm̥ (é)-īm̥s
Genitive -ās -āōm (∅)-jâs (∅)-jâōm
Dative -āj (← -āej) -ābhos

-āmos

(∅)-jâj (← -jâej) (∅)-jâbhos

(∅)-jâmos

Locative -ā(i) -āsu (∅)-jâ(i) (∅)-jâsu


ī-type nouns retain a fixed stress-ablaut pattern, whereas ā-type nouns are much more flexible; these can be o-grade with stress on the ending, e-grade with shifting stress, or zero-grade with stress on the ending.


Many noun declensions are a variation on the above patterns. Some common variations are as follows.


4.5.1 -mn̥, -mō, -mên

These endings all look very similar to each other, and fulfil relatively similar functions. -mn̥ creates neuter result nouns, while -mō and -mên create masculine agent nouns. There is no appreciable difference in meaning between -mō and -mên; they are both included to use freely when they appear in cognates among daughter languages.


-mn̥ -mō -mên
Nominative sg. (é)-mn̥ (é)-mō (∅)-mên
Genitive sg. (∅)-méns (∅)-m̥nés
Nominative pl. (é)-mō (é)-mones (∅)-ménes
Genitive pl. (∅)-m̥nés (∅)-m̥nôm



4.5.2 -tōr, -têr, -trī

These endings derived masculine, masculine, and feminine agent noun endings.


-tōr -têr -trī
Nominative sg. (é)-tōr (∅)-têr (é)-trī
Genitive sg. (∅)-trés (∅)-tr̥jâs
Nominative pl. (é)-tores (∅)-téres (é)-trīs
Genitive pl. (∅)-trôm (∅)-tr̥jâōm



4.5.3 -trom, -tlom, -dhrom, -dhlom

This is a variation of 4.5.2, all of which produce neuter nouns of tools or instruments. There is no difference between forms with -r- and forms with -l-; however, the forms beginning -dh- are used after roots ending in a laryngeal, whether deleted or not, and -t- is used otherwise. They are all conjugated in the exact same way, so only the conjugation for -trom is given below.


-trom
Nominative sg. (é)-trom
Genitive sg. (é)-trosyo

(é)-trī

Nominative pl. (é)-trā
Genitive pl. (é)-trōm



4.5.4 -ō, -Hₒō

These are called nasal suffixes, because in each case but the nominative, ⟨n⟩ appears in the suffix. creates masculine participant nouns; these are ones which indicate a person or thing which does something, or exists as the result of an action, such as skérō "meat" from *(s)kér- "to cut", with the resulting meaning being "something cut". A derivative of those, -Honos / -ā / -om, is used to create augmentative nouns.

-Hō is similar; it produces nouns and adjectives of all genders to create words which indicate possession of a certain quality, or a responsibility for carrying out or responsibility to carry out a certain action, like pl̥tHús "wide, broad" becoming Pĺ̥tHō "Plato", originally meaning "wide/broad one". It is assumed to be formed from Proto-Indo-European *-h₃en(h₂)-, and colours vowels accordingly (by -h₃-).


ō masculine Hₒō masculine Hₒō neuter Hₒō feminine
-Hₒō -Hₒon -Hₒónī
Nominative sg. (é)-ō ( ́)-Hō ( ́)-Hon (∅)-Hónī
Genitive sg. (∅)-nés (∅)-Hnés (∅)-Honjâs
Nominative pl. (é)-ones ( ́)-Hones ( ́)-Hō (∅)-Hónīs
Genitive pl. (∅)-nôm (∅)-Hnôm (∅)-Hn̥jâōm



4.5.5 -r̥, -mr̥, -sr̥, -tr̥, -wr̥

These all belong to and are declined exactly as the basic ending -r̥, which is rare and unproductive. It produces very few basic neuter nouns.


-r̥
Nominative sg. (ó)-r̥
Genitive sg. (é)-n̥s
Nominative pl. (ó)-r̥H
Genitive pl. (é)-nōm
Nominative coll. (é)-ōr
Genitive coll. (∅)-nés


This ending is exceptional in having a collective number, which is grammatically plural. So, tâ wédōr means “the collective of all waters”, whereas tâ wódr̥H means “the (particular, definite, definable, countable) waters”.


4.5.6 -tus

This suffix produces masculine action nouns from verb roots.


-tus
Nominative sg. (é)-tus
Genitive sg. (∅)-téws
Nominative pl. (é)-tewes
Genitive pl. (∅)-téwōm



4.5.7 -is, -tis

-is produces common gender nouns, that is, those which can be either masculine or feminine. It is not shown with an ablaut pattern because it can be used with multiple, including (é)-is or (ó)-is. It also has the neuter form -i. -tis produces exclusively feminine action or abstract nouns.


-is -tis
Nominative sg. -is, -i (é)-tis
Genitive sg. -ejs (∅)-téjs
Nominative pl. -ejes, -ejH (é)-tejes
Genitive pl. -ejōm (∅)-téjōm


4.5.8 Agentive and resultative -os

Nouns with the pattern (o)-ós create masculine agent nouns denoting someone or something which performs a related action, such as tomHós "cutter, slicer", from the verb tm̥nês (← tm̥-né-h₁-es) "to slice, to section, to cut up". When the stress shifts on to the root vowel, this produces a related result noun, tómHos "a cut, a slice". Both of these noun patterns do not shift stress or ablaut within their own paradigm (giving tomHósjo "of a/the cutter" and tómHosjo "of a/the slice").


4.5.9 -snā

The ending -snā is attached usually to verb stems to indicate either a result noun or a noun indicating the a summary of a category, for example converting tétḱes "to create, produce" into tétḱsnā "art, craft".


-snā
Nominative sg. (é)-snā
Genitive sg. (é)-snās
Nominative pl. (é)-snās
Genitive pl. (é)-snāōm


4.5.10 -sōr

-sōr is similar to -trī in that it produces feminine gender agentive nouns.


-sōr
Nominative sg. (é)-sōr
Genitive sg. (∅)-srés
Nominative pl. (é)-sores
Genitive pl. (∅)-srôm


4.5.11 -(n)â

The pattern (o)-â creates collective or mass nouns, or abstract or action nouns. This conjugates exactly as the thematic ā-type is expected to. This can also appear as (∅)-â, with the exact same meaning.

A slight extension of this is the pattern (o)-nâ also creating a deverbal abstract noun.


4.5.12 -iā

This is a variation of the feminine ending -ā augmented with -i-, used to create feminine abstract nouns.


4.5.A Combination of suffixes

Evidence suggests that some of the above suffixes were combined for various purposes. One example is 4.5.7 with 4.5.4: where -tis could be combined with -Hō to give -tīō, giving Latin -tiō and Proto-Celtic -tiyū; -tīō for example can be used to produce nouns of action or result.


4.6 Adjectives

Adjectives decline in all three genders, two numbers, and six cases. Their deeclensions follow many of the same patterns that nouns do. In particular, they follow athematic (méǵHs ~ m̥ǵHés, méǵHī ~ méǵHīs, méǵH ~ méǵH "great, large") or thematic (néwos ~ néwes, néwā ~ néwās, néwom ~ néwā "new") paradigms using a mixture of the basic masculine-, feminine- and neuter-gender endings given above.

Other adjectival formations are as follows.



4.6.1 Caland system: -onts, -us

The Caland system defines reproducible adjectival paradigms and their root forms for creating basic adjectives. Two common endings are -onts and -us, which ablaut as follows.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
-onts

Nominative

(é)-onts (é)-ont (∅)-éntī (é)-ontes (é)-ontH (∅)-éntīs
-onts

Genitive

(∅)-n̥tés (∅)-n̥tjâs (∅)-n̥tôm (∅)-n̥tjâōm
-us

Nominative

(é)-us (é)-u (∅)-éwī (é)-ewes (é)-ū (∅)-éwīs
-us

Genitive

(∅)-éws (∅)-ujâs (∅)-éwōm (∅)-ujâōm


Although displaying somewhat idiosyncratic ablaut, these declensions are identical to the athematic endings given in 4.5.


4.6.2 Bahuvrihis: -ēs

A bahuvrihi is a compound word formation indicating possession of a certain quality, or execution of a certain action. These can either be adjectives or nouns in all genders. Its underlying form is *-es-s, due to which it also follows the athematic pattern.

The gendered forms are combined, giving a common-gender form.


Cmn. sg. Neut. sg. Cmn. pl. Neut. pl.
Nominative (é)-ēs (é)-es (é)-eses (é)-ēs
Genitive (é)-esos (é)-esōm



4.6.3 Pertinence to a quality: -wénts

-wénts creates adjectives which indicate possession of a certain noun as a quality, or pertinence to that noun as a salient description, like Hn̥twént "limited".


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-wénts (∅)-wént (∅)-wéntī (∅)-wéntes (∅)-wéntH (∅)-wéntīs
Genitive (∅)-wn̥tés (∅)-wn̥tjâs (∅)-wn̥tôm (∅)-wn̥tjâōm



4.6.4 Characteristic or typical of: -ískos, -ānos

These suffixes are cognate with the English -ish and -(i)an, and fulfil the same function: they create adjectives meaning something that is characteristic or typical of a certain noun.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-iskós (∅)-iskóm (∅)-iskâ (∅)-iskôs (∅)-iskâ (∅)-iskâs
Genitive (∅)-iskósjo (∅)-iskâs (∅)-iskôm (∅)-iskâōm


-ānós conjugates as -nós does, in 4.6.7.


4.6.5 Possession of a thing or quality, or having undergone an action: -ātos

The stress pattern is more similar to regular nouns, with the zero or unstressed full grade throughout.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-ātós (∅)-ātóm (∅)-ātâ (∅)-ātôs (∅)-ātâ (∅)-ātâs
Genitive (∅)-ātósjo (∅)-ātâs (∅)-ātôm (∅)-ātâōm


Any zero-grade adjective extended with -ā- or -ī- are declined identically.


4.6.6 Material or consistency: -īnós

-īnos creates adjectives generally related to a material of which something is made. Stress falls on the suffix at all times, but the root does not need to be zero-grade.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative -īnós -īnóm -īnâ -īnôs -īnâ -īnâs
Genitive -īnósjo -īnâs -īnôm -īnâōm



4.6.7 Zero-grade adjectives

All the adjectives of this class require a zero-grade root. They are all declined with the following pattern:


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-Cós (∅)-Cóm (∅)-Câ (∅)-Côs (∅)-Câ (∅)-Câs
Genitive (∅)-Cósjo (∅)-Câs (∅)-Côm (∅)-Câōm


  • (∅)-kós of or pertaining to something

  • (∅)-lós diminutive adjective or noun

  • (∅)-nós capable of (a verb), tending to (verb)

  • (∅)-rós basic adjectives in the Caland system

  • (∅)-tós past participles

  • (∅)-wós basic adjectives from verbs

  • (∅)-jós (athematic) basic adjectives from nouns

    • this appears as (é)-jos ~ (é)-josjo if the noun is thematic


4.6.8 Contrastive adjective

The contrastive adjective produces the slightly complex meaning of "something which is X rather than anything else".


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (é)-teros (é)-terom (é)-terā (é)-terōs (é)-terā (é)-terās
Genitive (é)-terosjo (é)-terās (é)-terōm (é)-terāōm


4.6.9 Elative adjective

The elative adjectives is one which describes the greatness of something, meaning "very X".


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (é)-jōs (é)-jos (∅)-jésī (é)-joses (é)-jōs (∅)-jésīs
Genitive (∅)-isés (∅)-isjā́s (∅)-isôm (∅)-isjâōm


4.6.10 Verbal participles

These essentially function as adjectives. They use several special forms of the adjective endings listed above in limited functions.


4.6.10.1 Present participle

The present participle uses the form (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés in thematic verbs, as does the -onts form in the Caland system above, and (∅)-ónts ~ (∅)-n̥tés in athematic verbs. It is directly equivalent to the English "-ing". It is used with Héses in any tense to indicate continuous tenses, such as Hésmi Hdónts "I am eating".


4.6.10.2 Past participle

The past participle uses the form (∅)-tós ~ (∅)-tósjo. As a verbal adjective it essentially means "X-ed". Although it can be used as an independent adjective, it is perhaps most commonly used in its neuter form with kápes "to have, get" in the perfect-tense construction, such as kápmi Hdtóm "I have eaten".


4.6.10.3 Passive participle

Unlike -tós, which is active in meaning, the passive participle indicates something which "has been X-ed". Its form is (é)-om(H)nos ~ (∅)-óm(H)nosjo in thematic verbs, an (∅)-m̥(H)nós ~ (∅)-m̥(H)nósjo in athematic verbs. It is also used with Héses to construct passive verb forms, such as Hésmi Hdm̥Hnós "I am eaten, I have been eaten".


4.6.10.4 Stative-type past participle

This participle is a special type with optional initial reduplication: masculine (é)-(∅)-wōs ~ (é)-(∅)-usos, feminine (é)-(∅)-usī ~ (e)-(∅)-usjâs, neuter (é)-(∅)-wos ~ (é)-(∅)-usos.


4.6.10.5 Perfect participle

Although Ancient Greek and Sanskrit had a perfect participle, such a formation would be against the spirit of SAE, which specifies a perfect-tense formation using the "have" verb. As such, there is no dedicated perfect participle; rather, a perfect participial formation involves the present participle of kápes and a past participle of another verb, such as kapónts wl̥tóm "having seen".


4.7 Adjective comparison

Adjectives can be further declined in two degrees: the comparative and the superlative. The comparative produces adjectives meaning "more X", while the superlative produces "the most X".


4.7.1 Comparative adjective

The comparative adjective degree can be expressed either with the contrastive -teros or elative -yōs ending. The comparative element translating to "than" is expressed with Hánti "against", and the noun being compared against is placed in the dative, for example ís Hésti Hl̥tóteros ~ Hl̥tójōs Hánti méǵhjo "he is taller than me".



4.7.2 Superlative adjective

The superlative degree expresses "the most X". As such, it is always used with the article .

For ease, I have opted to reduce the potential superlative adjective endings to two, discounting those reconstructions with a laryngeal. The adjective is formed in one of two ways: (∅)-otm̥mós or (∅)-istós. The former is used for thematic adjectives, whereas the latter is used for athematic adjectives.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-otm̥mós (∅)-otm̥móm (∅)-otm̥mâ (∅)-otm̥môs (∅)-otm̥mâ (∅)-otm̥mâs
Genitive (∅)-otm̥mósjo (∅)-otm̥mâs (∅)-otm̥môm (∅)-otm̥mâōm
Nominative (∅)-istós (∅)-istóm (∅)-istâ (∅)-istôs (∅)-istâ (∅)-istâs
Genitive (∅)-istósjo (∅)-istâs (∅)-istôm (∅)-istâōm


Although this table describes each form as using a zero-grade root because the stress shifts to the ending, the root can also be made e-grade in all cases.


4.7.3 Absolute superlative adjective

The superlative can be augmented further, in order to create the absolute superlative, which holds even more force than the superlative. It is a combination of both superlative adjective forms, giving (∅)-istm̥mós. It declines exactly as -otm̥mós does.


Masc. sg. Neut. sg. Fem. sg. Masc. pl. Neut. pl. Fem. pl.
Nominative (∅)-istm̥mós (∅)-istm̥móm (∅)-istm̥mâ (∅)-istm̥môs (∅)-istm̥mâ (∅)-istm̥mâs
Genitive (∅)-istm̥mósjo (∅)-istm̥mâs (∅)-istm̥môm (∅)-istm̥mâōm



5 Verbs

SAvIE verbs are complex, but with fewer irregularities than Proto-Indo-European's daughter languages. SAvIE in particular takes the feature of the "have"-perfect tense and expands the concept to include multiple periphrastic tenses and verb forms, including all continuous tenses, and all passive forms.

SAvIE verbs are divided into two kinds: conjugated and periphrastic. Conjugated forms are ones to which a suffix is attached to form a directly usable tense. Periphrastic forms involve a conjugated form of one of a limited selection of verbs, along with a particle. Particles themselves are one of four non-finite forms which indicate tense and aspect.


5.1 Non-finite forms, and infinitive

It should not be necessary to revise non-finite forms, as they are all described in 4.6.8. Two forms not described there are the infinitive, which is used simply to name the verb, the supine, used only in special verb constructions, and the purportative, used with verbs of wanting, owing, or intending.

The infinitive takes the form (é)-es, and is a shortened locative form of the purportative (é)-os and (é)-esos, which creates result or action nouns. This makes it cognate with the Ancient Greek (-ειν) and Latin (-ere) infinitives.

For deponents, the infinitive is formed with (∅)-és, and the purportatives (é)-osm̥ and (∅)-sés.

The supine takes the form (∅)-ént, also a locative form, of the present participle -onts. For deponents, it is (∅)-tój. It is used in combination with verbs of motion in order to indicate purpose, such as ís cémt Had wl̥ént mé "he came to see me".


5.2 Conjugated forms

Verbs each conjugate in multiple tenses, each of which has three persons (1st, 2nd, and 3rd), two numbers (singular and plural) and two moods (indicative and optative). In total there are four tenses: the nonpast (which encompasses the present and, optionally, future), the imperfect (semantically identical to the past continuous, but used especially in certain constructions), the aorist (or preterite, or simple past), and the habitual (which is technically tenseless).

All conjugated forms use one of two sets of endings, called the primary and secondary. Primary endings indicate the nonpast tense, and secondary endings most others. Each set of endings can be either thematic or athematic.


Primary Secondary
Thematic Athematic Thematic Athematic
1st person singular -mi -om -m̥
2nd person singular -esi -si -es -s
3rd person singular -eti -ti -et -t
1st person plural -omos -mós -ome -mé
2nd person plural -ete -té -ete -té
3rd person plural -onti -énti -ont -ént


Whether a verb is thematic or not is unpredictable, and must be learnt on a case-by-case basis.


5.2.1 Nonpast

The nonpast combines both the present and future tenses. The simple future has an additional periphrastic tense, but the simple present does not. It is indicated by the primary endings.

The first model is of bhéres "to bear, carry". It is a root thematic verb.


Thematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō bhérō I bear
2nd person singular (é)-esi bhéresi you bear
3rd person singular (é)-eti bhéreti he/she/it bears
1st person plural (é)-omos bhéromos we bear
2nd person plural (é)-ete bhérete you (pl.) bear
3rd person plural (é)-onti bhéronti they bear


This model is Hédes "to eat". It is a root athematic verb.


Athematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-mi Hédmi I eat
2nd person singular (é)-si Hédsi you eat
3rd person singular (é)-ti Hédti he/she/it eats
1st person plural (∅)-mós Hdmós''' we eat
2nd person plural (∅)-té Hdté you (pl.) eat
3rd person plural (∅)-énti Hdénti they eat


Since they can be used as a future tense too, a nonpast form bhérō can mean both "I bear" and "I will bear", though for clarity the latter can be expressed with the periphrastic future tense, described later.


5.2.2 Imperfect

The imperfect is indicated by the usage of secondary endings in place of primary ones. It signals a past continuous tense.


Thematic imperfect verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-om bhérom I was bearing
2nd person singular (é)-es bhéres you were bearing
3rd person singular (é)-et bhéret he/she/it was bearing
1st person plural (é)-ome bhérome we were bearing
2nd person plural (é)-ete bhérete you (pl.) were bearing
3rd person plural (é)-onti bhéronti they were bearing



Athematic imperfect verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-m̥ Hédm̥ I was eating
2nd person singular (é)-s Héds you were eating
3rd person singular (é)-t Hédt he/she/it was eating
1st person plural (∅)-mé Hdmé we were eating
2nd person plural (∅)-té Hdté you (pl.) were eating
3rd person plural (∅)-énti Hdénti they were eating


The main difference of the imperfect conjugated form from the past continuous periphrastic form is the usage in formulaic constructions, shown later.


5.2.3 Aorist

The aorist forms a simple past. It also uses the secondary endings, but can be one of two further formations. The derived aorist is given for root present verbs, that is, ones which are not formed with secondary derivation such as the nasal infix. This forms as below.


Aorist verb Model Example
1st person singular (ê)-sm̥ bhêrsm̥ I bore

Hêdsm̥ I ate

2nd person singular (ê)-s bhêrs you bore

Hêds you ate

3rd person singular (ê)-st bhêrst he/she/it bore

Hêdst he/she/it ate

1st person plural (é)-sme bhérsme we bore

Hédsme we ate

2nd person plural (é)-ste bhérste you (pl.) bore

Hédste you (pl.) ate

3rd person plural (é)-sn̥t bhérsn̥t they bore

Hédsn̥t they ate


The second formation is the root aorist, given for derived verbs that do not fit into the above category. It uses the secondary endings attached to a root with no intervening secondary derivations, and can be either thematic or athematic. As such, it is completely identical with the imperfect tense of root present verbs. It differs from the imperfect of derived verbs by dropping secondary derivation. For example, for léjqes "to leave" has the (derived) present linéqti, (derived) imperfect linéqt, and root aorist léjqt.



5.2.4 Habitual

The habitual has no explicit tense – the position in time of the relevant action depends solely on the context of the sentence. The form of this is a thematic verb with secondary endings.


Dynamic habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (∅)-óm Hdóm I used to eat
2nd person singular (∅)-és Hdés you used to eat
3rd person singular (∅)-ét Hdét he/she/it used to eat
1st person plural (∅)-óme Hdóme we used to eat
2nd person plural (∅)-éte Hdéte you used to eat
3rd person plural (∅)-ónt Hdónt they used to eat


5.2.5 Stative-type present

For very few verbs the present is formed using the Proto-Indo-European stative formation. These have no imperfect or aorist, and have special past participle forms built on -wōs ~ -usī ~ -wos.


Stative habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (ó)-Ha móghHa I can
2nd person singular (ó)-tHa móghtHa you can
3rd person singular (ó)-e móghe he/she/it knows
1st person plural (∅)-mé m̥ghmé we can
2nd person plural (∅)-é m̥ghé you (pl.) know
3rd person plural (∅)-êr m̥ghêr they know



5.2.6 Deponent

A very small number of verbs is a deponent: one which looks like an old mediopassive form, but acts as though it were active. This is not counted as a passive form. Deponent verbs have special forms in all tenses.


Deponent verbs Nonpast Imperfect Aorist Habitual
1st person singular athematic(∅)-Hár

thematic(é)-ōr

(∅)-Há

(é)-ōa

(é)-sHa (∅)-ôr
2nd person singular (∅)-tHár

(é)-etHar

(∅)-tHá

(é)-etHa

(é)-stHa (∅)-étHar
3rd person singular (∅)-(t)ór

(é)-etor

(∅)-(t)ó

(é)-eto

(é)-s(t)o (∅)-étor
1st person plural (∅)-mósdhH

(é)-omosdhH

(∅)-médhH

(é)-omedhH

(é)-smedhH (∅)-ómosdhH
2nd person plural (∅)-dhHwé

(é)-edhHwe

(∅)-dhHwé

(é)-edhHwe

(é)-sdhHwe (∅)-édhHwe
3rd person plural (∅)-rór ~ (∅)-ntór

(é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor

(∅)-ró ~ (∅)-ntó

(é)-oro ~ (é)-ento

(é)-sro ~ -sn̥to (∅)-óror ~ (∅)-óntor



5.2.7 Imperative

The imperative is its own mood, and conjugates only in the second and third person. It is tenseless, so there is only one set of imperative forms for each verb. Their forms differ only slightly based on thematicity.


Thematic imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (é)-e bhére bear!
3rd person singular (é)-etu bhéretu let him/her/it bear!
2nd person plural (é)-ete bhérete bear (pl.)!
3rd person plural (é)-ontu bhérontu let them bear!


Athematic imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (é)-∅

(∅)-dhí

Héd

Hddhí eat!

3rd person singular (é)-tu Hédtu let him/her/it eat!
2nd person plural (∅)-té Hdté eat (pl.)!
3rd person plural (∅)-éntu Hdéntu let them eat!


Stative-type imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (e)-(ó)-∅

(e)-(∅)-dhí

memón remember!

memn̥dhí remember!

3rd person singular (e)-(ó)-tu memóntu let him/her/it remember!
2nd person plural (e)-(∅)-té memn̥té remember (pl.)!
3rd person plural (e)-(∅)-éntu memnéntu let them remember!



Deponent imperative Model Example
2nd person singular (é)-o wéso! wear (it)!
3rd person singular (é)-(e)to wésto! let him/her/it wear!
2nd person plural (é)-(e)dh(H)we wésdh(H)we! wear (pl.) (it)!
3rd person plural (é)-(o)nto wésn̥to! let them wear!



5.2.8 Special formation types

Some verb forms include affixes which attach to a verb root to form a stem, onto which certain endings are added. In this document, primary indicates verbs whose suffixes do not add significant special meaning, which form a root present and sigmatic aorist (including on suffixes -ê-, -ā-, etc.); secondary indicates verbs which use special derivational suffixes for the present and form a root aorist; tertiary indicates verbs which use meaningful derivational suffixes but do not form an aorist because the meaning of the derived verb contrasts the meaning of its non-derived counterpart.


5.2.8.1 Nasal infix (secondary)

There is a special form of nonpast and imperfect formed with the nasal infix -né-  ~ -n- on the zero-grade stem. This infix ablauts from the singular to the plural in the indicative, remains -né- in the subjunctive, and is conjugated with athematic endings. The infix is only seen in these two tenses.


5.2.8.2 sḱ-inchoative verbs (primary)

The infix -sḱ- attaches to some verb roots to form verbs which occasionally, but not always, have an inchoative meaning. These verbs are thematic.


5.2.8.3 -j- infix transitive-intransitive pairs (primary)

Some verbs can be formed with (é)-jeti or (∅)-jéti. The former will always form transitive verbs, and the latter intransitive verbs. The intransitive in particular implies an ongoing action, and as such has no aorist tense. Verb roots can be combined with each of these to produce a pair of transitive and intransitive verbs, but this need not be the case. In case it does, conjugated verb forms differ in all forms except the aorist, where both forms are identical.


5.2.8.4 -néw- infix verbs (tertiary)

As with the nasal infix, some verbs will form their present, imperfect, and habitual tenses with -néw-. This is placed after a zero-grade verb root, and is athematic in the present and imperfect. It ablauts to -nu- when unstressed, including in all persons of the habitual.


5.2.8.5 Causative formations (primary)

The verb form (o)-éjeti ~ (o)-éjonti forms causative verbs, such as Hédmi "to eat" becoming Hodéjeti "to feed". This forms verbs meaning "to cause to do X". This makes explicitly transitive verbs, often from existing verb roots or from adjective roots.


5.2.8.6 Desiderative formations (primary)

The affix -sj- is added to very few verb roots to form desiderative "want to X" verbs. It is thematic, attaches to the zero-grade root, and is accented on the thematic vowel, as Hdsjéti "to want to eat, to be hungry".


5.2.8.7 Adjectival stative formations (primary)

The suffix (∅)-êti ~ (∅)-ên̥ti (athematic) or (∅)-êjeti ~ (∅)-êjonti (thematic) form stative "to be X" verbs specifically from adjective roots, such as Hrudhêti "to be red". These verbs can expand slightly in meaning from a stative "to be X" to a dynamic "to go X, to become X". In either case they are explicitly intransitive verbs, and must be made causative to become transitive.


5.2.8.8 Reduplicated thematic verbs (secondary)

Very few verbs will form their nonpast and imperfect with (í)-(∅)-eti ~ (í)-(∅)-onti; they have a reduplicated element with -i- as the vowel which retains the stress, such as sísdeti "to sit". These have no special meaning, and are simply formations of the tense.


5.2.8.9 Reduplicated athematic verbs (secondary)

Similarlty to the above, some verbs will form with (í/é)-(e)-ti ~ (í/é)-(∅)-nti, such as stístāti "to stand up". These verbs also have no particular nuance, and are formed arbitrarily.


5.2.8.10 Zero-grade thematic formation (primary)

The so-called tudati type verb forms all tenses from (∅)-éti ~ (∅)-ónti, in which case its habitual and imperfect are identical.


5.2.8.11 Factitive (deadjectival) verbs (primary)

The factitive verb form (é)-āti ~ (é)-ān̥ti creates verbs that imply "to make X", such as néwāti "to renew, to make new".


5.2.8.12 Denominative verbs (primary)

Despite their similarity with the -j- infix verbs described in 5.2.7.3, the verb forms (∅)-ejéti ~ (∅)-ejónti and (∅)-ājéti ~ (∅)-ājónti are denominative (and occasionally deadjectival) suffixes; they are derived from (mainly) noun stems to indicate a performance of that noun.


5.2.8.13 Iterative/frequentative/intensive formation (primary)

These verbs are marked by the thematic suffix -ājéti ~ -ājónti, and may appear as o-grade among others. This suffix forms verbs with iterative (repetition of an action, but only during one distinct occasion), frequentative (occasional repetition of an action on several undefined occasions), or intensive meaning.


5.2.8.14 -dhHéti resultative formation (primary)

The resultative formation (é)-dhHeti ~ (é)-dhHonti generally expresses “to become X”. As a result it is most commonly formed from adjective roots.


5.3 Periphrastic forms

These verb forms are a combination of a conjugated form and a non-finite form: a conjugated verb and a participle.


5.3.1 Explicit future tense

Although the nonpast tense can be used as an implicit future, a periphrastic future can be expressed with the verb Héjes "to go", with the supine form, such as éǵ Héjmi Hdént "I am going to eat, I will eat".


5.3.2 Perfect tense

The perfect tense is handled by the verb kápes, which is only used to form this particular tense. It carries the meaning of "have X-ed". The nonpast tense is used with the past participle, such as éǵ kápmi Hdtóm "I have eaten".

If there is no direct object, the neuter form -tóm of the participle should be used. However, if there is a direct object, the past participle should match the gender of the object, such as íd kápti Hdtâ îm̥ "it has eaten her".


5.3.3 Pluperfect tense

The pluperfect "had X-ed" can be formed by changing the conjugated from of kápes from the nonpast to the aorist, such as éǵ kâpsm̥ Hdtóm "I had eaten". The participle must also agree as in the perfect tense.


5.3.4 Future perfect tense

Instead of using kápes, the future formation of Héjes must be used with the supine form kapént and a past participle, such as éǵ Héjmi kapént Hdtóm "I will have eaten". Once again, that the participle must agree with the object's gender is retained.


5.3.5 Continuous tenses

A continuous tense indicates an explicitly imperfective tense, showing that an action is underway and incomplete.

Continuous tenses can be formed with the nonpast and imperfect conjugations of Héses along with a present participle, such as Hésmi Hdónts "I am eating", or Hésm̥ Hdónts "I was eating".

In addition, the future tense can form a continuous: Héjmi Hsént Hdónts "I will be eating", and Héjmi kapént Hstóm Hdónts "I will have been eating".


5.3.6 Imperfective anterior

This construction translates as "was going to X". It can either take the imperfect or the aorist form of Héses, with the present participle of Héjes and the supine. The aorist form is usually used as a simple description of events: bhéwHsm̥ Hjónts Hdént "I was going to eat". The imperfect form, on the contrary, is usually used to introduce the context before another action, with the second action being placed in the aorist: Hésm̥ Hjónts Hdént, qomóḱs ís cémt "I was going to eat when he came".



5.3.7 Passive forms

SAvIE makes no distinction between the middle and the passive, preferring only to use a passive. This is formed with any conjugated form of Héses with the passive participle, such as bhéwHsm̥ Hdm̥Hnós "I was eaten".

Periphrastic tenses can also be made passive: Hésm̥ Hjónts Hsént Hdm̥Hnós, qomóḱs ís cémt "I was going to be eaten when he came".


5.4 Subjunctive

The subjunctive is a conjugated verb form used either to express uncertainty semantically, or to express a relative clause.


5.4.1 Nonpast subjunctive

The subjunctive of root thematic nonpast verbs simply lengthens the theme vowel, with gaining -H; given the proto-form is *-ōh₂, no change is expected, but -H is added to distinguish the subjunctive form from the indicative.

Thematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō bhérōH (that) I bear
2nd person singular (é)-ēsi bhérēsi (that) you bear
3rd person singular (é)-ēti bhérēti (that) he/she/it bear
1st person plural (é)-ōmos bhérōmos (that) we bear
2nd person plural (é)-ēte bhérēte (that) you (pl.) bear
3rd person plural (é)-ōnti bhérōnti (that) they bear


The athematic nonpast verbs, meanwhile, are converted to thematic verbs with acrostatic stress.

Athematic nonpast verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō Hédō''' (that) I eat
2nd person singular (é)-esi Hédesi (that) you eat
3rd person singular (é)-eti Hédeti (that) he/she/it eat
1st person plural (é)-omos Hédomos (that) we eat
2nd person plural (é)-ete Hédete (that) you (pl.) eat
3rd person plural (é)-onti Hédonti (that) they eat



5.4.2 Imperfect subjunctive

There is no imperfect subjunctive in SAvIE; the habitual subjunctive should be used instead.


5.4.3 Aorist subjunctive

Since the aorist uses athematic secondary endings, the subjunctive changes these to thematic primary endings, and keeps a lengthened e-grade root with acrostatic stress.

Aorist verb Model Example
1st person singular (ê)-sō bhêrsō (that) I bore

Hêdsō (that) I ate

2nd person singular (ê)-sesi bhêrsesi (that) you bore

Hêdsesi (that) you ate

3rd person singular (ê)-seti bhêrseti (that) he/she/it bore

Hêdseti (that) he/she/it ate

1st person plural (ê)-somos bhêrsomos (that) we bore

Hêdsomos (that) we ate

2nd person plural (ê)-sete bhêrsete (that) you (pl.) bore

Hêdsete (that) you (pl.) ate

3rd person plural (ê)-sonti bhêrsonti (that) they bore

Hêdsonti (that) they ate



5.4.4 Habitual subjunctive

In the habitual subjunctive of dynamic verbs, the theme vowel is lengthened and used with primary endings, against a zero-grade root, with accent always falling on the endings as in the indicative.

Dynamic habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (∅)-ôH HdôH (that) I used to eat
2nd person singular (∅)-êsi Hdêsi (that) you used to eat
3rd person singular (∅)-êti Hdêti (that) he/she/it used to eat
1st person plural (∅)-ômos Hdômos (that) we used to eat
2nd person plural (∅)-ête Hdête (that) you used to eat
3rd person plural (∅)-ônti Hdônti (that) they used to eat



The habitual subjunctive of stative verbs, by contrast, takes an e-grade root with acrostatic stress, and thematic primary endings, identical to root thematic verbs.

Stative habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō wéjdō (that) I used to know
2nd person singular (é)-esi wéjdesi (that) you used to know
3rd person singular (é)-eti wéjdeti (that) he/she/it used to know
1st person plural (é)-omos wéjdomos (that) we used to know
2nd person plural (é)-ete wéjdete (that) you (pl.) used to know
3rd person plural (é)-onti wéjdonti (that) they used to know



5.4.5 Stative-type subjunctives

Stative habitual verb Model Example
1st person singular (é)-ō wéjdō (that) I used to know
2nd person singular (é)-esi wéjdesi (that) you used to know
3rd person singular (é)-eti wéjdeti (that) he/she/it used to know
1st person plural (é)-omos wéjdomos (that) we used to know
2nd person plural (é)-ete wéjdete (that) you (pl.) used to know
3rd person plural (é)-onti wéjdonti (that) they used to know


5.4.6 Deponent subjunctives

As is the case with active verbs, there is no form for the imperfect, and the habitual must be used to cover both tenses.

Deponent subjunctive Nonpast Aorist Habitual
1st person singular athematic(é)-ōr

thematic(é)-ōHar

(ê)-sōr (∅)-ôHar
2nd person singular (é)-etHar

(é)-ētHar

(ê)-setHar (∅)-êtHar
3rd person singular (é)-etor

(é)-ētor

(ê)-setor (∅)-êtor
1st person plural (é)-omosdhH

(é)-ōmosdhH

(ê)-somosdhH (∅)-ômosdhH
2nd person plural (é)-edhHwe

(é)-ēdhHwe

(ê)-sedhHwe (∅)-êdhHwe
3rd person plural (é)-oror ~ (é)-ontor

(é)-ōror ~ (é)-ōntor

(ê)-sontor ~ (ê)-soror (∅)-ôror ~ (∅)-ôntor



5.5 The irregular verb Héses

Héses "to be" is an irregular verb; it is suppletive in the aorist indicative and aorist and habitual subjunctive tense, where it takes from the stem bhū-, from *bʰuH-. It is important to note that the lengthened grade (seen in the aorist) is bhéwH-, filling in an -e- by analogy, treating bhū- as the zero-grade and bhéwH- as the full-grade form.


This is the complete conjugation of Héses.


Héses

"to be"

Indicative Subjunctive Imp.
Nonp. Impf. Aor. Hab. Nonp. Aor. Hab.
1st sg. Hésmi Hésm̥ bhéwHsm̥ Hsóm Hésō bhéwHsō bhūôH '''
2nd sg. Hési Hés bhéwHs Hsés Hésesi bhéwHesi bhūêsi Hsdhí
3rd sg. Hésti Hést bhéwHst Hsét Héseti bhéwHseti bhūêti Héstu
1st pl. Hsmós Hsmé bhûsme Hsóme Hésomos bhéwHsomos bhūômos
2nd pl. Hsté bhûste Hséte Hésete bhéwHsete bhūête Hsté
3rd pl. Hsénti Hsént bhûsn̥t Hsónt Hésonti bhéwHsonti bhūônti Hséntu
Prs. p. Hsónts ~ Hséntī ~ Hsóntas ~ Hsónt
Pst. p. Hstós ~ Hstâ ~ Hstás ~ Hstóm
Pass. p. none
Purp. Hésos
Supine Hsént



6 Gender-neutral paradigm

In SAvIE, there exists a newly-developed gender-neutral form which encompasses a pronoun and large selection of adjectival endings corresponding with each of the adjectives above that has explicitly gendered forms, meaning that common-gender forms are not covered by this paradigm.

The basis of the gender-neutral paradigm is the sound /a/, spelt as ⟨a⟩.


Its pronominal form is as follows:


3rd singular neutral jás jám jás jâj jaj (

swós

/-â

/-ás

/-óm

)

3rd plural neutral jâs jáms jáōm jámos jásu (

swós

/-â

/-ás

/-óm

)


Adjectives, consequently, all decline with a.


-onts → -éntas -us → -was -wénts → -wéntas -os → -oas → -ōs -s → -as
Nominative sg. (∅)-éntas (é)-was (∅)-wéntas -o-as -ōs (é)-as
Genitive sg. (∅)-n̥tás (∅)-éwas (∅)-wn̥tás -o-as-jo -ōsjo (∅)-ás
Nominative pl. (∅)-éntajes (é)-ewajes (∅)-wéntajes -o-ajes -ōjes (é)-ajes
Genitive pl. (∅)-n̥tájōm (∅)-éwajōm (∅)-wn̥tájōm -o-ajōm -ōjōm (∅)-ájōm


An example of this is éǵ wéjdō qid jás Hésti Hwéswas "I know that they (sg.) are good".


7 Pro-forms

SAvIE pro-forms include pronouns and demonstratives, and question forms known as wh-words. They are outlined in the table below.

interr.

"what?"

proximal

"this"

medial

"that"

distal

"yon"

assertive

"some"

elective

"any"

universal

"every"

negative

"no(ne)"

alternative

"other"

determiner qós?

qâ?

qod?

tod

Hénos

Hénā

Hénom

Hl̥nós

Hl̥nâ

Hl̥nóm

Hojwós

Hojwâ

Hojwóm

qísqe ~

ojnolós

qîqe ~

ojnolâ

qásqe ~

ojnolás

qídqe ~

ojnolóm

sl̥Hwós ~

-ôs

sl̥Hwâ ~

-âs

sl̥Hwás ~

-ájes

sl̥Hwóm ~

or

wikós

/ -â / -ás

/ -óm

neqós ~

neojnolós

neqâ ~

neojnolâ

neqás ~

neojnolás

neqód ~

neojnolóm

Háljos

Háljā

Háljas

Háljom

human qís?

qî?

qás?

ḱís

ḱī

ḱás

ḱênos

ḱênā

ḱênas

Hl̥nós

Hl̥nâ

Hl̥nás

Hójwos

Hójwā

Hójwas

object qíd? ḱíd ḱênod Hl̥nóm Hójwom
dual qíteros?

qíterā?

qíteras?

qíterom?

~ qó-
ḱíteros

etc.

⸻ → Hl̥nóteros

etc.

⸻ → qíterosqe

~ qó-

etc.

Hm̥bhô

Hm̥bhâH

Hm̥bhój[2]

neqíteros

~ qó-

etc.

Háljoteros

etc.

location kúr?

qór?

ḱér Hénâḱe ísḱe Hojwâḱe kúrqe

qórqe

wikómḱe nekúr

neqór

Háljāḱe
source qôdhe? tosjāsdhe Hénosjāsdhe Hl̥nâsdhe qôdheqe wikâsdhe neqôdhe Háljāsdhe
goal qómde? tâmde Hénāmde Hl̥nâmde qómdeqe wikómde neqómde Háljāmdhe
time qódō?

qomóḱs

tóqe ← ⸻ qódōqe wídō neqódō
amount

quantity

qótjos?

qîonts?

tótjos

tâonts

← ⸻ ← ⸻ qótjosqe

qîontsqe

number qóti? tóti ← ⸻ ← ⸻ qótiqe
manner

(instr.)

qéj? tónō ⸻ → Hl̥nô qéjqe
reason

(abl.)

qô? tósmōd ⸻ → Hl̥nôd qôqe


These forms will be explained below.


7.1 Determiner and pronoun

There are differences between determiner forms and pronoun forms. Determiner forms are bound morphemes, and can only be used in conjunction with a nominal. So, qós? cannot be used independently, but must always be used as qós ǵhmô? "which person?".

Similarly, the pronoun form can only be used independently, and not to qualify a nominal, such as qís cémt? "who came?".

In addition, the dual forms qóteros?''' and qíteros? also display this distinction: qóteros ǵhmô cémt? "which of the two people came?" as opposed to qíteros cémt? "which (of the two) came?".


7.2 Interrogative and relative forms

As mentioned in 2.2, there is absolute syncretism between the interrogative (question) forms, and relative forms, so the same word will be used for qís cémt? "who came?" as in só ǵhmô qis cémt "the person who came". The difference between the words, as seen in the examples, is that the interrogative forms must be stressed, but the relative forms do not need to be.


7.3 Proximal, medial, distal

There are three levels of deixis in SAvIE. If one imagines two people speaking to each other, deixis works like this: the proximal indicates something which is closest to the speaker, the medial indicates something close to the listener, and the distal far from both.


7.4 Location, source, goal

There is a small difference between these forms. Since source and goal are fairly self explanatory (indicating respectively where something comes from and what something goes to), location indicates where something exists statically, and lacks any implication of movement. As such, it tends to be used with Héses often: kúr Hésti ís? "where is he?", whereas the source/goal forms tend to be used often with verbs of motion: qôdhe cémt ís? "where did he come from?", and qómde Hêjst ís? "where did he go to?".

However, colloquially, the location form can be used for both of these: kúr cémt ís? and kúr Hêjst ís?, especially when the context is clear.



8 Numerals

There are two major classes of numerals, the cardinal and the ordinal. Cardinal numerals indicate plain numbers, and ordinal numerals indicate the order of a number in a series.



8.1 "one"

The number 1 conjugates as a regular adjective. Its base form is Hójnos, which is related to the indefinite article Hójwos, with a suppletive ordinal form pr̥Hwós.


Cardinal Ordinal
Nominative sg. Hójnos

Hójnā

Hójnōs

Hójnom

pr̥Hwós ~ pr̥Hmós

pr̥Hwâ

pr̥Hwôs

pr̥Hwóm

Genitive sg. Hójnosjo

Hójnās

Hójnôsjo

pr̥Hwósjo

pr̥Hwâs

pr̥Hwôsjo

Nominative pl. pr̥Hwôs

pr̥Hwâs

pr̥Hwôjes

pr̥Hwâ

Genitive pl. pr̥Hwôm

pr̥Hwâōm

pr̥Hwôjōm


There is no plural form for the cardinal, since you cannot express one of multiple things.


8.2 "two"

The number 2 does not decline for case, its form is dwô, dwâH, dwój(H) in cardinal form. Its ordinal form is either Hánteros, Hánterā, Hánterom (noting the contrastive ending), or séqonts, séqontī, séqont (from a participial form of the verb séqeti "to follow"). It also has the special prefix form dwi-.



8.3 "three"

Beginning with tréjes "three", the ordinal numbers become more regularised. Despite being slightly irregular, these forms do in fact decline as though their nominative singular ended in -s, with the oblique stem trí- or tr̥j-. The feminine stem, exceptionally, is tisr-, and also declines as a noun in -s. It also has the special prefix form tri-.


Cardinal Ordinal
Nominative sg. tritós

tritâ

tritôs

tritóm

Genitive sg. tritósjo

tritâs

tritôsjo

Nominative pl. tréjes

tísres

trôjes

trî

tritôs

tritâs

tritôjes

tritâ

Genitive pl. tr̥jôm

tisrôm

tr̥jôjōm

tritôm

tritâōm

tritôjōm



8.3 "four"

Similarly to "three", the number 4 has a feminine stem qétesr- (oblique qetesr-) and a stem for all other genders qetwór- (oblique qetur- and qetwr̥-).


Cardinal Ordinal
Nominative sg. qetwr̥tós

qetwr̥tâ

qetwr̥tôs

qetwr̥tóm

Genitive sg. qetwr̥tósjo

qetwr̥tâs

qetwr̥tôsjo

Nominative pl. qetwóres

qétesres

qetwórajes

qetwôr

qetwr̥tôs

qetwr̥tâs

qetwr̥tôsjo

qetwr̥tâ

Genitive pl. qeturôm

qetesrôm

qeturájōm

qetwr̥tôm

qetwr̥tâōm

qetwr̥tôjōm


8.4 5 to 10

These numbers do not decline for gender or case.


Cardinal Ordinal
5 pénqe penqetós / -â / -óm
6 swéḱs sweḱstós / -â / -óm
7 septḿ̥ septm̥mós / -â / -óm
8 (H)oḱtôw (H)oḱtowós / -â / -óm
9 Hnéwn̥ Hnewn̥nós / -â / -óm
10 déḱm̥ deḱm̥tós / -â / -óm



8.5 11 to 19

These numbers do not seem to have reconstructible proto-language forms. As such, I am assigning them values with internal morphology: the number déḱm̥, followed by the augment particle , and a number between 1 and 9, such as déḱm̥ He Hójnos "eleven", to déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥ "nineteen". Alternatively, the numbers can be prefixed unstressed to déḱm̥ as below.

In counting without referring to any specific object, the neuter forms of the numbers 1-4 should be used. When the numbers are used attributively, they should match the gender and number of the following numeral.


Cardinal Ordinal
11 déḱm̥ He Hójnom

Hojnodéḱm̥

deḱm̥tós / -â / -ôs / -óm

+

corresponding cardinal numbers

12 déḱm̥ He dwójH

dwidéḱm̥

13 déḱm̥ He trî

tridéḱm̥

14 déḱm̥ He qetwôr

qeturdéḱm̥

15 déḱm̥ He pénqe

penqedéḱm̥

16 déḱm̥ He swéḱs

sweḱsdéḱm̥

17 déḱm̥ He septḿ̥

septm̥déḱm̥

18 déḱm̥ He (H)oḱtôw

(H)oḱtōwdéḱm̥

19 déḱm̥ He Hnéwn̥

Hnewn̥déḱm̥



8.6 20 to 90

Each multiple of 10 has a unique term, and combines with numbers exactly as déḱm̥ does.

Cardinal Ordinal
20 (d)wídḱm̥ti (d)widḱm̥tós
30 tridḱómt tridḱm̥tós
40 qétwr̥dḱómt qétwr̥dkm̥tós
50 penqedḱómt penqedḱm̥tós
60 sweḱsdḱómt sweḱsdḱm̥tós
70 septm̥dḱómt septm̥dkm̥tós
80 (H)oḱtódḱomt (H)oḱtodḱm̥tós
90 Hnéwn̥dḱomt Hnewn̥dkm̥tós


8.7 Prefix forms

There are special forms used for prefixing numbers to nominals.

Cardinal
1 sm̥-
2 dwi-
3 tri-
4 qetwr̥-
5 penqe-
6 sweḱs-
7 septm̥-
8 (H)oḱto-
9 Hnewn̥-
10, and multiples dekm̥-, -dkm̥t-


8.8 Larger numbers

The numbers 100 and 1,000 are ḱm̥tóm and (sm̥)ǵhéslom ~ tûsonts. ḱm̥tóm and (sm̥)ǵhéslom are invariable, whereas tûsonts declines as a regular -onts noun or adjective. Their ordinal forms are ḱm̥tontós "hundredth" and (sm̥)ǵheslontós ~ tūsontós "thousandth".

A derivative of (sm̥)ǵhéslom, combined with the augmentative suffix, giving (sm̥)ǵhéslHonom (from *(sm̥)ǵhéslHonom) is used to mean "million" with the ordinal form (sm̥)ǵheslHontós; further derivation gives disǵhéslHonom (ordinal form disǵheslHontós), meaning "billion" and trisǵhéslHonom (ordinal form trisǵheslHontós) for "trillion". Prefix forms can be used even further, giving simple prefixes up to deḱm̥ǵhéslHonom "decillion", and much greater numbers up to Hnéwn̥dḱomtHnéwn̥ǵhéslHonom for "novemnonagintillion".

The connector He should only be used between tens and units of each group of three numbers. So, the number 987,654,321 would be represented as Hnéwn̥ ḱm̥tóm Hoḱtodḱómt '''He''' septḿ̥ ǵhéslHonā, swéḱs ḱm̥tóm penqedḱómt '''He''' qetwôr túsontH, trî ḱm̥tóm (d)wídḱm̥ti '''He''' Hójnom.


8.9 Multiplicative forms

Each number can be given a special multiplicative form, producing an adjective meaning "X times". Multiplicatives are formed by affixing the special prefix of the numbers 1-10 to the word -pléḱs "-fold".

For example, 1-4 produce the forms sm̥pléḱs "single, onefold", dwipléḱs "double, twofold", tripléḱs "triple, threefold", and qetwr̥pléḱs "quadruple, fourfold".


8.10 Exceptional "times" forms

The numbers 2 and 3 have the special forms dís and trís, meaning "twice" and "thrice" respectively.


8.11 Collective forms

A collective numeral is one which specifies "a group of X". The first form is dwôdwō, meaning "pair". The rest are formed by suffixing to the prefix form of a number, with an intervening -l- (as if from -lós) to prevent hiatus. The stress falls on the prefix in the nominative-vocative-accusative, and the ending in the oblique, as expected for . This gives tríō "trio, threesome", qetwŕ̥ō "quartet, foursome", qénqelō "quintet, fivesome", swéḱsō "sextet", septḿ̥ō "septet", (H)oḱtólō "octet", Hnéwnō "nonet", and déḱmō "dectet". Using prefixed numbers makes forms such as dwidéḱmō "dozen". The larger numbers give ḱm̥tolō "group of a hundred", (sm̥)ǵhéslō ~ tûsontō "group of a thousand", and (sm̥)ǵhéslōnō "group of a million" with derivatives thereof.


8.12 Case agreement

The numbers 1,3, and 4, given that they decline, are used attributively as though they were adjectives, meaning the noun which they count can be in any case, and the case of the number and noun must agree: Hójnos wīrós "one man", tr̥jôm wīrôm "of three men", qetwr̥mós wīrómos "(for/to) four men". Since other numbers do not decline, only the noun which they modify declines according to the function of the main noun: éǵ wélō pénqe wīróms "I see five men".


9 Prepositions

Prepositions in SAvIE always precede the nominal which they modify; they will always be placed before nouns and adjectives. They govern only one of two cases: the locative for prepositions which imply location at, near, or in relation to something, and the accusative for motion to or from, and everything else. So, prepositions such as Hén "in" can be used with different cases to modify their meaning, as in Hén dém "in a house" and Hén dôm "into a house".

Positional adverbs, such as déḱs "(on the) right", can also be used, requiring the genitive: déḱs tosjo déms "to/on the right of the house".

Below is a list of prepositions and positional adverbs and their meanings with the cases they govern.


Preposition Meaning Preposition Meaning
bhêǵhs without Hpó from
from

of

thanks to

Hpós after
déḱs on/to the right ḱóm with (using, in the company of)
énu after

along

me
(H)éti beyond pér through, via, by means of
Hén in

into

péri about, regarding, because of
Héǵhs out (of)

out (from)

préti towards
Heǵhstós outside of préj in front of
Héǵhsteros besides, other than pró before, in front of

to(ward), up to

Hentér between r̥ / rô / rôdhi for
Hépi on, upon, at (sea etc.), on (animals etc.)

onto

sn̥(H)tér separate from

without

Hn̥dó into ~ swéd without
Hn̥dóm inside of, within tr̥Hás across, along, through
Hn̥dhér beneath, underneath úd upwards

above

+ Hád going up to

Hn̥dhí under

to the bottom of

upér(i) above, over
Hád at

to(wards)

upó under
Hánt(i) opposite away from

against

Hapó away from

away from

wír without
Háwti either / or
Hm̥bhí around, surrounding

about, regarding


10 Discourse

The most important addition to this basic overview of grammar is discursive words; those which can be used to carry and shape conversations.


10.1 Questions and particles

Ordinarily, questions in SAvIE need not be marked either at the start or the end of the sentence. As per 3.1, questions are indicated by inverting the subject and verb: ís cémt "he came" becomes cémt is? "did he come?". When using pro-forms, these start the sentence: qís Hésti ís? "who is he?".

However, the word Hár ~ Hr̥, meaning "so" or "thus" in positive sentences, can be used to introduce a sentence: Hár qís Hésti ís? "so who is he?".

In addition, the phrase né Hésti…? "isn't it…?" can be used with the regular statement to form a yes/no question in one of two ways: firstly, it can be used to introduce a subordinate clause, as in né Hésti, qid ís cémt? "isn't it [the case] that he came?"; the second is that it can be used as a tag question at the end of a sentence, as in ís cémt, né Hésti? "he came, isn't it?".

The simple responses to yes/no questions is nójnom, né tód, or Hóju qíd "no", and the positive is já ~ sejḱe ~ tód ~ dô. There is no fundamental difference between any of these words; they have different origins and can be used depending on the speaker's preference for their source. For example, nójnom is a shortening of né (H)ójnom, from Latin nōn, whereas Hóju qíd is the form of Greek οὐ(κ) ~ οὐ(χ) and Armenian ոչ; meanwhile, is ubiquitous in Germanic, séjḱe also from Latin sīc, (né) tód as seen in Celtic languages, such as Welsh do ~ naddo, or as in Slavic да.

In addition to the simple answers, SAvIE can produce yes/no answers to polar questions by repeating the verb either in a positive or negative polarity. If the question were cémt ís? "did he come?", a positive response would be cémt "he came (yes)", and a negative response would be né(ghe) cémt "he didn't come (no)". Note that the negative particle here can either be or néghe; the -ghe suffix intensifies the previous particle.


10.2 Subordinate clauses

These can be introduced in one of two ways.

The first is introducing an entirely independent subordinate clause with the word qid, such as in éǵ wéjdō, qid ís cémt "I know that he came".

Clauses that are more semantically linked to the antecedent use interrogative-relative pronouns: só wīrós, qésjo cên cémt… "the man, whose wife came…", literally "the man, of whom [the] wife came…".


10.3 Hypothetical sentences

Hypothetical sentences are introduced by sô ~ séj "if", which is an innovated and fossilized thematicisation of in the instrumental and locative cases, respectively, meaning "with this" or "in this". This is modelled on the etymology of the Latin . can be used as in Celtic, jéj as in Baltic, or qéj as in some Slavic. None of these words differs in meaning.

The consequence can be introduced without any particle, but can also optionally be introduced with the particle tómḱe "then, in that case", or tóqe "then".


10.3.1 Conditionals

The verb skéles "to owe" should be used in the deponent aorist subjunctive to form a periphrastic conditional tense with the purportative, thus giving séj ís cémt, éǵ skêlsōr kápos wl̥Htóm welos ím "If he came, I would have wanted to see him". When there are two verbs that require the purportative in a row, one is in the accusative (é)-os form, and the second is in the genitive (é)-esos form: séj ís cémti, éǵ skêlsōr wélHos wélesos ím "If he comes, I would want to see him". Literally this means something like "...that I owe wanting of seeing".


10.4 Negation of nominals

Nominals must be negated by the particle néghe "not"; this can be attached directly to nominals, such as néghe méǵHs "not great", or néghe wīrós "not a man". Determiners can also precede the nominal: néghe só wīrós "not the/this man".


10.5 Either/or

"Either" and "or" are both expressed by the word Háwti: Háwti cm̥dhí ḱóm mé, Háwti méne "either come with me, or stay".


10.6 Prohibition

In conjunction with the imperative verb form, the particle "do not…!" (from *meh₁ as seen in Greek μή) is used to express prohibition: Hidhí! "go!" becomes mê Hidhí! "do not go!"


10.7 Conjunctions

10.7.1 Addition

Following the presence of A and B constructions in SAE, this is the preferred structure for the and construction. Rather than using the Proto-Indo-European *-kʷe suffix, alternative strategies are preferred. These are (the augment *h₁é), ḱḿ̥ti (modelled on the Greek καί), Héti (modelled on the Latin et), Hánti (synonymous with the preposition, modelled on Proto-Germanic *andi), Héj (modelled on Proto-Slavic *i), or Hṓd (modelled on Proto-Balto-Slavic , based on a hypothetical ablative PIE form *h₁ōd).

"Also" can be expressed with qōdqe, a fossilised ablative of a thematicisation of qís, meaning approximately "and from which", or Háwghe (modelled on Proto-Germanic *auk).


10.7.2 Consequence

Consequence in the form of "then" or "so" is expressed with tôd, yet another fossilised ablative of a thematicised só ~ sâ ~ tód, such as éǵ cêm, tôd ís léjqt "I came, then he left".


10.7.3 Purpose, intent

An intended consequence, expressing "so that" or "in order to", is expressed with a similar form to the above, téj, a thematicised dative meaning "to this", and a subordinate clause introduced by qid with the verb in the subjunctive, such as éǵ qrêjHsm̥ tód, téj qid tû Hédesi íd "I bought this so you could eat it".


10.7.4 Alternatives

The basic words "or" and "nor" are expressed by íwe ~ íwē or éjwe ~ éjwē (based on *i- and *ey- as pronominal bases) in the positive polarity (éǵ íwe tû "I or you") and néwe in the negative (néghe éǵ néwe tû "not I nor you, not me and not you").

-we ~ -wē can also be suffixed to any words meaning "if" to produce "but if" or "if, on the other hand": séjwe né cémti ís, qíd tôd? "but if he doesn't come, what then?".


10.7.5 Exceptions

The word "but" can be expressed either as íde ~ éjde (using the Proto-Indo-European *de contrastive particle) or Heǵhstós (modelled on the Greek εχτός and Proto-Celtic *extos) at the beginning of a phrase, and the postclitic de otherwise to indicate a break in a sentence. Since it breaks a sentence apart, the part of the sentence ending de is considered disjunct, and can refer either to a subject or an object. The case of the preceding nominal can match its function in the following sentence.

So, in só Háljos/tóm Háljom de, né wêlsm̥ éǵ ím "the other one, however, I didn't see it", note the presence of both Háljos and Háljom, both of which are treated slightly differently. In the nominative, the phrase ending de is treated more as a topic and the antecedent as a comment; in the accusative, it is treated as a disjunct object rather than a topic, and matches its expected function in the antecedent.



10.8 Politeness and formality

Several strategies can be employed to introduce formality to SAvIE. The majority of these should be limited to forms of address, but some others exist.


10.8.1 T-V distinction

Although many modern Indo-European languages employ a T-V distinction, it is best avoided in SAvIE. However, usage thereof should not be considered entirely incorrect. If a speaker chooses to use a T-V distinction, the expected follows: the 2nd person plural forms take the place of the singular forms in polite speech. So, one person is referred to politely as rather than , and verbs and adjectives are inflected in the plural rather than the singular. This turns the informal tû Hési méǵHs “you are tall” into jû Hsté méǵHas.



10.8.2 Third person verb constructions

Rather than using the second-person plural for a more classically Indo-European T-V distinction, the third person can be used as it is employed in various modern languages. This category includes some formations innovated by SAvIE.


10.8.2.1 Praising the listener

This follows the pattern of the Spanish usted, which is derived from vuestra merced “your mercy”. As the etymology of merced is so opaque, it has been discarded entirely. Instead, many synonymous constructions can be built from cérHtis “praise, grace”, whose root cérH- gives the Latin grātia.

This can optionally be supplemented with a second-person possessive adjective tós (or any of its variants, if avoiding T-V) or usós (if using T-V), giving tâ cérHtis or usâ cérHtis. The resulting phrase then inflects in its entirety. This is then used with a third-person verb.


10.8.2.2 Invariant third-person plural

The pronoun î, along with the third-person plural verbal forms, can be used to refer to a single person politely.


10.8.2.3 Alternative pronominal forms

The pronoun ḱénos / -ā / -as, declined according to both case and number depending on the number of referents, can be used with the corresponding verbal number of the third person in polite speech. In addition to the above established pronoun, the neologism (H)irós / -â / -ás, an adjectival form modelled on the third-person pronouns ís / î / jás can be used as a polite second-person pronoun. This also declines as expected, giving (H)irôs / -âs / -ájes for multiple referents.


10.8.3 Titles and forms of address

People can be referred to with titles attached to their names, in addition to the formal verb constructions given above. The title Mister and its cognates can be given as méǵHisteros / -ā / -as, while common Romance terms señor, signore, monsieur are given as sénjōs / sn̥jésī / -josas.

Due to a close proximity to the meanings of their individual stems, the former should be reserved for distinguished persons with some form of appointed title, and the latter for older people. A much more neutral but familiar term would be soqHjós / -â / -ás, cognate with Latin socius. A less familiar form would be Hwésus / Huséwī / Huséwy.

Each of these titles is abbreviated, respectively, m., s., so., and u.



11 Further rules and conventions of writing

11.1 Writing system

The default writing system in this document has been the Latin script, but this need not necessarily be the case. In Appendix D there is a full alphabet shown with the Latin, Greek, Cyrillic, Armenian, and Devanagari scripts, all of which can be used effectively to write SAvIE. For ease and universality, the Latin alphabet may be preferred, but this Appendix allows for a wider range of writing.


11.2 Case

SAvIE should be written entirely unicase. This means that there should be no distinction made between lowercase and uppercase letters. Although the letters ⟨h⟩ and ⟨H⟩ both exist in the Latin alphabet, it should be noted that these are two different letters with two different functions, not merely variants of one another. Common usages of capital letters in some languages, such as indicating proper nouns, are not treated specially in SAvIE, and should all be written lowercase.

This being said, this might be a difficult habit to break for some users. The practice should be avoided as per the standards of this document, but should not be seen as incorrect otherwise.


11.3 Clause- and sentence-final punctuation

In all alphabets, natively-used punctuation should be employed. Where applicable, the comma ⟨,⟩ and period ⟨.⟩ should be used to indicate a break in and termination of a sentence, respectively. The relevant question and exclamation marks should also serve their respective purposes.


11.4 Quotation

For block quotation, such as lines of dialogue, an em-dash ⟨—⟩ should be used for each line of dialogue, followed either by a double space, or a tab stop.

For inline quotation, a double guillemet ⟨« »⟩ should wrapped around a quotation, and a nested quotation within that should be marked with a single guillemet ⟨‹ ›⟩.

This usage can be mirrored with quotation marks, directional or otherwise. Double quotation marks ⟨" "⟩ ⟨“ ”⟩ enclose the main quotation, with single marks ⟨' '⟩ ⟨‘ ’⟩ enclosing a nested quotation.

In addition, lowered quotation marks can be used as in German and Slavic languages, either both low ⟨„ „⟩, or high and low ⟨„ ”⟩, with single marks ⟨‚ ‚⟩ and ⟨‚ ’⟩ for nested quotes. It is strongly preferred that the direction of punctuation marks conform to the above examples, but inverting one or both (such as ⟨» «⟩ or ⟨„ “⟩) should not be considered incorrect.



11.5 Larger breaks

Any piece of text above a sentence can be broken up with special typographical conventions.

Paragraphs are broken by a single newline character, with new paragraphs optionally beginning with a tab stop. Collections of paragraphs can be broken up into logical groups by beginning the paragraph of a new logical group with the section symbol § followed by a tab stop. Groups of sections can be divided by placing an asterism symbol on its own line, and beginning a new paragraph on a new line afterwards as expected. The asterism can optionally be padded with an extra empty line on either side of it.


12 Borrowing and conversion to SAvIE

Borrowing from other languages forms an integral part of the function of all Indo-European languages; whether through language contact, colonial or imperial superstrata or adstrata, archaism, or scientific and technical vocabulary, borrowing is crucial in the formation of a wider vocabulary.

The strategies for borrowing words into SAvIE is that they must preferably be nativised, using known etymologies to convert words into SAvIE as though they had originated their to begin with. Where this cannot be done, or where it would not be appropriate to do so, words can be borrowed in directly, using SAvIE phonology where possible, and several additions to the alphabet where not possible.


12.1 Sounds foreign to SAvIE

All sounds native to the language have been listed at the very start of this document. However, these do not encompass all possible sounds that could be represented in SAvIE for borrowings. Extra consonant sounds and their corresponding graphs are as follows.


Sound Graph
/f/ ⟨f⟩
/ɣ/ ⟨ǥ⟩
/h/ ⟨ħ⟩
/x/ ⟨x⟩
/ʃ/, /tʃ/ ⟨š⟩, ⟨tš⟩
/ʒ/, /dʒ/ ⟨ž⟩, ⟨dž⟩, ⟨ǰ⟩
/v/ ⟨v⟩
/z/ ⟨z⟩


Uvular sounds such as [q], [χ], and [ʁ] can be converted to their non-uvular counterparts [k], [x], [r ~ ɾ ~ ɹ].

In addition, the following vowel sounds can be used:


Sound Graph
/æ/ ⟨ä⟩

⟨ā̈⟩ when long

⟨a̋⟩ when stressed

⟨ä̂⟩ when stressed and long

/ə ~ ɜ/ and similar, when non-native ⟨ë⟩
/ɨ ~ ɯ/ ⟨ï⟩
/ø ~ œ/ and similar ⟨ö⟩
/y ~ ʏ/ and similar ⟨ü⟩
Any nasal vowel ⟨ã ẽ ĩ⟩ etc.


Non-native sounds should only be spelled using the above alternative characters where it is necessary or especially desirable to represent non-native pronunciation. This really need only be the case in words which are nativised, or for educational purposes. When writing the names of people, places, and things, and when those are not integrated into SAvIE, their official spelling or transliteration should be used instead.

Equally, words which are grammaticalised can be spelt with nativised phonology. This is often a simple matter of finding the closest representative sounds which exist in SAvIE, but can present some difficulties. In particular, given the lack of fricative sounds /f v h/, the sounds ⟨bh gh⟩ can be used instead.


So, for example, the French word bureau could be borrowed in as any of the following:


  • bűro, büró: indeclinable, with foreign phonology

  • bűrō, bürô: declinable as a masculine noun, with foreign phonology

  • bjúro, bjuró: indeclinable, with native phonology

  • bjúrō, bjurô: declinable as a masculine noun, with native phonology


in addition to the borrowed spelling and pronunciation bureau.


Note also how the non-native stress pattern is subject to interpretation in how it is represented in SAvIE.

In addition, the grammatical pattern that this word has been made to fit is purely representative. It could just as easily be bűros ~ bűrosjo, bűrom ~ bűrosjo, or even bűros ~ bűresos. Ideally, the chosen form should represent the original word and, if applicable, its declension pattern as best as possible.


12.2 Borrowed morphology

Some morphology, such as affixes in particular, is so commonly shared between languages as to be worth borrowing into SAvIE. Affixes in particular can form large quantities of vocabulary and can, with some modification and filling in by analogy, be nativised into SAvIE for use in new vocabulary.


Original suffix Cognates Form in SAvIE
A.Gr. -άζω ( ́)-adjeti v.
A.Gr. -(ο)-ειδής Eng. -oid (e)-wéjdēs ~ (é)-wéjdesos adj.
A.Gr. -ίζω Eng. -ize / -ise ( ́)-idjeti v.
A.Gr -ισμός Eng. -ism (∅)-ismós n.m
A.Gr. -ιστής Eng. -ist (é)-idtās n.m/n.f
A.Gr. -λογία Eng. -logy =lògiā (close compound) n.f

lógiā (loose compound) n.f

A.Gr. -λόγος Eng. -logue =logòs (close) n.m

logós (loose) n.m

A.Gr. -(η)τής Eng. -ete -tās ~ -tās (< -tāos) n.m/n.f
A.Gr -φιλία Eng. -philia =bhìliā (close) n.f

bhíliā (loose) n.f

A.Gr -φιλος Eng. -phile =bhìlos / -ā / -om (close) n.

bhílos / -ā / -om (loose) n.

Eng. -arian Lat. -ārius / -a / -um (∅)-āsjós / -â / -ás / -óm n.
Eng. -ics Gr. -ικά

Gr. -ική

(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ n.n

(é)-ikā, (∅)-kâ n.f

Eng. -istics → Ger. -istik (é)-idtikā n.n / n.f
Eng. -ization Sp. -ización (é)-idātīō n.f
Lat. -ālis / -āle Eng. -al ( ́)-ālis ~ (∅)-āléjs adj.m/f[3]

( ́)-āli ~ (∅)-āléjs adj.n

Lat. -āticus / -a / -um Eng. -atic (∅)-ātikós / -â / -óm adj.
Lat. -ātiō Eng. -ation (é)-ātīō n.f
Lat. -ātus / -a / -um Eng. -ate (∅)-ātós adj.
Lat. -idus / -a / -um Eng. -id (é)-idhos / -ā / -om adj.
Lat. -īlis / -īle Eng. -ile ( ́)-ilis ~ (∅)-iléjs adj.m/f

( ́)-ili ~ (∅)-iléjs adj.n

Lat. -osus via A.Gr -ώδης Eng. -ose, -ous (é)=Hòdēs ~ =Hòdesos (close)

Hódēs ~ Hódesos (loose)



A Verb template

single transitivity:

nonpast thematic: (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti nonpast athematic: (é)-ti ~ (∅)-énti

né-nonpast: (∅)-⟨né⟩-ti ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti

imperfect thematic: (é)-e-t ~ (é)-o-nt imperfect athematic: (é)-t ~ (∅)-ént

né-imperfect (∅)-⟨né⟩-t ~ (∅)-⟨n⟩-énti

NP-T subjunctive: (é)-ē-ti ~ (é)-ō-nti NP-A subjunctive: (é)-e-ti ~ (e)-o-nti

past subjunctive regardless of thematicity: (ê)-seti ~ (ê)-sonti

transitive:

nonpast: (é)-j-e-ti ~ (é)-j-o-nti bhrégjeti ~ bhrégjonti

Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos

imperfect: (é)-j-e-t ~ (é)-j-o-nt bhrégjet ~ bhrégjont

Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos

intransitive:

nonpast: (∅)-j-é-ti ~ (∅)-j-ó-nti bhr̥gjéti ~ bhr̥gjónti

Hésmi bhr̥gjómHnos

imperfect: (∅)-j-é-t ~ (∅)-j-ó-nt bhr̥gjét ~ bhr̥gjónt

Hésm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos

shared:

eventive aorist: (ê)-s-t ~ (é)-s-n̥t bhrêgst ~ bhrégsn̥t

bhéwHsm̥ bhr̥gjómHnos

stative aorist: (ó)-e ~ (∅)-êr Hwóse ~ Husêr

bhówHe HusómHnos

stative subjunctive: (é)-e-ti ~ (é)-o-nti Hwéseti ~ Hwésonti

bhéwHeti HusómHnos

habitual: (∅)-é-t ~ (∅)-ó-nt bhr̥gét ~ bhr̥gónt

bhūóm bhr̥gjómHnos

habitual subjunctive: (∅)-ê-ti ~ (∅)-ô-nti bhr̥gêti~ bhr̥gônti

bhūômi bhr̥gjómHnos

non-finite forms:

present participle: (é)-onts ~ (∅)-n̥tés bhrégonts ~ bhr̥gn̥tés

passive participle: (∅)-ó-mHnos bhr̥gómHnos

past participle: (∅)-tós bhr̥gtós

infinitive: (é)-es bhréges

compound tenses:

perfect: kápti + PastP kápmi bhr̥gtóm

kápmi bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos

pluperfect: kâpst + PastP kâpsm̥ bhr̥gtóm

kâpsm̥ bhūtóm bhr̥gjómHnos

future tense: Héjti + PresP locative Héjmi bhr̥gént

Héjmi bhūjént bhr̥gjómHnos

continuous: Héses + PresP Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ etc. bhrégontom

Hésmi/Hésm̥/Hêsm̥ bhûjont bhr̥gjómHnos

Law 1: *Vwm > *Vːm and *VHm > *Vːm (Stang's law)

Law 2: /-VRs/, */-VRH/ > *-VːR

/-VRH-/ > *-VR- (Szemerényi's law)



B Sample vocabulary

The following sections give short lists of vocabulary separated by parts of speech.


B.1 Verbs

verb infinitive 3sg nonpast 3sg imp. 3sg aorist

be able gélHes gl̥Hnéwti gl̥Hnéwt gélHt

bake bhôges bhôgeti bhôget bhôHgst

be Héses Hésti Hést bhéwst

begin kénes kéneti kénet kênst

breathe out dhwéses dhwésti dhwést dhwêst

burn Héwses Héwseti Héwset Hêwst

change (intr.) miés méjor méjto mêjsto

change (tr.) mójnēs mojnéjeti mojnéjet mêjnst

come cémes cm̥jéti cm̥jét cémt

cook péqes péqeti péqet pêqst

defecate ḱéqes ḱéqti ḱéqt ḱêqst

do dhês dhêti dhêt dhêHst

drink píbes píbeti píbet pôHst

be dressed wésjes usjéti usjét wêst

eat Hédes Hédti Hédt Hêdst

exchange méjtHes méjtHeti méjtHet mêjtHst

go Héjes Héjti Héjt Hêjst

grow Háles Háleti Hálet Hêlst

have kápes kápti kápt kâpst

hear HáwdhHes HáwdhHeti HáwdhHet HêwdhHst

be hungry

know wéjdes wéjdeti wéjdet wêjdst

like bhréwgjes bhrûgjeti bhrûgjet bhréwgst

make dhêkes dhHkjéti dhHkjét dhêkst

wérǵes wérǵeti wérǵet wêrǵst

recognize[4] ǵnôs ǵn̥nôti ǵn̥nôt ǵnôt

run kérses kr̥séti kr̥sét kêrst (← *kḗrs-s-t)

say séqes séqeti séqet sêqst

see wéles wéleti wélet wêlst

share dhajlés dhájletor dhájleto dhâjlsto

shout gâres gâreti gâret gêHrst

show déjḱes déjḱti déjḱt dêjḱst

sing kânes kHnéti kHnét kânst

speak wéqes wéqti wéqt wêqst

stay ménes méneti ménet mênst

take némes németi német nêmst

talk tl̥qés tlóqetor tlóqeto têlqsto

taste ǵéwses ǵéwseti ǵéwset ǵêwst (← *ǵēws-s-t)

think ténges tn̥gjéti tn̥gjét têngst

try sknés skénetor skéneto skênsto

turn wértes wértti wért wêrtst

use bhrūgjés bhrūgjétor bhrūgjéto bhréwgsto

utter jékes jékti jékt jêkst

walk câs cHjéti cHjét câst

want wélHes wélHeti wélHet wêlHst

wash (oneself) léwHjes lūjéti lūjét lêwHst

watch spéḱes spéḱti spéḱt spêḱst

wear usés wés(t)or wésto wêsto (← wḗs-s-to)

write gérbhes gr̥bhéti gr̥bhét gêrbhst

be working wérǵjes wr̥ǵjéti wr̥ǵjét ⸻


B.2 Nouns

noun nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.

baker '''m. bhōgós bhōgósjo bhōgôs bhōgôm

book '''m. gérbhs gr̥bhés gérbhes gr̥bhôm

m. lubhrós lubhrósjo lubhrôs lubhrôm

bread '''m.''' bhôgos bhôgosjo bhôgōs bhôgōm

dhonâ dhonâs dhonâs dhonâōm

brother '''m.''' bhrâtēr bhrâtr̥s bhrâteres bhrâtrōm

m. 〃 bhr̥Htrés 〃 bhr̥Htrôm

coin '''f.''' mónētā mónētās mónētās mónētāōm

m. nómos nómosjo nómōs nómōm

earth '''f.''' dhéǵhōm (dh)ǵhmés ⸻ ⸻

father '''m. pHtêr pHtrés pHtéres pHtrôm

fish '''m. péjsks piskés péjskes piskôm

friend '''m. dhrowghós dhrowghósjo dhrowghôs dhrowghôm

friend, close '''m. bhílos bhílosjo bhílôs bhílōm

grain '''n. ǵr̥Hnóm ǵr̥Hnósjo ǵr̥Hnâ ǵr̥nôm

house '''f. dôm déms dómes démōm

money '''m. pḱunós pḱunósjo pḱunôs pḱunôm

mother '''f. mâtēr mâtr̥s mâteres mâtrōm

f. 〃 m̥Htrés 〃 m̥Htrôm

nose '''f. nâs n̥Hsés nâses n̥Hsôm

person '''m.''' ǵhmô ǵhm̥nés ǵhmónes ǵhm̥nôm

salt''' f.''' sâls sHlés sâles sHlôm

sister '''f. swésōr susrés swésores susrôm

story (account) '''n.''' wéjdtōrmn̥ widtōrméns wéjdtōrmō widtōrm̥nés

story (tale) '''n.''' câdhlom câdhlosjo câdhlā câdhlōm


B.3 Adjectives

adjective nom. sg. gen. sg. nom. pl. gen. pl.

dark dhuskós dhuskósjo dhuskôs dhuskôm

red Hrowdhós Hrowdhósjo Hrowdhôs Hrowdhôm

Hrudhrós Hrudhrósjo Hrudhrôs Hrudhrôm

tall (of people) stHrós stHrósjo stHrôs stHrôm

thin mHḱrós mHḱrósjo mHḱrôs mHḱrôm


C Common phrases

D Full alphabet and alternative scripts

Latin Greek Cyrillic Armenian Devanagari L G C A D
/a/ a α а ա /kʲ/ κ́ кь, ќ ծ
/aː/ ā ­ᾱ а̄ ա̄ /gʲ/ ǵ γ́ гь, ѓ ձ
/e/ e ε е ե /gʲʰ/ ǵh χ́ кьһ, ќһ, гьһ, ѓһ ց छ, झ
/eː/ ē η е̄ է /kʷ/ q κϝ ӄ ճ क्व
/i/ i ι и ի /gʷ/ c γϝ ҕ ջ ग्व
/iː/ ī ӣ ի̄ /gʷʰ/ ch χϝ ҟ չ ख्व, घ्व
/o/ o ο о օ /l/ l λ л լ
/oː/ ō ω о̄, ѡ ո /l̩/ λ̱ лъ լ̄ ऌ, ॡ
/u/ u ου у ու /m/ m μ м մ
/uː/ ū οῡ ӯ ու̄ /m̩/ μ̄ мъ մ̱ मं
/ə/ ǝ, y ə, υ ә, ы ը /n/ n ν н ն
/p/ p π п պ /n̩/ ν̄ нъ ն̱ नं
/b/ b β б բ /r/ r ρ р ռ
/bʰ/ bh φ пһ, бһ փ फ, भ /r̩/ ρ̄ ръ յ̄ ऋ, ॠ
/k/ k κ к կ /j/ j ϳ ј, й յ
/g/ g γ г գ /s/ s σς с ս
/gʰ/ gh χ кһ, гһ ք ख, घ /w/ w ϝ̄ ԝ, ў վ
/t/ t τ т տ /H/ H ͱ հ
/d/ d δ д դ
/dʰ/ dh θ тһ, дһ, ԁ թ थ, ध



  1. ^ -ī is seen in Italic and Celtic
  2. ^ These forms are indeclinable.
  3. ^ Declines as -is nouns do
  4. ^ also "to know how to do something"